Corbin Handbook

of
Bullet Swaging
No. 9
Revised September 2012

by

David R. Corbin

Corbin Manufacturing & Supply, Inc.

PO Box 2659
White City, OR 97503 USA

www.Corbins.com

1
 Corbin Handbook of Bullet Swaging, No. 9

Revised September 2012

© Copyright 2004, 2012 David R. Corbin

All rights reserved.

May not be reproduced by any means, including electronic and
mechanical, without the expressed written permission of the copyright
holder.

Published by:

Corbin Manufacturing & Supply, Inc.

PO Box 2659
White City, OR 97503 USA

541-826-5211
Mon-Thurs 10am-6pm

Fax: 541-826-8669
24/7

E-mail: [email protected]
www.Corbins.com

2
 Table of Contents

1. Introduction to Bullet Swaging ..................................................... 5

2. What is Bullet Swaging? .............................................................. 10
3. Bullet Swaging Secrets ................................................................ 25
4. Tubing Jackets ............................................................................. 48
5. Drawn Strip Jackets .................................................................... 67
6. Base-Guard Bullets ...................................................................... 77
7. Draw Dies ..................................................................................... 82
8. Making Lead Cores ...................................................................... 97
9. Swaging with a Reloading Press ............................................... 106
10. Bullet Swaging Presses ............................................................ 127
11. Lead, Base-Guard, Gas-Checked and
Paper Patched Bullets ............................................................ 156
12. Jacketed Semi-Wadcutters ..................................................... 172
13. Full-Jacket, Flat Base Bullets ................................................. 183
14. Lead Tip Bullets ....................................................................... 196
15. Rebated Boattails ..................................................................... 205
16. Shotgun Slugs and Airgun Pellets........................................... 212
17. Bullet-Makers’ Tools ................................................................ 217
18. Custom Toolng ......................................................................... 228
19. Lubricants and Chemicals ...................................................... 240
20. Books and Software ................................................................ 248
21. Delivery Information .............................................................. 253
22. Warranty ................................................................................... 260
23. Non-Disclosure Agreements .................................................. 263

3
4
 1. Introduction to Bullet Swaging
Good morning! I’m Dave Corbin, and for over 40 years I’ve had the
second best job in the world: I help people make the state-of-the art bul-
lets that you’ve read about in the gun magazines. Nearly every custom
bullet maker started with equipment developed at the Corbin die-works.
They have the best job in the world!
All you have to do is scan the pages of nearly any magazine catering
to handloaders, and you’ll see dozens of ads from our clients; the articles
are constantly talking about the bullets our clients make, and the major
ammunition firms are buying the bullets made on Corbin equipment for
use in their premium ammo. There has been a lot more research and
development that you don’t read about, because it isn’t intended for the
general shooting public. I can now include a small amount of that infor-
mation in this edition.
Corbin Manufacturing publishes an e-book called the “World Direc-
tory of Custom Bullet Makers” listing hundreds of individuals and firms
whose names you may recognize if you are familiar with handloading.
When I read the list, I remember someone’s enthusiasm for the new busi-
ness venture they were able to start, thanks to the power of bullet swag-
ing.
Olympians and world champions in every field of firearms sports,
from benchrest to air gun competition, using everything from paper-
patched blackpowder bullets to custom fin-stabilized shotgun slugs, have
come to the die-works where we have toiled for the last quarter century
and into the first quarter of this one, some just to improve their already-
outstanding achievements, and some to help others become better shoot-
ers by manufacturing new ideas in how a given bullet should look and be
constructed.
Engineers from the Department of the Army, Air Force Armament
Labs, Sandia National Laboratories, DuPont, Northrop, Lockheed, Mar-
tin-Marietta and other defense-related organizations have visited us over
those years, sometimes sketching ideas on napkins during lunch. Tools
and designs we worked on are in use today all over the world, wherever a
long range, high precision projectile or a very special purpose bullet that
could only be made efficiently by the high precision techniques of swaging,
is needed for the job.
Whether it is protecting an important public figure at long range or
picking a pine cone from the top of an experimental tree, whether it is
surveying a dense mountain jungle with remotely launched flare projec-
tiles designed for vertical firing stability, or stitching mirror-based bullets

5
in an arctic ice sheet from a low-flying aircraft so a laser beam can mea-
sure the depth and estimate the strength of the ice to hold a transport
plane, or whether it is the grim responsibility of instantly stopping a ter-
rorist before he can take the life of another hostage—regardless of the
purpose, we sat through many meetings pouring over blueprints, com-
puter readouts, and sketches, helping design projectiles for visitors from
the far corners of the earth.
Yet, this work is only the continuation of development begun by other
pioneers of bullet swaging: people like Ted Smith, who founded the old
SAS Dies in the 1950’s; Harvey Donaldson, who experimented with some
of the first dies to make .224 bullets from fired .22 cases; Walt Astles and
Ray Biehler, who developed the principle of upward expansion and the
two-die swage technique which replaced the RCBS single-die take-apart
system; Charlie Heckman, a pioneer swage maker; and so many others
whose names are probably unknown to modern shooters, but to whom all
shooters owe a debt for their contributions to the perfection of bullets.
You may know that the RCBS company (initials of which mean Rock
Chuck Bullet Swage) got started making bullet swaging equipment, but
soon dropped it in favor of more easily produced reloading dies. You may
even have heard Speer Bullets was started by Vernon Speer swaging .224
caliber bullets from fired .22 LR cases.
But bullet swaging played a much larger part than just that, in leading
to the products and companies you use today: Hornady, Sierra, Nosler,
Barnes, Swift and a host of other mass production operations owe their
very existence to the concept of bullet swaging. Today, more than four
hundred custom bullet firms—operated by people who probably differ
from yourself only in having taken the step of putting their intense inter-
est in firearms to work at a profitable and enjoyable occupation—produce
specialty bullets. We call this field “custom bullet making”, the elite corps
of bullet manufacturing providing initial concept advances sometimes
copied years later by the larger “mass production” bullet makers.
So, what is bullet swaging and how do you do it? What do you need to
get started? How much does it cost? What are the advantages and draw-
backs compared to casting or just buying factory bullets? Can you swage
hard lead, make partitioned bullets, make your own jackets, make plain
lead bullets or paper patched slugs?
I answer those questions a thousand times a week and I never get
tired of it. But to save you a lot of time on the phone, I’ve written most of
those answers here. If you read through this book and think I have left
something out, you are absolutely right: I left out about seven more books
of information! Those are available if you care to read further.

6
 Swaging is so simple you can do it correctly after just a couple of
tries. Then you’ll see it’s also extremely versatile and powerful: you can
do one more thing, and then one more after that, and soon you will have
the whole top of your loading bench covered with one-of-a-kind bullets,
some of which no one in the world has ever made before. That’s why it
takes at least seven more books to make a dent in the vast array of things
you might do, could do, if you wished. Only your imagination limits the
possibilities.
A deeper study of the specifics of bullet swaging technique and tool-
ing, including products made by people other than Corbin, can be found
in the book “Re-Discover Swaging”, so named because swaging was, in
fact, discovered once before and then almost lost: during the period of
1948-1963 there were many die-makers who produced swaging equip-
ment, but none of them offered a comprehensive enough range of prod-
ucts to insure their own survival, or that of the swaging arts.
Corbin Manufacturing was the first comprehensive effort to preserve
and further the technology with information, supplies and tools from one
source. Whereas other die-makers tended to be secretive and often died
with their secrets of bullet making, Corbin began publishing information
that would help advance the field, from our beginning days.
Bullet swaging, by the way, is pronounced “SWAY-JING” and rhymes
with “paging”. There is a blacksmith technique for pounding hot metal
around a form that is called “swedging” but it is a different sort of thing
altogether.
If you want to really dig into the subject and learn things most people
never discover, then order the Book Package. You get another copy of this
book free, with it. Give this copy to a friend. Who knows: maybe between
the two of you, a new bullet making business may develop that rivals the
fame of some of our other clients? It could happen: it has happened over
400 times so far!

Warning! While the majority of handloaders say that they enjoy

reading the additional side trips that clutter my books, some have com-
plained that I don’t get “to the point” and just tell them 1-2-3 how to
make a bullet. I agree that this would be a good idea, if only I had some
way to know exactly which bullet they wanted to make.
You see, every bullet can be described with a step-by-step, cookbook
approach, but there are tens of thousands of different styles and shapes
you can make, and not all of them are made the same way! The same
bullet may be made in slightly different ways with different presses and
the dies which fit them.

7
 Instead, I try to teach the principles involved. That way, you know
the terminology and won’t be confused by thinking a die is a punch or a
punch holder is a die. You will understand that every swaging operation
expands the components upward in size, so that you won’t try to put a
larger part into a smaller hole except when drawing down (which you will
know is different from and opposite to swaging).
You will know that in a swaging press, the die screws into the ram and
the external punch fits into the press top, in a floating punch holder, whereas
in an ordinary reloading press used for swaging, the die fits the top and
the external punch fits the ram. You will understand that a smooth, step-
less ogive requires a set of dies that includes a point forming die, whereas
a shouldered semi-wadcutter style bullet can be made in a single die.
All these things will be familiar to you before you start. You won’t
need to be told specifically how to make every possible bullet, because
you will understand the basic principles and how to apply them to any
bullet.
When we ship orders for dies, they come with specific, simplified 1-2-
3 instructions that apply to the design you ordered. Sometimes these
instructions are applicable to many calibers in a popular style, so we print
the instructions on a form. Sometimes your bullet design needs specific,
handwritten details and tips we discovered while developing the dies, and
then we write special instructions for you. But in all cases, if you are
prepared with a good background of general swaging principles, you can
avoid damaging the tools and begin making bullets with higher confi-
dence.

Swaging versus Casting

Everyone seems to be familiar with bullet casting (melting metal and
pouring the molten liquid into a split mould, letting it cool and shrink,
and then opening the split mould halves so that the frozen bullet metal
can drop out).
Casting involves a lot of time and introduces quite a few potential
sources of inaccuracy, but it works reasonably well within a limited range
of capabilities. You have to have a lead pot and a supply of lead, a mould
and mould handles, then a lubricator and sizer machine to prepare the
bullets. The sizer machine needs sizer dies and base and nose punches to
fit the shape and caliber of bullet. It also require lubricant to apply to the
bullet.
The first thing you have to do with casting is to melt a pot of lead,
flux it and stir it, make sure that the dross and dirt is cleaned from the
lead, ventilate the room and make sure no moisture gets into the pot and

8
blows the hot lead out with a bang. You need to be reasonably careful
about fire and burns, and about potentially toxic fumes (no eating or smok-
ing, plenty of good ventilation). After about half an hour of this melting
and preparation, you are ready to start casting bullets.
The first few attempts usually make incomplete or frosty bullets, until
the mould is warmed up. During the casting process, the mould contains
liquid metal that is cooled to solidify on every single bullet made, so it is
constantly changing diameter from thermal expansion.
When you open the split halves, part of the mould is exposed to room
temperature air while the rest is protected from it, which cannot fail to
slightly warp the roundness of the mould. The two halves of the mould
cannot be put together with zero tolerance, as they would be far too hard
to swing open and closed again, so there is some degree of “slop” in the fit
of the pivot and the alignment pins. Add up all these factors and you can
see that a cast bullet has a limit of roundness and diameter control based
on physics, rather than skill or quality of manufacture.
In contrast, a swaging die runs at room temperature and does not
contact hot metal. It flows the metal under tons of pressure, squeezing
out all air pockets and voids. The bullet takes its shape and finish from the
diamond-lapped hardened surface of the die. The die is not split, but is a
solid tube or cylinder with thick walls to hold the pressure. The bullet
material goes in one end, and is pushed back out the same way. Two
precisely fitted punches seal both ends of the die. One moves in and out
to load material, and the other acts as an ejector.
The problems associated with heat expansion, swinging split section
alignment, and the time required to prepare are absent or minimized with
swaging. In addition, the die can make a wide range of weights depend-
ing on how much material you put into it. A mould makes approximately
one weight because you must fill it to make a bullet. These are just a few
of the differences between casting and swaging.
There is one thing you can do more quickly and easily with casting
than with swaging: you can form a lead bullet with grooves for lubrica-
tion. With swage dies, the bullet goes in and then comes back out the
same hole in the die. If you think about that for a minute, you will under-
stand that it would not be possible to swage a groove into the side of the
bullet and then push it back out of the die. The die would have to be
“split” like a mold. While this is possible, it is not cost effective. Fortu-
nately, you can roll grooves into a swaged lead bullet with a grooving tool
made by Corbin, or use better bullet designs or surface lubricants that
eliminate the need for grooves. And you can swage jacketed bullets, so
that separate lubricant is not required.

9
 2. What is Bullet Swaging?
Before we talk about swaging a bullet, we need to make sure the con-
cept of a bullet is clear. When we say “bullet”, we mean the projectile or
part of the cartridge that is propelled through the air. The news media and
popular movies and magazines often refer to a “bullet” as the entire car-
tridge with powder, primer, bullet and case. Bullet swaging has nothing to
do with the rest of the cartridge, but concentrates on the part that flies to
the target. In some countries, shooters refer to the bullet as the “head” or
the “bullet head” and call the entire cartridge a “bullet”.
There is a good reason not to call the cartridge a bullet, as popular
media seems inclined to do. The bullet is inert metal without any propel-
lant involved, which means that it should be treated as a precise metal
product, not some dangerous component subject to transportation re-
strictions and tariffs. A bullet is as safe as a writing pen, probably safer:
people have been stabbed with uncapped ball-point pens. I accidently
stabbed myself once, stupidly, reaching quickly into a coat pocket.
Finding a “bullet” in the possession of an airline traveller should be no
more cause for alarm than finding a coin. Unfortunately, through igno-
rance and imprecise language, the term “bullet” causes problems where it
should not. Some of them are of practical concern to those who show
their products and must carry samples. More than one new bullet maker
has run up against unrealistic insurance, business licensing and zoning
problems because of ignorance about what a “bullet” actually means.
A bullet maker is a precision metal product manufacturer, who could
just as well be making precision bearings or electronic fittings. But try to
explain that to a bureaucrat who just found out you intend to make bul-
lets in the home enterprise, or the hysterical airline security guard who
scanned a couple of samples in your pocket, or the customs agent whose
eyes widen as he reads your declaration of “bullet-making” equipment
being taken into the country! Such a pity these things happen. The wise
bullet-maker soon learns to discuss precision formed parts rather than
bullets, around those who know nothing about the field.
Corbin equipment can swage bullets from .123 diameter up to about
1-inch diameter (.998-inch is the 4-bore blackpowder elephant cartridge,
for example). The “bullet” can be an airgun pellet, a swaged round ball, a
shotgun slug, a fragmenting shot or powdered metal filled jacketed pistol
bullet, a partitioned or multi-jacketed projectile, and it can be made of
pure lead, various lead alloys, powdered metals pressed together with or
without a jacket, conventional jacketed bullets with a lead core with or
without other inserts such as penetrators or light plastic fillers to shift the

10
center of gravity and create fast, light but long projectiles. In short, just
about anything that can be launched from a small arm, be it airgun, shot-
gun, rifle or pistol, and some kinds of machine guns and cannons, can be
swaged and is considered a bullet.
Bullet swaging (SWAY-jing, sounds like “paging”) is the process of ap-
plying extremely high pressures (from 15,000 PSI for soft, unjacketed
bullets to as high as 150,000 PSI for solid copper bullets) to materials
contained in a very tough, extremely well finished die, so that the mate-
rial will flow at room temperature and take on the shape of the die and the
ends of the punches.
A die is a vessel to hold the pressure. A punch is a rod that fits into the
hole in the die and seals off the end. If you refer to a punch as a die and
vice versa, you may cause some interesting errors when placing orders.
One of the first things to learn is the right names for the basic parts in-
volved in the swaging process. You wouldn’t call a pistol a shotgun, would
you? Probably not, or else you might get some odd-looking mail-order
holsters!
A business that is good at making swage dies probably will be buried
in orders, with long waiting lists. Waiting up to a year to get your “die”
and finding out everyone thought you wanted the “punch” that you asked
for may be frustrating. Use the right terms and avoid this problem.

In swaging bullets, you will always be putting a smaller diameter ob-

ject (lead, jacket, or a combination of both) into a slightly larger die cav-
ity or hole. Each step in swaging increases the diameter of the compo-
nents, until they reach the final diameter in the last die. Swaging never
reduces the diameter. You will only have stuck bullets and hard ejection if
you try to push a slightly larger part into a slightly smaller hole. This is
the difference between swaging and drawing. You never swage anything
“down”. You never draw anything “up”.
In drawing, you do push a larger part through a smaller hole, to re-
duce the diameter. This kind of die is a ring, not a cylinder closed on one
end. The jacket or bullet that you are reducing is pushed through the ring,
and is decreased in diameter when it comes through the other side.
We use drawing to make longer, smaller caliber jackets from shorter,
larger diameter ones. Also, within some narrow limits, it is possible to
make a smaller caliber bullet from a larger one, although this degrades the
quality of the bullet unless special conditions are observed. Usually the
difference in diameters has to be within 0.006 thousandths of an inch
when you reduce finished bullets by drawing. Jackets can be drawn much
more than this, usually up to 30% smaller in one draw.

11
 A jacket is the “skin” of a bullet, usually made of copper or a copper
alloy with zinc (most commonly 5% to 10% zinc). Jackets can be used, or
not, depending on the bullet design. A jacket isolates the lead core from
contact with the barrel, and allows the bullet to be shot much faster with-
out friction melting the core and smearing it in the barrel, which is called
“lead fouling”. Enough of that spoils the accuracy and is hard to remove.
We’ll discuss jackets in detail later.
Bullet jackets properly designed for home swaging are always made
smaller than the finished caliber, then expanded by putting lead inside
them and compressing it with a punch. The lead flows to fill the jacket,
then pushes the jacket out a few thousandths of an inch to meet the die
wall, which stops the expansion. One end of the die is sealed with a punch,
which stops the end from popping off the jacket. If you try to use a jacket
larger than the die hole, it can’t spring back slightly when you release the
pressure. In fact, if you push a jacket into a die that is too small for it, the
jacket will be trying to spring back to original size, and thus pressing
itself firmly against the die walls. This causes difficult ejection and is hard
on the equipment.
The right way to swage bullets is to use jackets that fit easily into the
die by hand, and lead cores which are small enough to easily drop into the
jacket. Jackets of course have some wall thickness, generally from 0.015
to 0.035 inches (although there is no rule that says you can’t make much
thicker jacket walls if you want them). To determine the diameter of lead
core which fits inside, you must subtract two times the wall thickness
from the caliber, and then subtract an additional five to ten thousandths
of an inch to allow for easy insertion, tolerances in the lead wire diameter,
and the fact that you may have two or three steps with a small amount of
expansion in each, to get to final caliber.

Basic swage dies

There are two basic designs of swaging dies made by Corbin. All the
specific styles of dies are patterned after one or the other of these basic
designs. One design is a cylinder with a straight hole through it. The other
is a cylinder with a semi-blind hole, having the shape of the bullet except
that at the tip, there is a tiny hole (.052 to .120 inches is a typical range)
fitted with a strong piece of tempered spring wire.
The first design can be used for any sort of operation where two punches
can form the desired shape on the end of the enclosed materials. An ex-
ample would be a “Core Swage” or “CSW-” die, which takes in a piece of
cut lead wire or cast lead pellet (the “core” of a bullet) and gives it a
precise diameter with smooth flat ends and extrudes off whatever sur-

12
plus lead there might be for the weight you desire. Three little bleed holes
in the sides of the die, at 120 degree intervals, allow surplus lead to spurt
out as tiny wires which are sheared off during ejection. Core swages are
used to make the lead filling (core) a precise weight after it has been cast
from scrap lead, or cut from a piece of lead wire.
This kind of die can also be equipped with a punch having the shape
you want for the bullet base, and another punch, at the opposite end,
having the shape you want for the nose. Both shapes will be in reverse:
the bullet nose is formed in a cavity in the punch, and a hollow base bullet
would use a convex or projecting punch. This is what we call a “Lead
Semi-Wadcutter” or “LSWC-” type of die. That doesn’t mean you have to
make a particular shape that you know as a semi-wadcutter bullet; it’s just
a short-hand way of saying you could do that, or make any other shape
that has the entire nose right out to the full bullet diameter formed by
pushing the lead into a cavity in the end of the nose forming punch.
With most swaging dies, one punch always stays partly inside the die.
It slides back until a ledge within the swaging press ram stops it. To eject
the bullet out of the die, this punch is pushed forward toward the die
mouth. It can be pushed by a pin or knockout bar incorporated in the
design of the press (with a Corbin swage press), or it can be pushed by a
plunger (with a standard reloading press). We call this punch the “Internal
Punch” because it always stays in the die. It is “internal” or inside, and
never comes out during normal operation. It merely slides up and down,
a distance slightly less than the die length, and stops within the die so as
to close one end for swaging. It has to move from this position to the die
mouth, in order to push out the finished bullet.
The other end of the die accepts the material to be swaged. Obvi-
ously, that end has to be fitted with a punch that comes out all the way, or
there would be no way to put the material inside. The punch which comes
out, so you can insert material into the die, is the “External Punch”. It is
external to the die during the time you are placing the components in the
die, and when you move the ram back to eject the bullet. The “Ram” is
the moving tubular steel part of the swaging press that holds the die and
the internal punch (in any Corbin press).
With Corbin swaging presses, the external punch fits into an adjust-
able “Floating Punch Holder” in the press head or top plate. This assem-
bly is often mistaken for the swage die, because in reloading, a similar-
appearing reloading die fits the head of your reloading press. Swaging is
“upside-down” from reloading, for reasons that will be clear by the time
you finish this book.

13
 Again, the steel rods that push the material into the die, and seal the
die against all that pressure during swaging, are called “punches”. The
round cylinder with the hole in it is called the “die”. If you fit punches to
a particular die, you have just made a “die set”, because it is a set of
matching parts that work together. You can have several dies and punches
in a given set, because all the various dies in that set are designed to work
in succession, one after another, to yield a final bullet shape, weight, and
construction.
The only difference between a “Core Swage” die, which we call a
“CSW” die in the language of swaging, and a “LSWC” die, is the use of
punches which have the final bullet base and nose shape machined on
their ends, and of course the diameter of the die is made to form the final
bullet diameter in the LSWC die. Usually the LSWC type of die makes
either lead bullets, gas checked, or “Base-Guard” bullets (a superior kind
of gas check that scrapes fouling out of your barrel with every shot fired).
It isn’t used for bullets that have the jacket covering up the bleed holes in
the die wall, which includes most jacketed rifle bullet designs.
The core swage die generally has flat punch ends and a diameter far
less than the final caliber. It is used to prepare the lead core to fit inside a
bullet jacket, in most cases (although you don’t have to use a jacket—
you can just swage the lead core to final shape in the next die if you
desire to make a high quality lead bullet, such as a paper-patched or Gase-
Guard style). Lead bullets can be made either in one die (the LSWC) or in
two dies (the CSW and CS types, or the CSW and PF types). Jacketed
bullets generally require at least two and sometimes three or more dies.
When we make the die, we need to know what it will be used for. If
you say you want a .308 core swage die, you probably do not want the
hole to be .308 inches because a core swage has to make a core that fits
inside a jacket, and the jacket will usually be about .3065 inches on the
outside before swaging. The wall thickness of the jacket might be .028
inches at the base, so the core would have to be no larger than .3065
minus twice .028 (twice the wall thickness), or .2515 inches. So, we need
to have a sample jacket or at least know what jacket you intend to use, or
at the very least to know the diameter you really want for the lead core. If
you supply a jacket, or specify one of ours, then we can determine the
best core diameter to fit into it.
You can cast scrap lead in a core mould, or cut pieces from a spool of
.247 inch diameter lead wire to easily drop into this .2515 bore die, swage
them up to .2515 inch diameter, and then they’d fit nicely into the bullet
jacket. Actually we use .250 inches for the core size to allow for an easier
fit and avoid any trapped air in the jacket bottom.

14
 There are two more steps to expand the core inside the jacket, blow-
ing the jacket out like the skin of a balloon, and then form the ogive on
the bullet to finish it. That is for flat base open tip bullets.
But if you wanted to make a lead .308 diameter bullet for a .30 Mauser
pistol, then we’d make almost the same kind of die but we’d make it with
a bore of .308 inches, and fit it with the right kind of nose and base punches.
So you see that even if the dies look similar and work in a similar way,
their purpose really makes them different dies. That’s why we need two
different names for them. It helps avoid a lot of unnecessary explanation
and errors.
Perhaps you might order a .308 LSWC die, maybe with an “Auto-
loader” nose and a “Cup Base”. We would use the short-hand “AL” for
Auto-loader, a sort of rounded semi-wadcutter shape, and “CB” for Cup
Base, which is a shallow concave base form. To us, the term “semi-
wadcutter” is a general description for a bullet style that can be made
using a punch to form the nose, instead of a point forming die. The Tar-
get Wadcutter, Button-Nose Wadcutter, Keith, Auto-Loader, and even round
nose SWC styles are all subsets of the semi-wadcutter group, since every
one of these styles is made in the same die just by changing the nose
punch.
Two other kinds of dies that are made with a straight hole and two
full-diameter punches are the “Lead Tip” die and the “Core Seat” die.
These don’t have any bleed holes around their middle. The core seat die
is also called a “Core Seater” and abbreviated “CS”. The lead tip die is also
called a “Lead Tip Former” and is abbreviated “LT”. It is not the same
thing as a point former or “PF” die.
The purpose of a core seat die is to expand the jacket, which is made
slightly less than final diameter, and at the same time achieve a very tight
fit between the core and jacket. You can use either a punch that fits into
the jacket, to make open tip style bullets, or you can use a punch that fits
the die bore, and thus make large lead tips. The use of a CS die to make
lead bullets (after first swaging the lead core to exact weight in the CSW
die) is a perfectionist’s way to build lead wadcutter or semi-wadcutter
bullets: it can be more precise because you separate the pressure needed
to extrude surplus lead from the pressure required to form the edges of
the bullet nose and base.
In a LSWC die, the pressure stops building when the lead begins to
extrude through the bleed holes. Thus, some shapes of bullets with deep
nose cavities or hollow bases and sharp edges may not receive enough
pressure to fully take on the exact punch shape, if that pressure is higher
than the pressure which causes lead to spurt out the bleed holes. By first

15
using a CSW die to adjust the weight, and then using a separate CS die to
form the nose and base, the pressure issue is resolved for all shapes and
styles.
A punch with a cavity in the end makes the bullet with a semi-wad-
cutter shoulder (the edge of the punch must be in the neighborhood of
.02 inches thick in order to stand the high swaging pressures). A core
seating punch with a projection on the end, usually conical, makes a hol-
low point cavity in the lead core. Of course, you can use flat, domed,
slightly convex, or highly pointed punch shapes to suit your desires, and
make virtually any kind of base you want just by changing the punch.
Often this will be the internal punch, but you can have the die built with
the base punch being external if you wish. The reason we normally make
the nose punch external to the die is because usually people change the
nose shape much more often than the base, and it is easier to change the
external punch in seconds without removing the die from the press ram.
Technically it would not matter which punch made the nose and which
made the base.
The purpose of the lead tip forming die is to finish the very end of a
pointed (spitzer) bullet, and it isn’t normally used for semi-wadcutter or
large lead tip bullets. It looks just like a core seater, but the bore diameter
is slightly larger than the final bullet size, whereas the core seater diam-
eter is just slightly smaller than final bullet size. The internal punch of a
lead tip die is designed with a cavity to reshape the extruded lead tip of a
sharp-pointed rifle bullet so that it looks perfect. It cannot form the entire
ogive because the edge of the punch, which must withstand tons of
swaging pressure, cannot be paper-thin and survive.

We started this section talking about two general die designs, one
with a straight hole through it, and one with a semi-blind hole. This sec-
ond kind of die came about because, try as you will, there isn’t a reliable
way to make a straight-hole die form a smooth curve from shank to tip.
(The bullet nose curve is called the “ogive”, pronounced OH-jive, and
comes from the French ogee which is the bullet shaped curve over a door-
way). That punch with the cavity machined in the end must have some
thickness at the edge, and this edge will impress itself on the bullet to
make a shoulder.
There’s even more to it than that: if you try to push a jacket into the
cavity in the punch, the edge of the jacket will strike the edge of the
punch. It won’t reliably jump over that edge, but instead either the jacket
or the punch will be crumpled up. In Corbin dies, the jacket is far weaker
than the punch, so it folds up. So, that leaves the problem of how to make

16
a typical rifle-style bullet, or a smooth rounded or angled bullet nose of
any type, not having a lead tip from where the jacket stops to the end of
the bullet.
The semi-blind hole die is used whenever the nose or base of the
bullet has to turn inward, away from full bore diameter, without a shoul-
der or step. Conventional rifle bullets, boattail bullets, and modern jack-
eted handgun bullets with the jacket curving or angling smoothly inward
from the shank to the ogive all require the use of this die design.
By “semi-blind hole”, I mean that the hole in the die is not straight
through the die, but is shaped like the bullet itself. At the tip is a very
small punch to push the bullet out by its nose, and this punch is retracted
a short way up into its little access hole so there is no possibility of the
bullet material pressing against it (which might otherwise bend the small
diameter punch under those tons of pressure).
The “Point Forming” die, which we abbreviate “PF”, accepts either a
lead core, or the seated lead core and jacket combination swaged in the
core seat die. A full-diameter external punch shoves the material into the
point forming die. The material is compressed inward in the small end of
the die, giving the bullet its smooth curve or angled nose (the ogive). The
pressure also expands the shank slightly to final diameter.
The bullet material follows the die wall, right up to the ejection pin
hole and into it, if you push too far. This would put a little parallel “pipe”
on the tip of the bullet, which means you need to back off the depth
adjustment (the punch holder) just a little. The smallest tip which you
can put on the bullet using the PF die is the diameter of the ejection pin.
The smallest ejection pin that can be used is one that will withstand the
ejection pressure without bending. If you happen to forget to apply swaging
lubricant, or if the jacket is larger than the die cavity diameter, the pres-
sure required to eject the bullet can go considerably higher than the de-
sign parameters. This means that the ejection pin needs a little extra di-
ameter as a safety margin.
A typical ejection pin (the internal punch for a point forming die is
usually called an ejection pin) for .224 or .243 caliber might be in the .062
to .081 inch diameter range, depending on the expected ejection pres-
sures and the abuse expected for the die. Dies made for professional bul-
let makers, who know how to stop short of bending the punch if anything
goes wrong and who won’t be upset if they do need to replace the ejec-
tion pin now and then, might tend to be closer to .062 inch; dies made for
experimenters who will be exceeding the design limits frequently tend to
have larger ejection pins, as do dies made especially for lead tip bullets.

17
 If you make a round nose bullet, a truncated conical pistol bullet, or
even a flat tip rifle bullet in the PF die, it works very nicely for either open
tip or lead tip, depending on how much lead you put into the jacket. If
you make a bullet with the jacket curved around to the diameter of the
ejection pin, then the pin will press down against the end of the jacket and
push the bullet out of a well-finished, diamond-lapped swage die with
relatively low force. But if you want a small, sharp or rounded lead tip,
the ejection pin spoils your plan by making its own flat circle on the very
tip of the bullet.
To form a small lead tip on the bullet, you would need to leave a little
extra lead projecting from the end, which the ejection pin will deform
somewhat during ejection, and then use a “lead tip forming” die, or “LT”
die, to shape up any extra lead. The lead tip die accepts the nearly-com-
pleted bullet from a point form die, so it has a bore diameter slightly
larger than the finished bullet size. This works only because the pressure
needed to shape the lead tip is so low that the bullet shank will not ex-
pand. In fact, since the lead tip die is just minutely larger than the point
forming die, perhaps only .0005 inches, it can assure that the bullets will
be more parallel and have almost no “pressure ring” at the base.
The internal punch of the lead tip die has a cavity that is shaped not
exactly to the same outline as the bullet ogive, but with a slightly shorter
radius. For instance, if the bullet had an 8-S ogive (we’ll explain this in
detail later, but the ogive radius is the length of the radius used to swing
the arc that gives the bullet ogive its shape), the radius of the cavity
shape inside the lead tip forming punch would be perhaps 7-S. That is a
shorter radius.
The result is that the lead tip is formed and the surplus lead pushed
down at a slight shear angle between the wall of the punch and the ogive
of the bullet. If you leave the right amount of exposed lead, the punch
will form a neat lead tip with a very slightly different ogive curve from
the rest of the bullet. If the punch shape were made precisely the same as
the point forming die, the edge of the punch would strike the ogive of the
bullet and create a ring, instead of neatly reshaping the tip.
Bear in mind that the LT die is not used by itself, nor is it used instead
of a PF die. If you use one at all, it would be to follow a point forming die.
Remember, the jacket edge won’t jump over the punch edge. If you al-
ready have a curved jacket, from the PF die, then the edge will slip past
the cavity and let you shape the lead tip.
A LT die can also be used, in some cases, to help close the open tip of
a jacketed bullet more tightly than could be done in the PF die alone.
With care, a bullet maker can learn to push the open end of the jacket

18
nearly closed, by gently using trial and error adjustment of the punch
holder. Not every ogive shape or design lends itself well to this operation,
but enough of them do so that it is worth mentioning.

Rebated Boattails
What about bevel bases or boattail bullets? Those also have the bullet
smoothly angled away from full shank diameter. So, they also require a
variety of the point forming die which is used to shape the base instead of
the nose. The boattail bullet has largely been replaced in swaging circles
by the superior “rebated” boattail, abbreviated “RBT” as opposed to the
more conventional “BT” for boattail.
Why are most custom bullet makers using the RBT instead of the
standard boattail base? There are three reasons:

1) A regular boattail bullet tends to act like the focusing nozzle of a

water hose during the moment it emerges from the barrel. Hot powder
gas rushes around that boattail angle, flow up the sides of the bullet, and
continue in a smooth, laminar low pattern right around the front, where
they break up into turbulent flow and make a fireball of gas—right in the
path of the bullet! You can get up to 15% increased dispersion at the
target just from the buffeting the bullet gets by shooting through this ball
of gas. A flat base bullet deflects most of the gas in a circle of fire, ex-
panding rapidly out from the bore with a clear space directly in front of
the bullet. The edge of the flat base acts like a “spoiler” to break up the
laminar flow before it can get started. And so does the sharp shoulder on
a rebated boattail! How does a 15% improvement in accuracy sound as a
benefit of using the RBT design?

2) The boattail bullet tends toward more bore erosion than the re-
bated boattail, because gas pressure on the boattail tends to peel it back
away from the bore and let some gas up past the bottoms of the rifling
grooves, where it cuts the bullet and the barrel like a hot cutting torch.
The rebated boattail has a 90 degree shoulder that takes the pressure par-
allel to the bore, instead of at a compression angle away from it. How
does increased barrel life strike you as a second reason for using RBT
bullets instead of the regular BT style?

3) The tooling lasts longer, costs less to build, and is more easily built
to high standards of precision. Corbin Manufacturing has perfected a
method of using two dies, which we call the “Boattail 1” and the “Boattail
2” dies, as a set, to produce a virtually flawless and highly repeatable

19
rebated boattail. Instead of making the boattail angle so it can be higher
on one side or at a little slope like some of the factory production you see
today, this system guarantees that the boattail will start precisely at the
same point on one side of the bullet as it does on the other, every time.

With all these benefits, there is hardly any reason to make standard
boattail dies these days. The RBT has been proving itself all over the
world for more than 30 years to those who are wise enough to give it
attention. However, if you were to ask what base design I would generally
recommend for jacketed bullets up to 250 yard range, I would be unhesi-
tating in saying a flat base. Rebated or not, a boattail does not give you
superior accuracy in and of itself. It gives you less base drag. Whether or
not that translates into better accuracy than a flat base hinges on whether
the increased drop or higher trajectory arc gives you any problem hitting
your target, and whether there is much cross wind to push the bullet off
course.
Usually at subsonic velocities, the rebated boattail gives you a much
greater benefit in comparison to other drag factors, than it does at Mach I
and above. The shock wave causes far more percentage of total drag at
supersonic velocities, so making the nose more pointed produces more
effect than streamlining the base. The best silenced, subsonic bullets for
special ops have been rebated boattails with a blunt round nose (and other
special features for expansion).

Bevel Bases
Bevel base bullets are made by seating the core in a special “point
forming” die instead of the usual core seating die. The jacket is put into
the die, and the lead is pushed into the jacket. The base of the bullet flows
down into the short, beveled section of the die (it can’t be a punch cavity,
remember, because the edge of the punch would cut the bottom of the
jacket). You could also seat the bullet in a normal core seating die, and
then reform the base in this die, but it would be redundant.
A lead bevel base bullet could be made in two steps: swage the lead
core using a rather large, almost finished diameter core swage, and then
push the bullet into the special point forming die backward, using a nose
punch as the external punch. Come to think of it, any lead bullet with a
smooth ogive (no semi-wadcutter shoulder) can best be made by using
first a CSW die to adjust the weight, and then a PF die to form the ogive.
Without a jacket, you don’t need the CS die, the purpose of which is to
expand the core into the jacket and form a tight, parallel shank.

20
Dies Classified by Press Type
We’ve talked about the basic design of bullet swage dies, in regard to
their function. There is another category for classification of swage dies,
and that is by the kind of press used to operate them. Swaging dies can be
designed to operate in a reloading press (with severe limitations on pres-
sure and precision), or in a number of different models of bullet swaging
presses, both hand and hydraulic-electric powered.
Years ago, we worked out a system of making standard parts for dies
that would cover a wide range of calibers, and thus cut the cost of swaging
through efficient use of what I call “semi-custom production”. We de-
signed presses and die sets so that we could build similar punch and die
blanks for certain ranges of calibers and bullet lengths, and then choose
among perhaps three die body lengths for every caliber from .12 to .458
in the hand presses, or from .224 to .998-in the dies for our big hydraulic
presses.
We didn’t have to design and build each die from scratch, because we
built a standardized system for determining the minimum requirements
of strength, die length, stroke length, punch geometry and strength, steels
and heat treatment. We could run hundreds of blanks for each of the
various presses, then hand-finish the cavities and hone the rough-finished
punch blanks to a perfect fit during the custom phase of each order. It
combined the economy of mass production with the flexibility and preci-
sion of custom tooling.
Corbin swaging dies are up to ten times less costly than competitive
dies without any sacrifice in precision because of this semi-custom pro-
duction technique, and the fact that we design and build several different
presses to take full advantage of the kind of operations you might want to
undertake.
The classification by press type also defines the die thread and diam-
eter. The last letter in the catalog number identifies this classification.
Dies with a catalog number ending in -R (such as the PRO-1-R) fit a
standard 7/8-14 thread reloading press with an RCBS-type button shell
holder ram. The die screws into the press head like a reloading die. The
external punch slips into the T-slot of the ram. You do not also use a shell
holder, since the punch base is made to simulate one.
Dies with a catalog number ending in -M fit either the discontinued
Silver Press, or the current S-Press. They are being phased out of stock-
ing status in favor of the -S dies, which are larger and stronger, and fit the
current S-Press or its predecessor, the Series II press (discontinued). How-
ever, we will continue to make them on special order, just not as a stock
item. The -M dies have a 3/4-inch diameter main body, a thrust-adsorbing

21
shoulder, and a 5/8-24 threaded tenon. The die screws directly into the
press ram, and the external punch is held in a Corbin floating punch holder
in the press head. An example of an -M type die is the LSWC-1-M, a lead
semi-wadcutter die.
The current type -S dies fit the discontinued Series II press or its re-
placement, the S-Press (Catalog number CSP-1). An example of a set of
-S dies is the FJFB-3-S, a three-die set. The -S dies have a longer and
larger diameter body than the -M type, being 1-inch diameter. By using
the same 5/8-24 threaded tenon, the thrust shoulder is wider and thus
spreads the force over a wider area (the top of the industrial chromed
alloy steel ram in Corbin presses). This also means the S-Press can accept
both the older -M dies and the current -S dies. A bench-type hydraulic
powered version of the S-Press, called the “Hydro-Mite”, also uses these -
S dies.
Finally, the type -H dies are made to fit the Corbin Hydro-Press, or
the Mega-Mite hand press. These dies are typically made in a 1.50 inch
diameter, with a length appropriate to the maximum bullet weight to be
produced (up to three inches). The thread tenon is made with a 1-inch 12
thread (meaning 12 turns per inch) to screw directly into the press ram.
The external punch fits into the huge FPH-1-H floating punch holder, in
the press head. A “positive stop” FPH-2-H punch holder is also available
for extreme high precision weight control.

Dies for Other Presses

Special diameters of dies can be built to order, either to fit Corbin
presses or other presses. Diameters of up to four inches with nearly any
desired thread can be made. Usually it is best to use a standard die that
fits one of the Corbin presses, rather than to spend very much on custom
work to fit some other press. In the first place, the cost of special replace-
ments and additions can quickly use up any savings in using an existing
press versus buying a standard swaging press.
Often I have heard “I already have a press that I want to use” and the
meaning is, “I don’t want to spend money for another press.” I agree, and
would do the same, but only if the cost of building the custom dies and
punches and making them work in this nonstandard press (for swaging
purposes) is still less than just buying a regular swaging press. Often it
costs more to fiddle around with special jobs than it does just to buy a
standard swaging press. And then, from that point on, you don’t have to
worry about any special replacement parts, or additions that also have to
be custom made (meaning both fairly long production delays and addi-
tional cost).

22
 Usually, the design of a swaging press gives you a big advantage in
speed, accuracy, and safety over using other kinds of presses. After all, a
pants press, a wine press, a full court press, and a printing press all are
variations on the term “press”, and they are not suitable for reloading.
Having said this, it is still possible to have custom dies built for just about
any press you own. Just bear in mind that there is time involved in mak-
ing working drawings, checking the stroke and ejection position, getting
special thread taps and dies (sometimes), setting up the tooling for a one-
time job, and other costs that have long been amortized over thousands
of dies when you choose a standard production design instead.
Besides, we may have spent a couple of decades and tens of thou-
sands of dollars in testing and improving our standard tools and presses.
Building something for the first time in a different design often requires
some investment in development, which may be a waste of your money
if we’ve already done it a thousand times before in a different and better
system, which would be yours if you just got the right platform to run it
(the proper press). With a different, special tool, you get to pay for any
unforseen development requirements. With our own products, we already
paid for development and you get to benefit from that. It’s usually a better
deal.

Swaging Principles
1. Always swage “up”, never “down”. Swaging down is a contradic-
tion. You “draw” down, by pushing something through an open ended
ring die, like our JRD-1 jacket drawing die, or BRD-1 bullet reducing die.
Drawing makes the part smaller in diameter and longer. It can also cause
separation of the core and jacket if done to excess. Swaging makes the
part shorter and larger, and tightens the grip of the jacket on the core.
2. Pay attention to the instructions. If there are special written notes
with your die, they are important because they modify or improve the
general instructions and replace them. If there is a difference between
specific notes sent with your set of dies, and anything published in gen-
eral (as in this book or in general printed literature), follow the special
written instructions in any respect where they may differ. Swaging is partly
an art, and various materials or sizes may react differently to the same
general kind of operations.
3. Use the right terminology! I cannot stress enough how important it
can be to read what you have before you start to use it, and order the right
part numbers and names of parts. People call the external punch every-
thing from a “pin” to a “ram” to a “die” to a “die punch”. How are we
supposed to know what you mean? If you order it wrong, you get to pay

23
a restocking fee or, if it is custom made for you, then it may not be return-
able. A die is the vessel or cylinder that holds the material. A punch fits
into the end of the die and pushes on the material. A “pin” is part of the
pivot system of the press, or the wire ejection pin that fits into a point
forming punch. A “ram” is the moving steel drive component of your
press into which the swage die screws. There is no such thing as a “die-
punch” or a “punch-die”: putting terms together to suit yourself just con-
fuses everyone.
4. Use the right materials! A set of dies made for a specific jacket, a
certain lead hardness, or a certain alloy and size of copper tubing, may be
able to work with other materials but probably not without adjustments
to the punch and/or die dimensions and possibly not without developing
differences in technique. Nearly all problems with broken dies and stuck
parts or improper sizes comes from the use of materials other than those
we used to develop the tools. Hardness, grain and dimensions make a
huge difference in your success.

24
 3. Bullet Swaging Secrets
Before I start telling you about the various kinds of swaging presses
and dies that work with them, and why you might want to select a given
type of press and die for a certain kind of bullet making, it would be useful
for you to know some facts that have taken decades to figure out, and
which most of the people who have figured them out wish to keep from
you, since it might affect their own income if you knew.
If you don’t care to wade around in the backwaters of history, skip
this chapter and go on to the “How To” chapters that follow. It isn’t abso-
lutely necessary to be aware of all the misconceptions, phony physics,
and junk science that is tossed about as if it were gospel. A lot of people
make a good living based on these misconceptions, whether on purpose
or because they believe it too, and it is not helping them a bit if you
become aware of the errors in thinking that make this possible. But I
suppose someone has to support those people: you can, if you wish!

The Myth of Exclusion

The most common misconception about bullet swaging is that only a
few people really have the money and expertise to do it right—that equip-
ment to make a good bullet is far too costly for you to buy, and the tech-
niques are filled with “secrets” that only a few bullet-makers are smart
enough to understand. In other words, stay away from swaging because
(1) you are not smart enough and (2) you cannot afford the right equip-
ment. Leave it to the “experts” who know best, in other words... the same
“experts” who are eager to tell you this, and to scoff when you mention
that you might have found a way to try it yourself.
The reason this myth is repeated in print every year is simple. Think
about it: if you were making a reasonably good income from selling your
own custom swaged bullets and someone asked you to tell a magazine
audience all about your business, would you tell them “It’s easy: anybody
can do it with a little reading and a few hours of experimenting with
moderately priced equipment!”
Or, would you be more likely to think about it and then say “Man, it’s
hard: the only equipment that works costs thousands of dollars and takes
years to figure out. You guys are way better off just to pay me to do it for
you and keep on buying my bullets!”?
Always remember to consider the source when you read anything,
and follow the money trail. (Yes, I’m aware of the irony, but you already
bought this book so I can afford to be honest in the writing of it!) It works

25
in almost everything in life, not just bullet swaging. Before you read some-
thing, try to figure out who wrote it, who pays them, and why they might
be influenced in their comments and opinions by the source of their in-
come.

It’s not a conspiracy: it’s just how life works. Everyone has an interest
in protecting their source of income. The more unusual the occupation,
the less likely it is that the person will say anything that would encourage
you to go into competition. Successful people learn early how to get good
information from shaded stories without necessarily accepting everything
at face value.
All this means is that when you read articles by or about bullet makers
or their products, be aware that the products were made by human be-
ings, not mythological Titans. Odds are pretty good that, given the right
equipment and information, you could do the same thing. Or maybe,
even better.

The Myth of the Shortcut

In a long and largely successful business career, I’ve found that the
only reliable income is that generated from trading good information,
services and products. Perhaps some have become wealthy by chance, or
by trickery, or by other transient opportunities, but by and large what
works is providing consistent good value. The surprise is that so many
people think otherwise, and spend their lives looking for shortcuts. So
much effort is expended in the search to avoid putting out any effort! It
isn’t fast or easy to build a reputation for good value, but the alternatives
are too unreliable, even putting moral considerations aside.
This myth isn’t just for bullet makers, but it seems to come up fre-
quently in discussing a new bullet business with someone who wants to
make back his investment in a hurry. “What’s the hot item to make?
What would make the most money in the shortest time?”
Well, here is where I could take a shortcut myself and make up some
foolishness that would insure a quick or bigger sale. I could speak elo-
quently about whatever this client was sure to have seen on the covers of
the latest gun magazines, and it would be easy to make a good case for
whatever caliber, style, or gun was featured as the magic carpet one could
ride to riches by making that particular bullet, or one for that particular
gun. But unless it was true, I wouldn’t do it, and while there is some truth
to the idea of following the latest trends, it isn’t likely to result in imme-
diate riches.

26
 There are not enough potential bullet makers to treat clients like used
car buyers, even if I could somehow justify acting that way. Either my
clients have to be successful, and continue to purchase equipment and
supplies as they grow, or the swage die business will not work well enough
to be viable.
After more than four decades of providing income for six families of
Corbin employees, it’s fairly obvious that there must be something reli-
able and long-term behind the ideas I am discussing here. It’s not very
likely that thousands of handloaders would come back, year after year, for
products and ideas that didn’t meet or exceed their expectations.
Many people do, in fact, make a good living using Corbin equipment
to produce high quality custom bullets for other shooters. You see their
ads every time you pick up a gun magazine. They start small, often just
as a hobby, and their interest and business grows and expands to other
equipment, which Corbin designs and manufactures. Our design and en-
gineering work, as well as marketing help, is critical to the success of
most of our clients (there are some who had everything figured out from
the start, but not many).
Because a substantial part of our income and reason for our own suc-
cess has been based on appropriate advice and honest dealing with our
clients, your trust is a critical factor in Corbin’s very existence. We con-
tinue to have backlogs for our work primarily because people know that
they can trust in the essential facts that are spelled out in our books.
The myth that you can get there by some shortcut inspires countless
other people to try, year after year, making a brief appearance and then
disappearing forever. In their wake are abandoned and disgruntled would-
be bullet makers, who may get such a bad taste for swaging from the
experience that they never want to try it again. That is, of course, my
main worry from a business point of view. It doesn’t take too many short-
cut takers to spread a bad feeling about what can be a marvelous technol-
ogy when done correctly with well-made tools.
Shortcuts are what allows equipment to be made more cheaply, by
using cheaper materials, taking less time to fit and finish the components,
or skipping most of the tests and rework that might be necessary if a
reasonable quality control procedure was in use. But a bullet-maker could
forget the reason cheap copies of good equipment are cheaper, and think
all such equipment is equally flawed. The same myth can affect the bul-
let-maker, even when he is wise enough to purchase good equipment.
Taking shortcuts in the process of making bullets, in order to make them
faster, can result in less satisfactory bullets. The custom bullet market is
not interested in cheap bullets: it exists because of the need for bullets of
superior performance.

27
 Today, you can hardly pick up a gun magazine without reading some-
thing about one of my clients who makes a better custom bullet. Custom
bullet making has been elevated by these people from a dark art to a
serious, mainstream part of the firearms industry. But these bullet-mak-
ers, by and large, did not take shortcuts. They spent an average of 18
months building up to the point where they could show a profit. Some did
it in less than a year, others took two or more years. They built a business,
they didn’t trick one into existence.
You might not care at all about the commercial possibilities for cus-
tom bullet making, but it affects you anyway. The mass producers have
been forced to come up with their own premium lines of bullets and have
often purchased bullets from my clients instead of trying to come up with
their own. The fact that hundreds have turned to bullet swaging as a way
to make a living, and thousands more use it as a way to make a little spare
cash on a part-time basis, means that your bullet selection has improved
vastly in the past few years.
Guns of a type that you might not have considered using for defense
twenty years ago can now be put into service, since the bullets have im-
proved their performance so much. Game animals that you might have
wounded and lost twenty years ago can be cleanly taken without the suf-
fering and without the long hikes to the bottom of canyons where the
game was able to run and finally die a lingering death because of poor
bullet performance. Hunting is more humane when the bullets perform
flawlessly on the first shot.
Your scores at benchrest, metallic silhouette, IPSIC, and even
blackpowder matches can be higher than they were “back then” because
of the tremendous amount of research and testing done by all the custom
bullet-makers. Laws have been passed or modified based on certain kinds
of custom swaged bullets that did not come from any mass producer. If
you don’t think you have some interest in commercial swaging already,
think again! None of this happened by taking shortcuts, either in the mak-
ing of the equipment, or in the using of it.

The Myth of Carbide

There is a great deal of emphasis placed on the buzzword “carbide” at
this time. Carbide is a rather generic term that covers a lot of ground,
rather like the word “chlorophyll” back in the 1960’s, or any other semi-
technical term that is turned into an advertising catchword.

28
 There is no such thing as a single kind of die material called “carbide”,
except in the minds of ad writers. When you heat any tool steel to a high
enough temperature, some of the carbon in the material dissolves in the
nearby iron, and forms a ferric carbide material which can be captured in
the frozen matrix of the steel if the temperature is lowered quickly enough.
The ferric carbide trapped in the steel mixture is primarily what gives
the steel its hardness. The structure also has a matrix of iron and other
elements, which form complex compounds that give the steel ductility,
ability to remain hard at higher temperatures, and corrosion and shock
resistance. All hardened steels have “carbide” in them: that’s what makes
them hard.
If you systematically reduced the amount of iron and increased the
amount of carbon that dissolved in the iron that was left, you would wind
up with a very hard, but also very brittle material. It might be almost
“solid carbide” but it wouldn’t be very strong. By forming compounds of
tungsten and other metals with carbon, the General Electric company
(and others) developed commercially acceptable variations of “carbide”
in a wide variety of grades. General Electric’s trade name of “Carboloy”
was applied to some of these.
The important thing to note is that there are variations that are nearly
as soft as hardened tool steel, and others that are so brittle that they shat-
ter like glass if force is applied incorrectly. Some carbide materials can
handle high temperatures and some fracture when heated and cooled dur-
ing use. Some make good tool bits, and some are only good for a thin
coating on the surface of a hardened steel bit. Some are reasonable to
machine accurately, and some cost a fortune to machine compared to
making the same shape from a good tool steel.
If you were to be faced with the decision of a material from which to
build dies for a high speed punch press, working at 40 strokes per minute
or more, and making several million bullets, then one of these grades of
carbide material could give you higher temperature operation and thus
longer life than a tool steel die. Because the harder materials are more
abrasion resistant, you would be able to run the dies for a longer time
before replacing them.
They would still need to be lubricated: the idea that carbide dies need
no lubrication is foolish. It is like saying that because your car engine
might run 100,000 miles without changing the oil, you don’t need to
change the oil. It might run 250,000 miles if you did!
It is necessary to consider value to make a good decision about die
materials. Value is the cost of the die amortized over the number of bul-
lets you expect to make, considering the amount of wear which will take
place before the bullets are no longer acceptable quality. It is somewhat

29
subjective, since one person might consider a die “worn out” when the
bullet diameter increased by 0.001 inches, and another might find that
the 0.3090 bullet shot even better than the standard 0.3080 in his gun.
The point where you no longer consider the bullet diameter acceptable
determines the life of the die, for your application. Wear is related to heat
and abrasion.
If you operate your dies in a hand-fed system of any type, it will be
impossible to make more than five or six bullets a minute. At those stroke
rates, any heat from friction would dissipate into the air before the next
stroke. There would be minimal heat buildup, so that normal swaging
lubricant (Corbin Swage Lube) would be sufficient to protect the die and
the components from frictional abrasion not caused by dirty components
or by polishing compounds embedded in the jacket material.
In a power-fed system, it is possible to stroke the press so fast that
heat cannot radiate away into the air as quickly as it is generated, until the
die becomes quite warm. It reaches a stable high temperature by radiat-
ing heat into the air, and into the frame of the press. Swaging lubricants
may not stand this high temperature, so the metal surface needs to be
made of something that will remain hard and resist abrasion without as
much lubrication. Certain grades of carbides will handle the job.
Value is indicated by first estimating the tolerances which are accept-
able for the bullets, and then figuring out how long a set of dies will give
that range of tolerances, and how many bullets are made with each set,
for what price. The lowest cost per bullet indicates the best value, all
other things being equal.
In the high speed punch press, a set of dies might easily cost $3000.
They might slowly wear to an unacceptable tolerance after two million
bullets were made, at a cost per bullet of three thousand dollars divided
by two million bullets. This is a cost of 0.15 cents (not fifteen cents, but
fifteen hundredths of a cent) per bullet. In this kind of operation, properly
made tool steel dies might only last 50,000 bullets, at a cost of about
$300 for the dies. That is 0.60 cents (sixty hundreds of a cent) per bullet.
Obviously, the value is four times greater for using the carbide dies in
this application. One might reasonably expect to make two million bul-
lets on a punch press system: at 40 strokes a minute, and a bullet per
stroke, that is only about 104.167 days or about 3.5 months—assuming
the punch press is run eight hours a day, which isn’t unreasonable.
But even the largest and most successful custom bullet maker seldom
turns to punch presses. The average custom bullet operation (if one could
ever say these outstanding operations are anything close to “average”)
turns out about 50,000 bullets a year. After all, the market is limited and
the price is fairly high (worth it, but not cheap). You probably wouldn’t

30
make one million bullets in a lifetime of hand swaging. If you could make
two bullets a minute, and worked at it every weekend for four hours,
you’d only be making 24,960 bullets a year.
When run at less than ten strokes a minute with proper lubrication,
the high-carbide content die steels used by Corbin hold acceptable toler-
ances for at least 500,000 bullets, and some have made over 1,500,000
bullets in commercial operations started years ago. Assuming the dies
would make 500,000 bullets, this means your $300 investment in dies
would last for over 20 years if you made two bullets a minute, working
every weekend for four hours, every week of those years.
If you are just now turning 20 years old, you’d be 40 before you needed
to buy another set at that rate. If you expected to live to be 100 years old,
you would have a lifetime of bullet making on just three sets of dies, for a
total cost of $900. Now, most people don’t make anywhere near 24,960
bullets a year unless they are in business to make bullets. The odds are
great you’d never make 500,000 bullets in a lifetime. But just suppose
you did.
Your cost per bullet for determining die value would be $300 divided
by 500,000 bullets, or .06 cents (six hundredths of a cent) per bullet. In
your lifetime, if you made 1.5 million bullets, you’d use up three sets of
dies, so your total cost per bullet would be $900 divided by 1.5 million
bullets, or .06 cents. This is for using tool steel dies.
If you purchased $3000 carbide dies, you would not get one bit more
accuracy or any better die, other than the fact that long-term abrasion
resistance would be less, so you could get by with one set of dies for your
lifetime. We assumed you might live 100 years, and make 1.5 million
bullets. Your cost per bullet with a carbide die set would be .20 cents per
bullet ($3000 divided by 1.5 million bullets). The steel dies are three and
a third times better value for this application! That is 333% more value for
your money with the steel dies.
The reason I’ve gone so long into this is not any animosity toward
“carbide”, but because of the widely-held perception that just stamping
the word “carbide” on a die automatically blesses the product with super-
natural powers and makes it somehow more accurate.
A die is only as accurate as you can make the hole. It is a lot easier to
make a good die from a material that can be worked in its annealed state,
then hardened and given its final adjustment in size with diamond lap-
ping in the hard state. The easier a job is to do, the less it has to cost. So,
you get more value: the same accuracy for far less money.

31
 Obviously, it is much easier to promote the myth, than to explain the
facts. Advertising is sold by the column inch or fractional page, or by the
word...and it costs a lot more to educate than to dazzle the reader. Fortu-
nately, a book has plenty of space for education and you’ve chosen that
path rather than just allowing yourself to be dazzled.
Following the “carbide worship” path, the term “ECM” or “EDM”
sometimes is waved about as a sort of accuracy magic wand. The terms
refer to “electrochemical machining” or “elecrical-discharge machining”.
ECM is a form of “reverse plating” where metal is removed from the
surface of the work by a strong flow of electricity through a conductive
electrolyte solution. EDM is a form of “spark erosion” where an arc burns
away tiny pits in the surface and eventually removes it in a controlled
manner, often under an insulating solution that carries away the eroded
metal.
Electrochemical machining is a last resort, not a step up. It is used
when there is no other practical way to machine a part, because it is very
costly, slow and difficult to make the hole precisely the right diameter
and shape without going to much higher expense than with traditional
machining techniques. ECM has its uses, one of which is to machine
carbide materials that simply cannot be cut any other way. There is noth-
ing inherently more accurate about ECM. It costs fortunes in equipment
just to make it the same accuracy as lathe boring, reaming, and diamond
lapping. Using ECM makes sense when you can’t cut the material in a
more traditional way. People who sell ECM machines are the first to tell
you this.
There is nothing inherently “more accurate” in using electrical ma-
chining as opposed to diamond lapping. Thin, fragile sheets of metal or
brittle, hard carbide materials are best machined by ECM, but materials
which can be machined with a faster traditional method should be. One
who simply swallows the advertising hype is set up to spend extra money
without getting the extra value.
If I thought that there was better value for my clients in selling them
$3000 dies, I’d certainly have no reason NOT to do it! I’d rather get ten
times as much for a set of dies, if I could justify it to myself and to my
customers. But for the past 40 years I’ve been proving over and over that
it isn’t good value for this application. What, exactly, is the benefit, other
than making more money for me? I’ll just have to rely on the good judge-
ment of ten more handloaders, instead, to make the same amount!

32
The Myth of Equating BC with Accuracy
Another myth is that aerodynamic shape is synonymous with accu-
racy. Years ago, I made some bullets that were just cylinders without any
ogive at all, and fired them from a benchrest rifle in .224 caliber into a
group that measured about 0.2 inches center to center. Then I fired an-
other group made with 6-caliber ogive spitzer bullets made exactly the
same way, with the same weight and diameter and the same materials.
These made almost exactly the same size group. The gun was at its limit
and the bullet shape had no effect on accuracy, except that the cylinders
landed a little lower on the target (more drag, so they dropped slightly
more).
In our work for various government agencies, Corbin made dies that
we called the “Ultra Low Drag” or “ULD” design, many years before the
popularity of the so-called “VLD” design of the late 1990’s. The two de-
signs are quite similar. In fact, nearly all low drag designs that are practi-
cal utilize a long ogive and some kind of boattail. Ours used a nine-degree
rebated boattail, and a 14-caliber radius curve that was offset by 0.014
inches from the tangent (a secant ogive, in other words). There is nothing
magical about the numbers. There are dozens of variations which would
work approximately as well, better in some guns, worse in others.
There is a problem with promoting these buzzword designs: people
tend to believe that they solve all problems of accuracy, when in reality
they are very special designs made for certain kinds of loads, rifling twist
rates, and purposes. They are not always more accurate nor are they even
useful in some guns. Here are some of the problems with the very low
and ultra low drag designs (which means “high BC”, the ballistic coeffi-
cient):
To offer less air resistance, the bullet needs to be more streamlined,
which in turn makes it longer for the same weight, or lighter for the same
length as a conventional design. To keep the amount of shank in approxi-
mate balance with the extra long nose (which would fill up with all the
available lead in a normal or light weight design and leave nothing for the
shank), these bullets are usually made in the heavier weights for the cali-
ber.
This means that the long, heavy bullet has the center of balance shifted
toward the rear, so it wants to turn over more easily than the conventional
bullet, and thus requires a higher twist rate to stay nose first. If you have
a barrel with the appropriate faster twist, you may get a flatter shooting
bullet with equivalent accuracy to a normal design. Since the custom
swaged bullets are usually made with more care than mass produced bul-

33
lets, you may even get superior accuracy plus a flatter trajectory. But if
you don’t have a faster twist rate, you may find accuracy actually is worse
than that of a shorter bullet having lower BC.
The longer ogive and boattail (or rebated boattail) combine to make
the same weight of bullet longer than in a conventional shape, which
means that the bullet may not chamber or feed in some guns, and may
actually be too long for the throat in the barrel. This might require setting
the base of the bullet far down into the cartridge, intruding into the pow-
der space, and possibly requiring the case neck to be partly encircling the
start of the ogive. This means the bullet may not be held securely on a
center line with the cartridge, but instead might be able to tip and start
into the rifling at a slight angle, which does no good for accuracy.
Bullet jackets need to be longer for the same weight, since the long
thin nose doesn’t hold as much volume (and thus weight) as a more
rounded shape. And if you wish to make a light weight bullet, you’ll need
to use low density core material such as Corbin bullet balls, because if
you fill the long ogive with lead, you’ll need to at least balance the nose
with a reasonable shank length. Having a long nose and balancing it with
the shank means the minimum weight is higher than with a more rounded
nose. In other words, you trade a somewhat flatter shooting bullet design
for versatility in range of weight. A more traditional 6-S ogive or a round
nosed shape will give you both heavier and lighter weight possibilities.
On the other hand, extremely efficient airframes do give you a flatter
shooting bullet, because they drop less in the same amount of flight time.
While less trajectory isn’t necessarily the same as more accuracy, it con-
tributes to your ability to judge distance and hold the sights in the right
place. It helps you be a better shooter, rather than actually improving the
accuracy of the bullet, but the effect is the same.
My point is that if you use accuracy and flat shooting as synonyms,
you’ll be just far enough off the mark so that you’ll fall for some of the
advertising hype about bullet shape. You may be like the fellow who heard
that three of the top benchrest shooters won that year using bullets that
happened to have a 7-S ogive (a nose shape formed by a curve that has a
radius of seven calibers) instead of the more common 6-S, so he passed
up good buys on both 6-S and 8-S ogive die sets to wait for a custom
made 7-S set. In truth, any of those sets would have been fine, and the 8-
S would be slightly flatter shooting yet.

I’d like to let you in on another secret: there is no inherent difference

in accuracy between spire points, truncated conical points, round noses,
spitzers, and secant ogives, if you make all of them from equal quality
materials with the same level of care. A round nose or what we would call

34
a 3/4-E (elliptical ogive with a length of 0.75 times the caliber) handgun
bullet is inherently no less accurate than the regular 9 or 10 degree trun-
cated conical bullet (truncated means cut off, and the TC is a spire shape
with the end cut off, usually at about 40% of the caliber). Whichever you
like best and feeds best in your gun is the one to use.
A common request is for dies to make a bullet with some arbitrary BC
number, usually higher than anything else on the market from mass pro-
ducers. But this is a little like spending all your money on a great set of
magnesium wheels for your car, so you have nothing left for the engine or
body work. Lots of teenagers did that when I was of that age. Today I
hear the thumping of huge, overpowered speakers from expensive ste-
reos coming from cars that could use a paint job and a tune-up, usually
with the same genre of fuzzy-minded youthful driver who spent his burger-
flipping paycheck for “cool mags” back in the ‘fifties.
Putting all your attention on the ballistic coefficient and ignoring most
of the other factors is very little different. The real goal is usually to hit
the target at long range with greater reliability. Confusing the real goal
with some narrow part of the total package that will get you there is a
problem created by the myth that somehow, an arbitrary BC number
bigger than anything available currently means the bullet will be more
accurate.
Sorry, but the BC is only a relative measure of inverse air resistance
compared to some standard bullet, such as the one-inch artillery projec-
tile that has been considered a 1.0 on the BC scale for decades. The BC
means nothing by itself. You must also know the standard against which
it is compared, and advertising sometimes plays on this fact to overstate
the comparison or ratio by subtle use of a different standard projectile.
For example, I could easily publish BC numbers of 2.50 or 3.59 or
anything else I wanted, whereas most BC numbers are less than 1.0. How?
By noting in the fine print, which no one reads, that the standard projec-
tile used for comparison is a five grain wad of newspaper chewed to a
soggy consistency and fired from a pursed pair of lips (yes, a spitball).
More subtle yet, I could simply assume that everyone “knew” I was using
a conventional 6-S 168 grain spitzer flat base bullet as my “standard”, and
then publish comparison BC numbers relating the bullets I was attempt-
ing to market to this standard.
Not drawing any particular attention to the standard just reinforces
the myth that BC has some independent value as a figure of merit. It is in
fact a ratio, so it requires two items for comparison and has no meaning
otherwise. Stating the BC alone is like saying the odds of the Atlanta
Braves winning the next game against the Giants is “3”. But three com-
pared to what? You might assume 3 to 1. Maybe the Giants fan meant 3 to

35
6, or 2 to 1 in favor of the Giants! Normally we would assume the other
bullet in the implied BC figure is the old military standard one-inch pro-
jectile, but remember the old saying, “Assume makes an Ass of U and
Me”.
Seeking a high BC is not a foolish quest, but it is foolish to think some
number higher than that you read about a factory bullet will solve all your
problems and improve the accuracy of your new bullet. How are you
going to measure it? If you use the dual chronograph method, your mea-
surements can be off by a very wide tolerance unless you fire a large
number of rounds. Sometimes the variance is greater than the amount of
supposed gain. The best way to achieve good accuracy is to judge it by
the holes in the target. That is, use anything that improves the group and
don’t put on blinders in the quest for one specific part of the accuracy
formula.
High BC is desirable, but the higher spin rate it may require of the
longer bullet can exaggerate normal eccentricities in the bullet, and wipe
out any accuracy gains from a flatter trajectory. Each factor in the design
of a bullet is part of an equation that tends to be self limiting: making any
one factor too large automatically makes the others too small. You get the
optimal performance by achieving the right balance of factors for your
particular application, not by pushing one of them to the limit and ignor-
ing the rest.

The Myth of Critical Diameter

There can be a significant difference in accuracy between bullets of
different diameter, but there is no cut and dried rule about it except that
undersized bullets (compared to the rifling groove-to-groove depth of
your particular gun, not to some arbitrary industry standard) generally
don’t shoot as well as bullets with a diameter at or slightly larger than the
groove-to-groove depth.
Oversized bullets tend to have minor problems in some guns with
case swelling and chambering. The pressure difference is insignificant for
a 0.308 inch bullet compared to a 0.309 inch bullet until you reach those
loading intensities where the gun is about to come apart anyway. If it will
feed and fit the chamber with the larger bullet seated in the case, it will
probably shoot better than with a smaller bullet (if everything else is
equal and the load is generally accurate and safe).
For my money, if I were to decide on a given diameter for my swage
dies, I would always choose either right on the money for diameter com-
pared to my gun’s rifling groove-to-groove depth, or slightly larger (be-

36
tween half and one thousandth, depending on whether it is an Auto-loader
or not—some pistols have a problem with slightly larger bullets which
bulge the case and cause feeding failures).
On the other hand, if I had a bullet that shot well in a given gun, I
couldn’t care less if the bullet was undersized, lopsided and backward!
The goal is to hit where you aim, and if the bullet does that, forget about
what it ought to be and just be happy that it works so well. Some arm-
chair ballisticians tend to wind themselves up so tightly in their theories
that they miss the fun and the point of it all: shooting. If it works, it must
be right by definition.
Many factory barrels of the same caliber are far different from each
other in diameter. The differences in bore diameter at various points even
in the same barrel can be far more than the wildest tolerances in any
bullet. Since the whole idea of controlling bullet diameter and tolerance
is to make it fit into the bore, or the rifling grooves, there’s a problem
here!
Why worry about an overly precise bullet diameter if the bore isn’t at
least that precise? We’ve had clients send us sample bullets, pushed through
a factory barrel, that came out as much as .41 caliber from a .40 caliber
pistol! In one instance, the client sent the gun back twice and got two
different oversized barrels, both different by as much as 0.005 inches
from each other. I won’t mention the gun-maker, but it is a respected
name and the problem isn’t unique.
This doesn’t mean that it isn’t important to have good control over
bullet diameter. It merely means that you should not take the “published
specifications” for granted. Measure your gun if you really want to specify
the bullet correctly to fit it. If you don’t know how to measure it, you can
fire a low velocity slug through it and capture the slug in water, and send
us the slug to measure. By low velocity, I mean just enough pressure to
get it out of the barrel reliably.
Measuring a barrel is an art. Firing the bullet through it only gives
you an idea of the diameter at the point where the bullet came out. Sup-
pose your barrel has “waves” in the bore, where it varies 0.002 inches
larger than the average, but the muzzle is actually tight at 0.001 smaller
than the standard specifications. The bullet might expand when it passed
through the big areas, but it would be drawn down again when it hit the
tight spots. Which dimension is really the size of your bore? Who knows—
it all depends on your meaning. Average? Mean? Tightest point? Loosest
point? Standard deviation?
You want a bullet to fit so it won’t be distorted and so powder gas
won’t escape around it and cut the jacket or lead like a torch. It’s worse to
have gas jetting around the bullet in the loose places than it is to have the

37
bullet slightly elongated by the tight ones (since the amount of distortion
is so tiny, yet the damage by gas cutting can be so harmful to both bore
and accuracy). That’s why I lean toward large bullets so long as they
don’t cause any other problems.
The fellow who says he must have a 0.2240-inch bullet for his .224
rifles could be right, if every one of them has a barrel with a .2240 maxi-
mum groove- to-groove diameter. But unless he actually knows that for a
fact, he could be just as well off or perhaps better with a bullet from .2242
to .2245 diameter.

The Myth of the Pressure Ring

You’ve probably heard this one: a good accurate handmade bullet
must have a pressure ring slightly larger than the rest of the shank, whereas
a factory bullet doesn’t have one and that is why factory bullets are less
accurate. Lots of shooters believe this one.
Actually, the pressure ring on the back end of a swaged bullet is there
for two reasons. The difference in diameter between the core seating die,
which is used to make the bullet expand to nearly final diameter in a
cylinder form by pressing the lead core into the undersized jacket, and the
point forming die, which forms the ogive on the bullet, must be very
small, but still the point forming die should be slightly larger than the
core seating die (in diameter of hole).
If the core seating die is the same size or larger, the bullet will tend to
stick in the point forming die. People who don’t know much about swaging
will assume the point forming die is bad, when it is likely that the core
seater is producing a bullet too large to easily slip into the hole of the
point former. The difference is very small. A typical .224 bullet would be
made using a core seating die of about 0.2238 inch diameter, or at least
the bullet would come out of the core seater at that size (the hole might
be slightly different because of material springback).
A desirable range of diameters for a .224 bullet would be from 0.2240
to 0.2245 inches in the parallel shank section. Right at the base, the bullet
might measure from 0.2242 to 0.2248. This “pressure ring” is the lack of
springback across the solid disk of metal that makes the bullet base, com-
pared to the springy tubular sides of the jacket. Having a large difference
between core seater and point former die cavities will make the pressure
ring larger, and if the difference gets too large, then the bullet will start to
come out with a “wasp-waist” shape, like the old Herter “Super-Sonic
Wasp-Waist” bullets of long ago.

38
 (A note about those Herter’s bullets: these were most likely reject
bullets made because of a severe mismatch in a set of commercial swage
dies, but Herter’s was innovative enough to turn someone else’s rejects
into their “Model Perfect” offering of the season. Strange advantages were
touted for this bullet: it was said that the air went in a sort of circle around
that hourglass shape and somehow whipped around behind the bullet,
whacked it in the rear and drove it faster! If this were true, Herter’s dis-
covered a perpetual motion machine with a new twist. Imagine what
would happen if you accidently gave one of those bullets a thump with
your finger while it rested on the table: the air would start accelerating it
faster and faster until it was zipping around the room at supersonic speed,
blowing holes in all observed physics!)
The pressure ring is not a design feature: it is a physical fact of life that
gets in the way of having a nice parallel shank on the bullet and can
expand the case neck as the bullet base passes through, leaving the bullet
slightly loose. In a short-necked round like the .300 Savage, the pressure
ring is a real problem, since the case holds part of the ring and part of the
shank, and the bullet flops around as a result.
Most of the time, the pressure ring doesn’t hurt anything but if there
were a way to get rid of it without hurting accuracy in some other way, it
should be done. The best way to minimize it is to match the core seater
and point former dies very closely, more closely than you can do with a
regular micrometer. You can also make the bullets slightly oversized and
tapered, so the dies really eject easily, and then push the bullet through a
ring die that irons the sides perfectly straight: now you’ve got a factory
bullet! That’s the way it’s done. But that also tends toward a loose fit
between jacket and core: the core pushes in and stays there, while the
jacket springs back a tiny bit and loosens its grip on the core.
If you bond the core (using Corbin Core Bond flux and melting the
lead core into the jacket for a permanent adhesion), you can draw down
the shank of the bullet without any springback effect. But all this is not
necessary for target shooting and barely necessary for anything else so
long as the ring is only slightly 0.001 inch or less) larger than the rest of
the shank. If you have any problem with the bullet in a short necked case,
then this is worth some consideration.
The main thing is, don’t be suckered into thinking that you must have
this mysterious feature in order to have a top-quality benchrest bullet. It’s
just how they come out, no design required or intended, and rather than
admit it, many bullet makers in the past have turned it into a “feature”.
This is rather like the software bug that the technical support person claims
is actually a feature: it’s supposed to work that way, didn’t you know?
(Good thing software companies don’t design cars. Cars might have be-

39
come 100 times cheaper and get 200 miles to the gallon if they followed
the improvements made in computers, but I’m not sure I’d want to drive
one that crashed four times a day!)

The Myth of Magic Jacket Alloys

Here’s another myth that needs to be shot down: copper fouls your
bore, and brass is too hard on it, so you have to use a mysterious metal
called “gilding metal” that only the factories have. In the first place, gild-
ing metal is 95% copper and 5% zinc, whereas the brass most people refer
to is 70% copper and 30% zinc. Copper is normally 99.95% copper and a
trace of silver or other elements, sometimes phosphorus, sometimes ar-
senic. You can have any of them for the going price, any time you like.
Corbin stocks various kinds of bullet materials and can get others if you
order the minimum run. Our jacket drawing equipment can use any of
them (we may have to “tweak” it for a particular material, though).
The factories normally use either gilding metal or commercial bronze
for bullet jacket material. Commercial bronze is really not bronze at all. It
is another kind of brass, made with 10% zinc and 90% copper. It is cheaper
than gilding metal, slightly tougher and can be made harder. Any of these
metals can be used to make good jackets. None of them necessarily has
to foul the bore any more than the others.
Pure copper, properly annealed, makes a fine jacket material but it is a
little more “sticky” in the punch press dies and harder to draw to deep
cups, so it is seldom used in high speed mass production. A little zinc
makes the material easier to draw, but more brittle when it strikes the
target. When it comes to a choice between helping the mass producer
produce the product, or making the product work better for you, guess
which way it goes! (To be fair, the price you pay is based on how fast the
jacket can be produced and the price of the metal used, and the mass
market is by definition interested in the best price.)
Why do people think copper fouls more than gilding metal, then? I
wondered about that for a long time, since we are involved with shooting
lots of bullets made with copper and have not noticed any unusual foul-
ing problems. (We get into all kinds of calibers, from .12 to 25mm. We’ve
shot .50’s made from everything you can imagine, and fouling isn’t any
worse with copper.) I think a big part of it is the finish of the material used
to make the bullets, and the treatment it gets during the process.
Copper tubing is a traditional material for making bullets. It tends to
have a slightly soft, powdery surface after it is annealed. Annealing with
gas heat, or in an oxygen atmosphere, will oxidize the surface and cause a
reddish or blackish oxide to form. These tend to be flaky and loose. When

40
the copper is drawn down and shaped into a jacket, it will harden slightly
but the surface may not be burnished enough to get rid of the porous
layer. I think this layer is what comes off in the bores.
Nearly all metals will leave something of themselves in the bore, but
we are talking about fouling bad enough so that it is a problem, an excep-
tional amount of fouling. And with properly drawn and polished bullets, I
have not seen any significant problem. With the highly finished copper
strip that we use for making drawn bullet jackets, there is no problem
worth consideration.
Some of the rumor probably comes from the fact that people who do
this sort of experimental work with bullets are more curious and inspect
their guns more carefully than people who just buy factory bullets, and
they notice even a small amount of fouling sooner. Some of it comes
from the loose, porous finish that experimenters may get on their torch-
annealed copper tubing jackets. So, use annealed copper instead of an-
nealing it with a torch, or polish the jackets so that the outer surface is
removed down to the hard underlying metal. Don’t worry about it unless
you actually experience a problem, which you probably won’t.

The Myth of Mysterious Rites of Swaging

I’ve heard all these tales about how you have to let the bullets “rest”
overnight before you shoot them, or how you have to swage cores and
then put them in a jar and give them a day to “normalize” (whatever that
means) before putting them into the jackets. Hardened lead alloys often
change hardness over a period of time after having been subjected to
stress, such as swaging, but if you are interested in accuracy you prob-
ably use pure lead wire (which has no such time-related hardness change).
Most of this is purely in the mind of the person who believes it, and
came about either because someone else said it, or because the person
happened to shoot a great group one day after doing something of the
kind and from that day forth will always give the ritual credit. I wonder if
a hunter who dropped his rifle and had it go off and by sheer luck shot a
deer with that stray bullet would henceforth go into the woods and toss
his loaded rifle on a rock?
I suppose we all know people who got lucky one time with totally
inappropriate equipment or techniques, and without any further testing
just assumed that the thing they did incorrectly was responsible for the
good fortune of that day. Likewise, bad results are sometimes blamed on
coincidental precursors. A statistic says that 80% of all people killed in
car wrecks ate carrots during the previous twelve months. So, does this

41
mean that eating carrots causes you to get killed in a car crash? If you
don’t eat carrots, do you thus avoid such a fate? If you think so, maybe it
is time for a refresher course in syllogisms.

The Myth of Weight Tolerance Versus Accuracy

Once Friday I made a pile of bullets and wanted to shoot a good
group so much that I spent all afternoon weighing and sorting them into
two piles. The first pile had almost no weight variation that I could mea-
sure: they were right on. The other pile had the other bullets, which could
vary as much as three grains plus or minus from my desired weight. After
supper, I went back out to the bench and I carefully loaded cartridges for
my heavy barrel .222 Remington on a nice Sako action, weighing every
charge, and seating those bullets with the greatest of care. I was ready for
Saturday’s match.
Saturday was a great success, and my group was as small as I could
have hoped. I was now positive that absolute bullet weight control was
the secret of small groups. Upon my triumphant return home, the first
thing I noticed was the pile of bullets on my loading bench. It looked
suspiciously small. Weighing a few, then a few more, it finally dawned
upon me that I had loaded the rejects and shot them, instead of the se-
lected ones. Come to think of it, there were a lot of loaded rounds! So I
guess a six grain range of weight variation didn’t make all that much
difference in group size, after all.
If a bullet is unbalanced, so that one side is heavier than the other, it
will tend to spiral in flight and will land at different points around its axis
of flight. That much is well proven and has been known for years. If the
difference in weight between two bullets is caused by a bullet jacket that
is thicker on one side (eccentric jacket walls) or if it is caused by an air
pocket or void within the core of one bullet which is off-center, then the
weight variation is a way of telling us about eccentric construction.
Note that we don’t know which of the two bullets is built incorrectly.
With air pockets, the lighter bullet is probably the bad one, but with ec-
centric jacket walls, we don’t really know if the heavy bullet has a thicker
wall on one side, or if the lighter one has a thinner wall on one side. If the
lighter bullet has a thinner wall but it is concentric, then provided we had
five more like it, we could shoot just as good a group as we could with a
concentric, thicker-wall jacket. If we had bullets with air pockets that were
perfectly centered, such as you get with a hollow base or hollow point
that is correctly swaged, then there is also no problem with eccentric
weight or balance.

42
 Mixing bullets that have eccentric weight variations into a group that
has none will increase the group size. Mixing thin walled concentric jack-
ets with thicker ones can change the group size only because the friction
of the jackets as they pass through the bore may be different, so the pow-
der burns a little differently, and the velocity may vary. This can cause the
bullets to drop more or less depending on their velocity. The variation
due only to difference in weight, meaning the gravitational drop, is so
slight at 100 yards on a few grains (such as 2% or so of the bullet’s weight)
that you can disregard it. You may as well talk about the effects of an
airplane flying over and its gravitational pull shifting the bullet impact as
the weight variation in a 2% or less situation.
If you make your own bullets, and you have jackets that not only
weigh the same but have walls that are the same on all sides, and you seat
the lead cores to the same pressure so there is no loose core and no air
pockets, then you will be able to ignore weight variations of less than 1%
of total weight for any kind of shooting, and below 2% for anything but
top level benchrest competition. Any weight variation in this range would
be simply more or less core, concentric to the bullet center line, and would
have no serious or noticeable effect on group size.
If you have the same weight variation and it can be shown that the
cause is eccentric walls or anything else that causes the weight to be
shifted in an eccentric manner, then you will probably notice an increase
in group size. So, weight variation is not an absolute measure of quality,
but it is an indicator of a possible problem.
Eccentric bullets are easy to make by putting a known weight of ny-
lon string down one side of the jacket before swaging in the core—you
can control the weight and position of the variation this way. We find the
groups of bullets made with concentric weight variation (more or less
core weight) are within the average size for the control bullets, whereas
the eccentrics tend to fall outside in proportion to the amount of eccen-
tricity.
My point is that weight is not some absolute number that tells you
“good” or “bad” about a bullet. After all, a 2 grain plus or minus variation
on a 50 grain .224 is plus or minus 4% of the total weight and may have
some noticeable effect, whereas the same variation on a 500 grain .458
bullet is only 0.4% and is below the limit of accuracy of most electronic
meters and chronographs, and is unlikely to have any affect that can be
measured.
Get out the instruction manual for any high precision digital scale,
and you will probably find a “specifications” section that tells you the
accuracy of the scale is from 1% to 5% of full scale reading, plus or minus
the final digit. That is, if you are using a scale that goes to 500 grains, and

43
the scale has an accuracy rating of 1% of full scale reading, that means
the scale itself cannot tell the difference, reliably, between 495 and 505
grains! Not only that, but if the scale reads out to 0.01 grains, the last
digit can be anything from 0 to 2 and still be within the range of accuracy
guaranteed.
Years ago, I established and ran a precision calibration laboratory as
part of an electronics company that I had founded. We needed to certify
accuracy of commercial and law enforcement radio transmitters to a cer-
tain accuracy, and sign our names to the tests on forms that would stand
up in court in case of any problems with radio interference or licensing
issues. Digital equipment was just starting to become affordable outside
of the military, and we used the latest products from Hewlett-Packard
and Tektronics, which were the best available. I was somewhat taken aback
to learn that much cheaper equipment was advertised as having far greater
precision, until I read the fine print and found that readout accuracy was
being touted, not instrument precision.
Most people wouldn’t know the difference, and would be fooled by
this bit of deceptive advertising (which the major brands avoided). The
digital readout is “accurate” to whatever last digit is offered, but connect-
ing a readout with 0.0001 mile final digits to your car odometer cable
certainly does not give you distance measuring to that fine level! All the
tolerances and inaccuracies in turning the cable, sliding the tires, play in
the gears, and so much more, would make that kind of readout accuracy
a joke as far as precision of measurement. But it is still a good way for a
company to sell cheap instruments to people who do not read the fine
print! Even medium-priced digital micrometers sometimes tout read-out
accuracy without mentioning actual instrument precision and repeatabil-
ity.
As a rule of thumb, strive for a maximum of 1% plus or minus weight
variation in your best target bullets, and don’t worry if you make hunting
or defense bullets with a 2% variation. To get this figure, divide the differ-
ence between the heaviest bullet and the lightest bullet by the average
bullet weight, and multiply by 100. The average bullet weight is the total
of all weights divided by the number of bullets that you weighed. You
can hold the tolerance to about 1/2% if you take extra care with consis-
tent timing on the core swaging operation, and sort all your bullet jackets
into similar weights before seating the cores. It only matters to the people
who buy your bullets, because the one fairly accurate tool most handloaders
own is a powder scale. No matter that it reads to about 1% of full scale,
plus or minus. If your only tool is a hammer, every problem looks like a

44
nail. If the only thing a person can measure with high accuracy is weight,
then weight becomes the answer to every problem. Only, it isn’t. At worst,
it can be an indicator of other problems.

The Myth of the Infallible Micrometer

One last example is the myth of the infallible micrometer. I think that
at least once a month we hear from someone with the world’s most accu-
rate micrometer. That remarkable tool certainly gets around. Since the
advent of digital electronic readouts of reasonable price, and the avail-
ability of micrometers and calipers with stated accuracy of either 0.0005
or 0.0001 inches (or sometimes 50 millionths, or whatever the ad writers
feel like writing that week) there have been more than a few people who
call to note that they expect to order a bullet that measures some ridicu-
lously precise figure and wonder if we’ll guarantee it.
In the first place, Corbin makes the most precise bullet swages you
can buy because we have put literally decades into building the only full-
time, full-line bullet swaging equipment and die-works in the world, and
you can’t run one without the best measuring instruments. Each of our
diamond lapping machines has a gauge mounted on it that cost several
thousands of dollars, and is tested and set with a setting fixture that is
periodically sent in for NBS calibration. The setting fixture alone costs
more than most people would pay for their second car. The diamond
probes that fit into the precision bore gauges cost several hundred dollars,
and each one only covers a narrow range such as .204 to .210 inches, so
we have thousands more in all these little diamond probe sets.
I am not reciting all this to impress anyone with what we spend on
measuring tools, so much as to make this point: if there were anything
better that was appropriate to this application, we’d buy it. That’s our
business. We have to know the limits and uses of precision measuring
tools to survive. Those salesmen who call on Corbin certainly are more
than anxious to sell us the latest and best technology, and they keep us
appraised of it. Precision measurement isn’t something we only read about
in an old copy of Machine Tool magazine at the dentist’s office.
I also don’t mean to imply that we know it all and no one could pos-
sibly measure anything better. I’m sure that at NASA or Sandia Labs or
Cal-Tech there are tools of greater precision than we need or can afford.
But what I do mean to point out is that someone with a digital microme-
ter that costs a hundred bucks or so isn’t even close to the state of the art
in measurement precision, and if this high priced equipment we use is
only guaranteed to give plus or minus 50 millionths of an inch precision,

45
you can darn well bet that the micrometer isn’t going to actually give you
anything like an absolute precision of plus or minus a half thousandth
inch, which is 500 millionths.
So, how can the ads in the machine tool catalogs say that the readout
is accurate to 0.00001 inches or whatever they claim? Easy: they are talk-
ing about the readout. The digital readout is the thing that displays the
numbers. If it says a given number, you can bet it means exactly that
number, to the last digit it can display plus or minus one digit (since any
digital tool has no finer division than 0 or 1 on its last number displayed,
you never know for sure if the last number is half way between 0 and 1).
But the trick—the secret, if you will—is in that wording. The readout
accuracy has nothing to do with the instrument accuracy. You can connect
a digital readout to anything, and the numbers will click off just fine, but
they mean nothing more than the mechanical limit permitted by the ac-
tual instrument itself.
Digital readout on a moderately priced instrument is a way to fool
gullible buyers into thinking they bought the world’s most accurate tool
for a few dollars, while the “uninformed” laboratories continue to spend
thousands to get the same kind of accuracy. It’s the stuff headlines in
supermarket checkout magazines are built from: “Man Survives Fall From
Space Shuttle: Doctors Baffled”. It’s human nature to want to think that
all the experts are wrong, because it gives the average fellow’s ego a little
boost. Sometimes the experts are wrong, of course, in some particular
circumstance where their theory turned out to be off the mark. But, re-
ally, if it were possible to get dependable accuracy in the tenths of a
thousandth inch with cheap tools, why would anyone in business waste
money on anything else?
I will never convince the person who is so proud of his new digital
mike that he can’t repeatedly and accurately tell what the diameter of a
bullet is to five places, and probably not to four. The limit of accuracy of
a lead-screw micrometer, which nearly all of them are unless you buy
laser or magnetic track instruments (for thousands of dollars) is the physical
accuracy of the mechanical screw thread itself, not the digital readout.
This cannot honestly be guaranteed to be better than 0.0005 inches in the
very finest of instruments, (such as the Starrett “Last Word” bench mike)
and more likely is only accurate to 0.001 inches. Of course they read to
zillionths of an inch (well, at least 0.0001 inches) but being able to dis-
play a tiny number does not mean the tool really sees it repeatedly or
even sees it at all.
For all practical purposes, a micrometer you can hold in your hand
will give you the nearest thousandth plus or minus about half a thou-
sandth. So if you specify a bullet of 0.308 inches plus or minus 0.0005

46
inches, you have some chance of telling it is between 0.3085 and 0.3075
inches. If you buy a gauge block with guaranteed traceable dimension of
0.3080 inches plus or minus 0.0001 inches, you can set your mike as a
comparator to see if your bullet is .3081 to .3079 inches.
But you can’t tell if you have a .30805 or a .30795 inch bullet. A
screw thread measuring system just won’t repeat any closer than that. All
it can do is give you a readout where the numbers themselves are guaran-
teed to be whatever the ad says, not that they represent what the mea-
sured part actually is. That is how many precision tool brands are sold to
the public today. The difference between readout and instrument preci-
sion is just complex enough so that some people don’t care to understand
it. It’s much easier to believe you bought the precision of a $5,000 lab
tool for $150.
What matters is that the bullets land in the same hole, or as close to it
as possible, and there is no way yet devised to determine if they will do
that before shooting them! Bullets that are undersized to the bore by even
half a thousandth may show signs of lower accuracy, whereas bullets that
are a thousandth oversized from this ideal usually shoot as well as the
“right” size bullet.
But we don’t really know in advance what is “right” because it de-
pends on your particular barrel. We do know that in general, if you want
maximum accuracy, you should strive for a tolerance range of minus
zero, plus one thousandths of an inch from the groove-to-groove depth.
You may not find this is “right” for every gun or load, but it is a good
starting point.

47
 4. Tubing Jackets
Before you can make a jacketed bullet, you need the jacket. The jacket
wall thickness, length, and size determines the dimensions and some-
times even the number and type of other dies you will be using. The issue
of what jacket you plan to use comes first, assuming you are using a
jacket of course. Not all swaged bullets need a jacket. We will discuss
paper-patched, lead, and other types later.
You can buy some sizes and lengths of ready-made jackets (the cups
or empty skins for the bullets). Corbin offers the high precision Versatile
Benchrest VBTM jackets in popular rifle calibers, and nearly all standard
calibers of handgun jackets. Bullet jackets are from .001 to .005 inches
smaller than the caliber, so they can be expanded upward when you insert
and seat the lead core.
Because of the limited size of the market and the high cost of making
and stocking good quality jackets, you can’t always buy the calibers,
lengths, and thicknesses you want to use. There are good alternatives to
buying them. You can make your own, or you can buy something that is
available and draw it down to make a smaller diameter, greater or less
length (by pinch trimming), and thinner or thicker wall (by design of the
punch to die clearance).
Commercially made bullet jackets normally contain from 5% to 10%
zinc, with the balance of the alloy being copper. The 5% zinc alloy is
called “gilding metal”, and the 10% zinc alloy is called “commercial
bronze”, even though it isn’t a bronze at all (bronzes are tin-copper al-
loys). The advantage of the zinc is that it makes the jackets easier to draw
into deep tubes, starting with flat strip, without breaking through at the
end or wrinkling. But for shooting purposes, pure copper tends to hold
together better on impact and has about the same level of fouling if the
surface finish is equally good.
Corbin makes two different systems to form your own bullet jackets,
one system using tubing, and one using flat strip. Tubing dies cost less
and fit more kinds of presses, but strip jackets have the accuracy edge and
can be made with greater control over the wall tapers and thickness. Corbin
offers deep-drawing grade copper strip in 5-pound bundles of cut sections
(typically 2-foot pieces), and in 50-pound pancake coils with a 16-inch
center, which fit on our automatic uncoiler for automatic feeding.
We also offer supplies of copper tubing in 1/4-inch, 5/16- inch, 3/8-
inch, and 1/2-inch diameter from stock, and nearly any diameter on spe-
cial order. All calibers from .224 to .512 can be made with the stock sizes.
Jacketed shotgun slugs can be made with 3/4-inch tubing, and 1-inch

48
Gatling or 4-bore (.998) bullets can be made with 1-inch tubing. We do
not stock these larger sizes but by the time the dies are ready, we would
have a special order ready for you.
For big game hunting, the tubing jacket may have the edge since it is
easier to build thicker walled, tougher jackets with tubing (after all, the
deep drawing operation is done for you in tubing and all you have to do is
round over one end and adjust the diameter in a draw die). Jacket drawing
from strip can be done easily in a hand press only for the shorter jacket
lengths, because punching out a disk and turning it into a cup requires a
lot of power early in the stroke. Hand presses generate almost all their
power at the end of the stroke. Hydraulic presses are used for rifle jacket
lengths, in order to get full power at the start of the stroke.

Copper Tubing Jacket Maker Sets (CTJM-1-S, and -H)

You can make jackets from copper tubing (or almost any other metal,
but copper, aluminum, brass, and mild steel are the most practical things
to use, and of these, copper works best for most shooting needs). To do
this, you could use copper water tubing (yes, the same kind used to hook
up wash basins), boiler tubing, or refrigeration tubing. Corbin has preci-
sion drawing grade tubing available also, if you want “good stuff ” for
testing.
The cost of new tubing generally means that you won’t save money
over buying jackets if the jacket you want is already available on the
market. But most large caliber jackets for rifles, or heavy walled jackets of
any sort, are simply not available unless you make them, so the cost of
the jacket is secondary to whether or not you want a better bullet! If you
can get a reasonably good quality surplus tubing from contractors or plumb-
ers, and the wall thickness variation is not too great, construction sites
and contractors might be a low-cost source.
Regardless of the size or type, you would cut the tubing to length,
deburr one end, put the piece over a precision punch and round the end
over in the proper diameter end-rounding die (looks like a blunt point
forming die), anneal the tube, draw it to smaller diameter, and then flat-
ten the end with a special punch in your normal core seat die. All the tools
you need to form the cut tubing pieces are included in the CTJM-1 tubing
jacket maker, with the exception of the tubing saw to cut the tubing to
length, and the proper core seating die to flatten the end of the tubing (or
to form the boattail base). The core seating die (or boattail base former
die) is part of the bullet swage set, so it is normally assumed that you
have this die already.

49
 If you only want to make the jackets, and do not have the bullet
swage die, tell us so that we can recommend the proper die to finish the
jacket and add this to your package. Generally, if you want to make a
tubing jacket it is because you also want to make the bullet. It would be
redundant to charge you for two of the same dies, one to complete the
base and the same one again to seat the lead core. But sometimes a per-
son only wishes to make and sell jackets, not finished bullets. If this is the
case, we need to know it. You can’t finish the jacket without one of the
dies used in the normal bullet swaging set, and that die is not normally
included in the CTJM-1 set.
The tubing jacket maker set will include whatever additional compo-
nents are needed in order to seat the core into the jacket. For example, if
you order the tubing jacket maker for .458 caliber, we will provide a proper
size core seating punch to fit the jacket for a given weight of flat base
bullet. However, if you plan to make a rebated boattail bullet, you might
need to purchase one additional punch, an adjustable length core seating
punch. This is a shouldered punch, which presses against the end of a
given length of jacket and keeps it from extruding forward while the lead
is being seated. Sometimes a RBT design will cause the copper tubing to
extrude forward, which not only elongates the jacket but stretches and
thins it at the base, where it may separate within the die. Using the adjust-
able length core seating punch holds the jacket in place and prevents this
from happening.

Tubing Jacket Advantages Over Drawn Jackets

The advantages are (1) the tooling is lower cost, (2) the number of
operations is relatively small and easy to learn, (3) tubing is fairly low
cost in modest quantities compared to buying large rolls of strip material,
and (4) the process makes excellent bullets for big game shooting.
In a Corbin hydraulic-powered press such as the CHP-1 Hydro-press
using the -H family of high pressure dies, you can completely close the
base so no hole appears. In the -S family of hand press dies, which fit the
Corbin S-Press CSP-1, or when using an -H die in the Mega-Mite CSP-2
hand press, you usually cannot generate enough pressure to completely
close the base, so a tiny hole remains, but it is far smaller than most
military open base bullets and causes no problem.
Tubing jackets are not just pieces of tube shaped into a bullet: they
are almost identical to a normal closed-base jacket. Generally, they have
thicker walls with no taper toward the front. You can make almost any

50
reasonable length and wall thickness, if you use the correct press and
dies. In each diameter, we stock one wall thickness, which varies with the
diameter from .028 to .035-inch.
Tubing jackets are most often used with hunting bullet designs, and
nearly all commercial bullet makers today use Corbin Core Bond to cre-
ate a bullet that will not shed its core, and can be shot “inside out” with-
out losing much of its total weight. Core Bond is inexpensive, fast, and
works much better in actual big game hunting than a partitioned design.
The entire core is secured to the jacket, rather than just protecting half of
the core. In my eclectic bullet collection, I have a bonded tubing jacket
bullet that William McBride (founder of Star Custom Bullets) brought
back from South Africa. It had been shot at a charging Cape Buffalo’s
head, penetrating the thick horn and skull (probably more than six inches
of solid horn and bone).
It killed the animal with this difficult brain shot, and the 0.065-inch
thick brass jacket was turned inside out from the impact but still retained
nearly 100% of the bonded lead core. He also brought me a full metal
jacket military bullet that was formed into a U-shape from being shot into
a Cape Buffalo. The bullet came back out the same side. Either it or
another one like it struck one of the South African professional hunters in
the leg (and in typical fashion, the jolly fellow insisted on stopping at a
bar before going to the hospital!).
I have dozens of other examples of amazing and possibly lifesaving
performances from bonded core bullets using our Core Bond process, com-
pared with other designs which failed. There is no doubt in my mind that,
given the choice, every bullet I fired at a dangerous game animal would
be a bonded core design.

Disadvantages of tubing jackets:

1. The walls are straight, rather than tapered, so that without special
operations the jacket will not be the “controlled expansion” type.
2. Tubing jackets larger than .257 caliber generally are not practical
to make below .030 wall thickness (sometimes you can get .025 wall
tubing, but it is harder to find and doesn’t always form, in every caliber or
shape, without buckling).
3. It is not practical to build precision benchrest grade bullets using
readily available tubing. This is not to say tubing jackets are “inaccurate”,
but only that a deep drawn jacket can be made with closer tolerances
given the materials available on the market today. Tubing jacket bullets
can, and have, set match records. But they probably will never set high

51
level competitive benchrest records. On the other hand, they certainly do
bring home a lot of big game every year where the thinner and more
brittle drawn jackets fail and let it get away!
4. Tubing jacket makers do not lend themselves to automatic produc-
tion as easily as strip jacket makers. The initial step in making a tubing
jacket is to cut a piece of tubing to a specific length. From this point on,
it is handled as an individual component. Strip can be fed into a stacked or
progressive die system that allows some of the operations to be done to
the jacket in a continuous feed procedure, as the strip itself provides some
of the conveyance of the forming jacket. On the other hand, there are less
steps involved in making tubing jackets than in forming strip into a jacket.

Copper Tubing Jacket Maker sets:

The CTJM-1-S (Copper Tubing Jacket Maker, type -S) uses 1-inch
diameter dies, and fits the S-Press (CSP-1) or the CSP-1H Hydro-Mite.
This set can make jackets up to 1.3 inches long, although you must move
the punch holder back and forth to load longer pieces and form them, or
use the optional FPH-QC-S quick change punch holder. The wall thick-
ness is limited to 0.035 inches (the standard type L copper tubing nor-
mally has 0.028 to .035 inch thick walls). Only “pure” (not alloyed or
brass) copper tubing is recommended.
Jackets can be made in .22 to .458 caliber in this die family. In theory,
you could also make smaller calibers from tubing, but it is cheaper and
easier to make them from fired .22 cases. At this time, tubing is available
from over 200 primary sources in the USA alone, but almost all the avail-
able sizes are 1/2 inch, 3/8 inch, 5/16 inch and 1/4 inch O.D. without
paying for custom drawn production runs. These can be used to make all
calibers in the range mentioned
The CTJM-1-H (Copper Tubing Jacket Maker, type -H) uses 1.5 inch
diameter dies, and fits the CSP-2 Mega-Mite press and the CHP-1 Corbin
Hydro-Press. There is almost no limit to the kind, thickness, and length
of material you can form in these dies. Mild steel, copper, brass, alumi-
num—all are candidates for a set of tooling to make good jackets. How-
ever, you cannot interchange them with abandon. A set of dies developed
for the characteristics of one metal, one wall thickness and diameter of
tubing will not necessarily work with different material or dimensions.
You can order tubing made from nearly any material, but unless it is
commonly available from the mills, and stocked by the distributors, you
may pay a hefty premium for the use of such materials. Corbin stocks
copper tubing in the proper grades, tolerances, anneals, and diameters to
make nearly any caliber within our standard range. Unless you really have

52
a strong desire to dive into deeper waters, and do not mind that it will
cost extra for both the material and possibly for the development of cor-
rect dimensioned tooling that is nonstandard, it is best to stay with proven
materials and dimensions.

Changing jacket lengths:

You can change the length of a tubing jacket, if you also purchase an
additional punch per length. The end rounding punch has a turned-down
section that is just shorter than the desired length by half the diameter of
the tubing, so that enough metal protrudes to be rolled over into a base
within the first die. Normally you can use the same end flattening punch
for a modest change in length, if it is longer than the punch tip. The whole
idea of these punches is that enough unsupported tubing projects past
their end to roll over into an angle or curve (in the end rounding die) and
then flatten by pressing firmly in the core seating die (without a core).
If your jacket projects a little more past the end than the sample sent
with the punch, it will probably work anyway, until it gets long enough so
that a lot of jacket is unsupported and collapses inward on itself when
you try to round the open end. But if the jacket is even a little too short,
the punch will come up against the end of the die and there won’t be any
jacket there to be rounded. Thus, you have wider base openings, incom-
plete closures, and might even damage the die or punch trying to get the
base to close up.
The right length to cut the piece of tubing is marked on the side of
the end-rounding punch. You want the cut tube to rest on the punch shoul-
der, be supported by the reduced diameter tip up to about half a caliber
that projects beyond the punch end. You are going to fold half a caliber
per side to close up the base. The length of the cut tubing is critical to
within about 0.01 inches for a given punch.
An alternative to buying specific length end-rounding punches is to
purchase one adjustable length punch. The adjustable length punches
can be set so that the shoulder section moves, like the barrel of a mi-
crometer, and allows more or less of the tip to project beyond it. The
pressure is tremendous, stress on the parts is high, and the punch has to
be made very strong if it is to last. An adjustable punch will cost more
than a solid one-piece punch.
The cost advantage is twofold. First, if you want three or more lengths
of tubing, the adjustable punch will usually pay for itself over buying
individual punches. Second, if you don’t know for sure what length you
want, but only have a rough idea based on approximate weight and amount

53
of exposed lead or open tip, then the adjustable punch avoids mistakes
and lets you use whatever length eventually proves to be best for your
ideas and weights of bullet.

Changing Tubing Dimensions:

A CTJM-1 tubing jacket maker set is designed for a specific diameter
and wall thickness of tubing. The length is easy to adjust by using differ-
ent end rounding punches (within reason). The actual tubing diameter
controls the size of the dies, and the wall thickness of that diameter of
tubing controls the diameter of the punches. Therefore, changing tubing
diameter means getting a different tubing jacket maker set, and changing
the wall thickness means changing the punches with possible exception
of the punch that draws down the jacket to actual caliber requirement
(sometimes this punch will work with thinner walls than the original jacket
design).
Note also that if you change the diameter of tubing, or the wall thick-
ness, you will probably need different components from the separate bul-
let swage set. The core swage die accepts a specific size of lead wire and
expands it so it fits properly into a given jacket. If you change the jacket
internal diameter, the same core may no longer fit inside. This would
mean getting a different core swage die. If the wire that you used before is
now too large to fit the new core swage die, then you will also need to
obtain smaller wire diameter.
Also, the core seating punch probably will not fit a different diameter
of jacket I.D. since it must be a pressure-sealing fit to the jacket. Chang-
ing wall thickness almost always requires a new core seating punch for
the core seat die. You can see that going from a .030 to a .050 jacket wall
thickness could require different lead wire, different core swaging die, and
different core seating punch. Going the other direction, you may be able
to get by with just a larger diameter core seating punch, because the
smaller core probably will still fit into the jacket well enough.
If, on the other hand, you were to change jacket materials from a .050
to a .030 wall thickness, there is no doubt you would need new smaller
diameter lead wire, core swage die, and core seating punch, in addition to
the end rounding punch, jacket drawing punch, and end flattening punch.
If you have multiple lengths or adjustable length punches for the .050
tubing, you may wish to replace them all to have the same length capa-
bilities for the new .030 tubing.
In order to build the new components, we will need the entire set
here. This is especially true if you obtain your own tubing, since it may
react differently than ours to the same pressures and dimensions of tool-

54
ing. A development fee usually applies because of the amount of time it
takes to build and test different punch diameters and to develop the infor-
mation we need with tubing different from that we have thoroughly ex-
amined for years. Normally this is two hours at current shop rate.
The two most common problems clients have using tubing jacket
makers is failure to use the same material that was used to design the
tools, and failure to follow directions about length and annealing steps.
The problems often show up further down the processing line, instead of
immediately (at least to the inexperienced jacket maker). Bullets may
stick in the point forming die, and the bullet maker is ready to condemn
the swage die when in reality the entire problem is a skipped annealing
step when the jacket was being formed. Jackets may wrinkle, deform,
crack at the base, or stick fast to the end flattening punch, and the prob-
lem is simply that the operator believes his tubing, obtained locally, is
equivalent to the tubing used to develop the die set when it is far different
in some respect.
Even if the dimensions are the same, the hardness or grain structure
of the metal may be different enough to cause problems during precision
redrawing and base forming. When we build a jacket maker set, it is best
if we start with the material you plan to use. If you change materials, we
can add punches (so you build a wider range of working supplies) or modify
your existing punches (probably not as cost effective, since it takes close
to the same labor cost to change them as it does to make new ones).

Selecting the right tubing:

The standard sizes of tubing that are available, and which we stock
for resale, are 1/2 inch O.D., 3/8 inch O.D., 5/16 inch O.D., and 1/4 inch
O.D. We can also make custom diameters. They are more expensive than
the standard sizes but we can draw them for you. The wall thicknesses are
normally .028 or .035 depending on the diameter and standard tubing
industry practice. We can obtain .050 and .065 or close to these diam-
eters in the 3/8 and 1/2 inch sizes, on special order. We can also custom
order anything you want that a copper tubing mill will make, but it may
be subject to minimum quantity and must be prepaid. You are probably
well advised to buy it for yourself and make your own best deal, then
send us sample material to build the tools, once you step outside of the
sizes and thicknesses that are popular enough for us to stock.

55
 I’ll be glad to act as a buyer agent for you, but judging from past
experience, a person who hasn’t been shopping for custom tubing tends
to rapidly change from vertical to horizontal orientation upon learning
the price... and it is less stressful for me to be the one hearing about it
from you, than conversely. All that having been said, people do buy cus-
tom tubing now and then, and although it is normally higher than what
we stock, if it does the job better than anything else, and you are satisfied
with the performance (or can sell the bullets for a reasonable profit) then
obviously the tubing price isn’t too much.
In each caliber, the closest larger diameter of tubing is selected as the
starting point. The 1/2 inch tubing is used to make all calibers from .512
down to just above .375 (for instance, the .400 caliber). Both rifle and
handgun calibers can be made, although you need end rounding punches
for each length. The first step, rounding the tubing end, is the same for all
of the calibers that a given diameter of tubing can make. It uses the same
end rounding die.
For example, if you wanted to make both a .458 rifle jacket and a .429
pistol jacket, you could start with exactly the same .458 CTJM-1 die set,
because both of them use 1/2 inch diameter tubing. You would need two
different end rounding punches, assuming the .429 was a short pistol jacket
and the .458 was a longer rifle jacket. Otherwise, if the length is the same,
and you are using the same diameter and wall thickness of tubing, then
the same end rounding die and punch can be used for both.
If you plan to get your own tubing somewhere else, we must have at
least six feet of it on hand before we can start your order. We will cut it
into pieces and test the tooling. The length and diameter, whether the
tubing sticks or releases from the punches, the concentricity and even-
ness all depend on the temper, grain, alloy, tolerances, wall thickness, and
diameter of your tubing.
Plumbing is not especially precise in these factors. If you get a large
quantity at one time, it will probably be consistent enough to make good
bullets, but if you change suppliers there is no guarantee that the same
nominal sizes you get will be anywhere near identical. The jacket maker
punches may need some adjustment, or different punches need to be made,
in case you change vendors or your vendor changes specifications.
Corbin’s tubing is higher cost than some of the tubing you will find in
the hardware stores, but not by a great deal. We are very strict with our
specifications and order large lots of high quality tubing just for bullet
making. We recommend that, unless you have a good source of tubing in
mind, you use our standard tubing to get started. We can help you obtain
larger quantities when your needs outgrow a few dozen feet at a time, but
until then, the odds are good that you won’t find much better pricing.

56
 My recommendation is that you establish prices for your custom bul-
lets that allow you to make a profit even with the higher cost material,
purchased initially in small quantity. Then, by the time you can afford the
larger mill orders, you’ll have already guaranteed a higher margin and
your success will be just that much greater.

The range of calibers for each size of tubing

Custom sizes frequently used:
7/8: .787 down to .750 such as 20mm and similar slugs.
3/4: .75 down to .626, such as 12-gauge jacketed bullets.
5/8: .625 down to .510, such as .600 Nitro, .577 Snyder.
7/16: .438 down to .380, such as .40 caliber or .44 Magnum

Standard (stocked) sizes:

1/2: .510 and .458 down to .380 diameter.
3/8: .380 down to .318. Best in .375, .358.
5/16: .318 down to .264 caliber. Best for .308.
1/4: .257 down to .224 (but free .22 cases are available)

To cut copper tubing cleanly and accurately, at a good production

rate, Corbin builds a power tubing cutter saw (SAW-1). We also make a
version for continuous lengths (no limit to the cut length on either side of
the blade) called the SAW-2. A standard, roll-type tubing cutter usually
rolls the end so much it won’t fit over a punch.
You can also use either a lathe, or a metal cutting blade in a saw. Some
of the more successful methods include a fine tooth metal cutting blade
in a chop saw, table saw, miter box saw, jig saw, or band saw. A home-
built stop, consisting of nothing more elaborate than a block of wood
clamped to the saw table, will give you reasonably accurate lengths. The
number of teeth per inch should be from 32 to 40 on a hacksaw blade.
The rule of thumb is “three teeth in the material at all times”. Copper is a
little “sticky” so you may wish to use a blade with a special tooth set or
with a reverse rake on the teeth.
There are some low cost modified circular chop saws available that
are supposed to be made for tubing, but I have tried them and they leave
much to be desired from the standpoint of precision, clean cut, or safety.
If I thought they were any good, I would simply buy and resell them
rather than build our own.
To get a good clean cut without vibration and burning, we use a high
speed steel blade that has been cyrogenically treated and dry film lube
coated. The blades have a rake that lets them cut copper smoothly, and

57
no set to the teeth so you get a minimum amount of waste with each cut.
To reduce the risk of kickback and for other safety concerns, we use a 3-
inch diameter blade and secure it to a ball bearing shaft supported at both
ends, driven by a toothed rubber drive belt, in the manner of a tool post
grinder.
The precision spindle assembly reduces wobble and drift to nearly
zero. On the continuous length model, we use two such spindles so the
tubing can clear the drive assembly and be infinitely long. On the stan-
dard bullet-makers’ model, you can cut up to about 3 inch long pieces,
more than sufficient for any reasonable bullet that doesn’t require a mo-
bile platform gun!
We also have tubing in 2 foot lengths, easy to mail or ship anywhere
in the world. You can save some labor cost by chopping these up yourself.
Tubing normally comes in either 20 foot pieces in big boxes of 200 to
500 pounds each, or in coils (annealed tubing). We use hard drawn or 3/
4-hard, as it is called, because it is easy to handle in a lathe for cutting.

How to make tubing jackets:

First, you cut a supply of tubing to the length specified on the end
rounding punch. If it says “1-1/4” on the side of the punch, that is the
length to cut the tubing. It will make shorter jackets because the end will
be rolled over. But it may also become longer in the process of drawing
down to size, so you can’t really tell exactly how long the jacket will be
until you have made a few with a given material.

Step 1, End Rounding:

Make sure the cut tubes will slip over the end rounding punch. They
may fit snugly, but if they can’t be forced on by hand, it is probably due to
a burr or rolled edge from the cutting operation. This will need to be
removed using a countersink or a chamfering tool. Jackets cut with the
SAW-1 normally are burr-free unless the blade has become worn out.
(Blade life can be greatly extended by making sure a light oil or tool cool-
ant is used on the felt pad that rubs the sides of the blade, inside the
guard, and is frequently refreshed).
To round the end of the tubing, first install the die marked “J” (for
jacket making die) in the ram of your press. This die has an ejection punch,
similar to a point forming die. It fact, it is a modified version of a point
forming die. The internal punch needs to be “trapped” by the stop pin in
the S-Press. To easily do this, remove the internal punch from the die and
grasp it by the tip of the ejection pin. Hold the punch so that you can see
about how far down the hole or slot in the punch head has to be, within

58
the ram, in order to put the stop pin into it. (Older -M type dies have a
slotted punch that uses the short stop pin, current dies use a hole through
the punch and a long stop pin.)
I like to hold the pin between my thumb and forefinger on the outside
of the press, and slide it so that the hole in the head lines up with the stop
pin with my finger tips just level with the top of the ram. Then without
changing my grip, I move the pin into the ram, lower it until my fingertip
touches the ram top, and insert the stop pin. With very little jiggling up
and down or turning, I can always get the stop pin to pass through the
hole this way.
If the internal punch (or, if you prefer, ejection pin punch) is secured,
you can pull it and it won’t come out of the press ram. Now, align the
hole in the threaded end of the die with the punch tip, slide the die down,
and screw it into the ram. The punch is now centered by the hole in the
die, and is secure within the ram by means of the stop pin. Insert the
external end rounding punch into the punch holder in the top of the press.
If you are using the -H dies and larger presses, then a retraction pin
goes through the hole in the punch, and the knockout bar goes under the
punch head, through the slot in the ram. All swage dies (not draw dies)
work this way. Some do not require the retraction pin, but the end round-
ing die does.
Lubricate the inside of the jacket with a swab, using Corbin Swage
Lube. Wipe a little of the same lube on the outside. You can use your
fingertips for this. The amount isn’t critical, as long as you have some
present. Some people lubricate the outside of the top punch (the external
punch). This really isn’t as good. When you push the tube over the punch,
the snug fit probably will shove all the lube up and fail to get inside the
tube at all. Then the tube may try to stick on the punch. A swab saturated
with swage lube is a quick and easy way to get plenty of lube inside the
tube, where it will do some good.
Adjust the floating punch holder so that the punch is rather high in
the press, and allows the ram to go all the way up without any contact
inside the die. With the ram all the way up, lower the punch holder until
you can’t turn it by hand because the jacket is against the end of the die
cavity. Lower the ram slightly, and give the punch holder a slight turn,
perhaps a quarter to an eighth of a rotation, toward the die. Then raise the
ram. Repeat this adjustment process until you feel some resistance. Lower
the die and inspect the jacket. You have gone far enough when the end of
the jacket is rolled over so it makes a hole slightly smaller than the diam-
eter of the ejection punch. If there is enough length to the jacket, it will

59
be possible to just start to form a little “pipe” on the end of the jacket,
where the jacket tries to go up the ejection pin hole. That is nearly perfect
adjustment.
Lower the ram, and you should be able to turn the jacket by hand and
slide it off the punch. If it sticks on the punch and cannot be removed
with only mild force, by hand, then it means the tubing wall is too thick
for the punch diameter or you did not lubricate the tube properly. The
latter is easy to fix, the former means you need a different punch or differ-
ent jacket material.

Step 2, Annealing:
You must anneal the tubing jacket after you have formed the rounded
end and before drawing it down to correct diameter. If you fail to heat the
jacket red hot and let it cool (annealing it), then you will have problems
with cracking, sticking on punches, uneven or difficult forming. A regular
propane torch is all it takes. Just sit a few jackets on a couple of fire bricks,
arranged in an “L” shape so the flame is reflected back, and heat them by
playing the flame directly on the jackets, one by one.
Corbin offers a ceramic block “kit” for heat treating and annealing,
consisting of two low thermal density ceramic blocks and a template for
drilling a pattern of 32 holes, to support the tubing jackets for annealing
and for bonding cores. The soft ceramic material is easy to drill with a
pocket knife or a wood bit (not a new one unless you plan to resharpen it).
One block can be used as a reflector to direct heat to the opposite side of
the jackets. All it takes is a few seconds to heat them and let them cool for
a few minutes before further handling.
A great many of the problems that some bullet makers have with
tubing jackets and bullets comes from skipping the annealing stage. For
whatever reason—maybe because it takes extra work—they assume the
step is unnecessary. Wrong! Skip it and you will have problems with tub-
ing that sticks in the dies or on the punches, bullets coming out the wrong
diameter, or bullets that come out the wrong length! Maybe you will get
away without annealing in some rare case, but by and large, it is a re-
quired step that affects the rest of the operation severely if skipped.
We also offer electronic-control, electric heating furnaces with digital
readout. The HTO-2 Heat Treatment Oven runs on 120 volts or, option-
ally, 240 volts, and can safely generate 2000 degrees F. and hold the tem-
perature within a few degrees. All you need to anneal the tubing is about
1400 degrees F. for a few seconds. Just a visible red glow is enough. No
need to keep it hot past that.

60
 You must anneal before attempting to draw down the jacket material.
The only exception to this is with rimfire jacket cases, because of the
head unfolding. In this case only, you must anneal after drawing, never
before drawing. Annealing a rimfire jacket before drawing it can cause the
drawing punches to break, if the soft thin jacket tries to bunch up around
the punch. But copper tubing is tough and thick, and needs to be annealed
before you do any more to it so it won’t become too brittle. I thought I
should mention this exception, so you don’t get confused later when we
reverse this procedure in making free jackets from fired .22 cases.
Softened copper tubing expands better and generally is less likely to
fragment on impact. It also picks up a scale that comes off in the bore,
unless you tumble or vibrate the bullets in a polishing media to remove it.
This scale may be what causes some kinds of custom bullets to “foul”
worse than a gilding metal jacket.
To eliminate this soft surface scaling or powdery finish on the tubing
jacket, we make the BPK-1 Bullet Polisher Kit. It is a kit consisting of a
vibrator motor prewired with thermal cutout, line cord and switch, a mount-
ing bracket and anti-vibration hardware, instructions and a package of
polishing media. Mounting this motor to the bottom of a coffee can or
bucket is the usual procedure, with the container suspended from a shelf
bracket or a door spring hooked to some kind of hanger. Vibratory polish-
ers tend to move the media around and carry the bullets in it, instead of
rolling the bullets against each other.
You do not need to polish the jackets yet. Wait until they are finished.
When you do polish them, it is best to use walnut shell without any addi-
tional abrasive. Abrasives used to polish bullets will embed themselves in
the surface of the jacket, and be carried to the bore, where they tend to
“lap” the bore and thus cause unnecessary wear on the rifling.
Lapping is not always desirable! Once the bore surface has been pol-
ished, further lapping is just wearing it out. I mention this because some
people have suggested that abrasives embedded in bullets could be used
as “fire lapping” treatment.
Great idea, but wait until I start selling replacement barrels before
you try it! It’s a little like saying “If a little wear is good, a lot of wear is
better!” Better for the guy waiting to sell you another barrel, that is.
Lapping is just controlled wearing away of the high points. Tooling
chatter makes high points and low points, and lapping wears away the
high points so they come closer to matching the low points. But rifling is
the ultimate high point in your bore, and continued lapping is just wear-
ing that away until it matches the groove depth and you have a some-
what larger bore shotgun. Geeez...you’d think this was obvious but be-
lieve me, not everyone gets it.

61
 Where was I? Oh, yeah, I was getting to the point of copper tubing
bullets and fouling. It bears repeating, since I probably mentioned it in
other places: copper tubing doesn’t foul your bore any worse than factory
bullets, unless the material was left in a poor surface condition. Now, I
know, you have probably used tubing jacketed bullets before, and maybe
you got some that had not been burnished or polished correctly (or at all).
These bullets probably did leave some excess copper wash. So the end
result is that you may have equated copper jackets with fouling.
But it doesn’t have to be that way. Just polish them with walnut shell
or other non-embedding media (corncobs will work, much more slowly
than walnut). This removes the loose, flaky surface finish, and gets you
down to the work-hardened surface. It glides along on top of the rifling
just fine, and leaves no more of itself behind than any decently finished
gilding metal jacket.

Step 3. Drawing to Size:

You now have a tubing-diameter “jacket” with one end rounded over
but not flattened. The next step is to draw this original diameter jacket
down to a size that fits into the core seating die. For this, a punch is used
which screws into the press ram, instead of into the floating punch holder.
The punch holder is removed from the press, and instead the JRD-1 jacket
draw die is installed. In a hand press, this die is set relatively high, engag-
ing at least two or more threads fully, but set to use the maximum lever-
age at the end of the stroke just as the jacket clears the constriction of the
die. In a power press, this isn’t so important, because there is full power
all through the stroke.
In the S-Press, it is generally desirable to change the stroke into the
long mode (move the pin that fastens the ram to the toggle arms so it
moves in the widest arc). Be certain to remove the Stop Pin, in the front
of the press, or else you will not be able to use the full stroke and may
possibly shear off the stop pin if you try hard enough! The stop pin is
only used for bullet swaging, in the short stroke. If you do not use the
long stroke, you may not have enough ram travel to push the jacket
through the draw die, or even to load another jacket onto the punch.
With jacket drawing, you may or may not have to put any more lube
inside the jacket. Play it by ear unless the instructions that come with the
set say otherwise. If the jackets stick on the punch, lube them inside with
a swab. But otherwise, skip it. It is a good idea to wipe a little lube on the
outside of the jacket, since this part of the material will be in heavy con-
tact with the die. Slip the jacket over the end of the punch, with the ram
all the way down. Raise the ram and push the jacket through the die. If it

62
doesn’t pop out the top, use the next one to push it out. But generally, it is
best to get out jacket all the way “free” even it if is still sitting in the top of
the die.
Drawing punches are somewhat long and of small diameter, so try
not to ever side-load them by cocking the jacket sideways or running the
jacket into the die face instead of into the hole. These things would be a
result of hurrying too fast and not paying attention to the alignment.
Drawing is straightforward: in the bottom, and out the top. The jacket
should be easy to remove from the punch after drawing.
If the jacket is reduced too much for the punch, it will pinch the punch
and may pull the punch apart on the down stroke. This would be a matter
of possibly selecting the wrong punch when you have several that look
similar, or using a jacket with walls that are too thick... assuming of course
that the die and punch and jacket combination worked when it was tested
and shipped. Change any of the three, and it might not work.
The jacket drawing step is the first point where you can add more
calibers to an existing die set. There are two ways to do this.
First, you can change the draw die, and get a different end flattening
punch as well, and then use the reduced jacket in the new caliber core
seating die. This method is the most likely to always work with all cali-
bers.
The second way is to go ahead and finish the jacket at the larger cali-
ber, for which the set was built, and then draw down the finished jacket.
This method still requires a draw die (with different dimensions) but does
not require a new end flattening punch. And usually it works. But some-
times the base tries to unfold when a tubing jacket is drawn down too far,
because the punch diameter supports only a small part of the jacket base
while pushing against the resistance of the reducing die.
(Someone in the back row yells out “Well, make the punch bigger!”
about now, forgetting that the punch has to fit easily inside the jacket after
it has been reduced, and thus if the difference in reduction is great, the
punch will be relatively small...or else, relatively stuck! Never mind: he
works for the government.)
Within the normal range for a given diameter of tubing, you can sim-
ply add a JRD-1 jacket reducing die for the tubing, and a matching End
Flattening (“E”) die for your existing core seater die, and turn a CTJM-1
set into a different caliber, either smaller or larger than the original design.
In some cases, you can finish the jacket and then draw it to a smaller size
(not larger) with a JRD-1. When deciding which way to go, it is wise to
figure on the first method. Sometimes we can get the second way to work
reliably, but not always.

63
 Step 4. Finish the Base:
Now you have a round-ended jacket, annealed, and drawn to the cor-
rect diameter to fit within a core seating die (or the BT-1 boattail forming
die). The final step is to finish the base, either making it flat, or shaping it
into a rebated boattail.
The punch marked “E” is similar in appearance to the “J” punch (jacket
maker or end rounding punch). It has a reduced diameter section from
the tip back to a shoulder. However, it has a smaller diameter in both
sections than the “J” punch. The end flattening punch presses against the
base of the copper tube jacket, from the inside, and forces it against the
internal core seat punch within the core seating die, flattening the base
between the two punches. Or, in the case of a rebated boattail base, the
end flattening punch is actually a boattail forming punch. It has an angle
on the tip, matching the inside dimensions of the boattail shape. The
rounded base is formed both with a flat and a boattail angle, in the BT-1
die. The rebated boattail is formed later, after the core has been seated
into the jacket.
Normally, only one “E” punch is required for a wide range of jacket
lengths. The shoulder on this punch usually performs only the function of
centering the punch within the die, and does not push on the end of the
jacket. We are not shoving the jacket material by the bottom edge, be-
cause we now have the rounded end to push against. The exception is the
shouldered punch, which is often made in adjustable style, and is used to
stop the jacket from growing longer as a boattail base is formed. Some
materials and calibers tend to extrude the tubing jacket forward as you
form the boattail base. It can be severe enough to stretch the base angle
to the breaking point, so that the base pops off the jacket. The shouldered
punch prevents the jacket from moving or extruding forward and solves
the problem.
Remove the jacket reducing die and punch, and install the floating
punch holder. If you are using the S-Press, shift the ram pin into the short
stroke position again, and put the stop pin back in the press. If you forget
the stop pin, the internal punch for the core seating die will drop down
into the ram and you may have to pull the ram out and turn it over to
drop the punch out. Speaking of removing the ram, remember that when
you pull out the ram-to-toggle pin without the stop pin in the front of the
press, nothing holds the ram but luck and friction. It is a good idea to
insert the stop pin before removing the ram pin. That way, the ram can’t
drop out and land on your foot.
With the normal core seating die, or the BT-1 boattail preforming die,
in the press ram, the press back in short stroke position (hand press), and
the “E” end flattening punch in the floating punch holder, lubricate the

64
inside of the jacket and wipe a little lube on the outside as well, and put
the jacket over the punch. Raise the ram, and then bring the punch holder
down until contact is made between the jacket and the die. Adjust the
punch holder so that the base just closes or forms the boattail shape with
a flat base. This operation should take place at the end of the stroke,
using the best leverage, in a hand press. But stop adjusting closer and
closer, once the base forms. If the base isn’t totally closed, do not try to
make it close further in this operation. It will not do so, and the attempt
may break the die or bend the punch. If further closure is desired, it must
be done by making the tubing slightly longer prior to the first step, and
then creating more of a “pipe” on the end of the tubing jacket while rounding
the end.
Sometimes, in the boattail operation, the jacket may stretch or slip
back and open up the base hole beyond what it was before flattening. In
that case, an adjustable end flattening (or actually, boattail forming) punch
may solve the problem. However, the hole in the base is much smaller
than with military full jacket bullets, which are often fired in hot-running
machine guns. If the lead doesn’t “melt out” of these bullets, it surely will
not in a civilian target or hunting gun.
Also, if you calculate the amount of force on the exposed core area,
versus the amount of force on the rest of the rolled-over jacket, you will
find it runs better than 100 to 1 in favor of pushing the jacket rather than
the core. The issue is whether the core can be “shot out” of a tubing jacket
bullet. Of course, it can, if the force on the core is greater than the force
accelerating the jacket. To make sure this cannot happen, tubing jacket
bullets should either be bonded, or should use an ogive that wraps the
jacket material around the nose so that looking at the bullet straight on,
the jacket covers at least 1/2 of the total cross-sectional area.
To put this potential problem in perspective, we’ve been making tub-
ing jacket bullet sets for about 30 years, and our clients have made mil-
lions of tubing jacket bullets in that time. So far, we’ve had about...let’s
see, ummm...zero instances reported of a core being shot out of the tub-
ing jacket. Looks like a fairly safe bet to say it isn’t likely to happen. But
still, it could, if you made a non-bonded bullet with a wide open, nearly
cylindrical nose shape and not much of a roll-over at the base. Fortu-
nately, there isn’t much interest in that shape, in the calibers and styles
that people typically want to use with tubing jackets.
There is no step 5. You just finished the jacket. Now, regardless of
whether it is a flat base or a boattail, you’ll want to seat the lead core into
it just as if it were a commercial flat base jacket. That is, swage the core,
then seat the core in either the CS-1 core seater die (flat base), or the BT-
1 boattail preform die. The reason for seating the core is to expand the

65
jacket from internal lead pressure, and form a tight fit between the jacket
and core. If you want to bond the core, it would be done now, prior to
seating the core.
But before you do anything else, clean the jacket of any internal lube.
Swage lube inside the jacket will either unbalance the bullet, cause the
core to slip when the bullet is fired, or burn into a film that prevents core
bonding. Very hot water with a little detergent in it will remove the Corbin
Swage Lube. Organic solvents like alcohol, benzene, acetone, and similar
non-oily (not kerosene) solvents can be used. Slosh the jackets around in
the hot water or solvent, and then let them dry. Lube on the outside is
OK, but lube inside is not.
The lead cores will also need to be cleaned before insertion into the
jacket, whether or not they are to be bonded. To bond the core, drop the
core into the jacket, add one or two drops of Corbin Core Bond, and then
quickly heat the jacket until the lead melts. Let the core cool, and then
wash in hot water with a teaspoon of baking soda per quart. Spread the
bonded cores/jackets out to dry before you seat the cores. I’ll discuss
core bonding in more detail later.

66
 5. Drawn Strip Jackets
A second form of jacket making uses flat strip instead of tubing. This
is the method used by the mass producer of bullets. Strip material gener-
ally costs less per bullet than tubing, and lets you make exactly the wall
thickness, wall taper, and length of jacket you desire. In a hand press, the
jacket must be kept relatively short, generally under 3/4 inch. But in
Corbin’s CHP-1 Hydro-Press, you can make 20mm jackets, .50 BMG jack-
ets, or jacketed 12-gauge shotgun slugs if you wish (as well as all the
smaller calibers, and jacket walls thicknesses up to virtually solid mate-
rial).
I’m especially pleased with the work that we have done in bringing
the costly high-speed production system down to an affordable, lower-
volume operation. Until our years of work brought about the JMK- series
of tools to make flat strip into quality bullet jackets, you would have been
faced with rebuilding old transfer presses that cost at least twenty thou-
sand dollars each, building progressive dies with a shuttle feed for another
five to ten thousand dollars, and then buying all the feeder and handling
equipment to make it work, plus hiring a die-maker to keep it operating
and fix it when it failed. There was no affordable, turnkey package that
you could just purchase. You had to design and build it yourself, or hire
someone to do it.
But now, with a considerably smaller investment, you can make ev-
ery bit as good a jacket, usually better. More importantly, you can make
these jackets in the specific way that will perform best, not just some way
that lets them feed fast through an automatic machine. And, you can use
ductile, pure copper if you wish, which is normally too sticky for the high
speed punch presses: it tends to break out at the base as you slam it through
a progressive die. This is the main reason why a five or ten percent zinc
content is used in factory jackets. Adding zinc makes the material stron-
ger so it can resist the end-tearing force of drawing, and makes it a little
harder and slicker so it won’t stick quite as much on the punch or in the
die.
By using the relatively low impact of a slower-moving hydraulic ram,
Corbin’s system eliminates the problem of breaking out the bases with
ductile copper material. You no longer have to use copper tubing to get
the large mushroomed bullets that don’t crack apart on impact.
Changing calibers or operations is quick and simple in comparison to
a punch press. Twenty minutes would be a long time to set up the Hydro-
press for jacket making. Five minutes would be slow for changing cali-

67
bers. Fifteen hours might possibly give you enough time to get a punch
press retooled for another caliber, including the tedious testing and ad-
justment period.
As with most things in life, there is a balance to be made. The punch
press system costs as much as a new car and takes days to tool up, so you
must make hundreds of thousands of the same part once you have it
working. Otherwise, the set up time eats up all the benefit and there is no
gain. Your cost per jacket would be astronomical. But most shooters and
custom bullet makers don’t need to make more than twenty thousand to
perhaps as many as a hundred thousand jackets a year. That would be a
day or two in punch press production time.
If you need millions of jackets, the cost and time involved with full
automatic presses make good sense. If you need a more moderate quan-
tity, it can’t be justified. The Hydro-press can easily justify its own cost
with the kind of quantities a custom bullet maker requires. Bear in mind
that the goal of making custom bullets is, in fact, the custom feature. If
the bullet you want is available from a mass producer and the price is
reasonable, buy it. But if you want to fine tune some particular combina-
tion of features to make the best possible bullet for a certain purpose,
then you need the kind of control over components that a jacket drawing
system can give you.

Copper Strip
Copper strip can be purchased from Corbin, or from over 200 copper
mill outlets in the United States and Canada. Many of the large copper
mills have outlets around the world. Names such as Olin and Revere share
space in our “World Directory of Custom Bullet Makers” with the makers
of precision brass, gilding metal, German Silver, bronze, and aluminum
tubing and strip. You can find their addresses and write for a list of outlets
close to you, or direct shipment terms and prices.
Generally, for moderate size lots, our prices will be reasonable. But I
would encourage you to shop around. Sometimes our prices are far better,
during high copper market prices, because we stockpile when the market
is low. Copper isn’t a bad investment when you have reason to take deliv-
ery of the actual material. You just have to know the historical price swings
and buy when it is cheaper, or buy futures options and sell them when it
goes higher. Sometimes, if you find the market for copper is low, you can
buy strip at a better price elsewhere. But generally, the minimum mill
purchase will be too much for a lower-volume bullet maker to justify. We

68
sell in five pound bundles or fifty pound coils, for example. Most mills are
interested in 500 pound coils, and usually a truck or railcar load mini-
mum gets you into the wholesale pricing ranges.
In most cases, if a bullet jacket is selling for eight cents, you can make
it from strip for about five cents. But the custom bullet you can make
from this jacket typically gets another two or three cents worth of lead
added, and then sells for a dollar and a half! Typically you would make
from 50 to 100 bullets an hour, depending on the complexity of the bul-
let. But let’s say you could only manage to complete twenty bullets an
hour. Your hourly cost is what you could pay to replace your own labor.
Just for illustration, let us assume you could hire someone to push the
buttons for six dollars an hour. Prices tend to move in relationship with
wages over the years, so the example will hold true even if the numbers
do not.
The one hour labor costs you six dollars, and the material cost for
twenty bullets is eight cents each, or one dollar and sixty cents. So the
hour’s production cost you seven dollars and sixty cents, and the average
price a serious shooter will pay for custom bullets is a dollar fifty each.
That means thirty dollars for your hour’s work. Subtract the seven sixty
cost, and your profit is actually $22.40. The return on your investment is
294.74 percent!
And you wonder why people become custom bullet makers? Are you
getting anything close to 200 percent on your money now, sitting in a
savings account or in mutual funds, insurance, or any other typical in-
vestment? You are the best investment you can ever make: bet on your-
self and be a winner! You know the horse, the rider, and the trainer, in a
manner of speaking, since your mind owns them all.
You can use gilding metal (5 percent zinc) or commercial bronze (10
percent zinc) like the factories do, but you don’t have to (and they do).
These zinc alloys are a little harder, but they are also harder to obtain in
small lots because they are binary alloys which can be made in a virtually
unlimited number of alloy mixes, grain structures, and tempers. Copper
is just one element, and it comes as annealed (dead soft), three-quarter
hard, half-hard, and full hard drawn. It comes in a standard and a deep-
drawing (non-earing) grade.
The non-earing grade isn’t completely free from the little lobes or ears
that grow on the edge in a deep drawn tube (like a jacket), but the amount
of this waste is minimal compared to standard strip used for flashing,
welding transformer windings, and other non-drawing operations. An
uneven edge is caused by tiny differences in grain or hardness which show
up as greatly stretched differences in a deep drawn part. The more uni-
form the grain, the less earing will occur.

69
 The edges need to be finished, so that there is very little burr or wavi-
ness in the edge of the strip. If the edges are curled, as they might be
when cut with shears or tin snips, the strip thickness appears to be much
greater so it won’t feed through the slot in the disk cutting die. If the edge
is rough or wavy, it will be difficult to pull the strip through the guide slot.
A die set is made for a certain width and thickness of strip, as well as a
certain material. If we have plenty of your material, we can make special
dies for it. Otherwise, we offer the dies made for our own material, and
cannot recommend or guarantee operation with anything else. Fortunately,
our material is a standard around the world, so you can get it from hun-
dreds of other suppliers.
When we design your dies, we will also calculate the correct thickness
and width of copper to use for the jacket. You can also do this with a
software program called “DC-CUPS”, available from Corbin. This pro-
gram can record specific jacket designs, including details on every step of
drawing, and print out a production process giving all the parameters.
You can calculate strip width and thickness for any jacket, and even de-
sign the jacket given a certain bullet weight, style, caliber and shape. The
program works with both strip and tubing.

CU-5 (Copper Strip, 5-lb bundle):

Corbin offers copper strip in two packages. First, you can purchase a
five-pound bundle of strip, in pieces cut to 18 or 24 inch lengths. We
provide our standard .030-thick deep drawing grade pure copper, in a 1
inch width. This is a very practical and versatile size, which can be used
for Base-Guard disks, gas checks, half jackets, and all calibers of handgun
jackets, and the smaller rifle jackets. We also can provide other widths
and thicknesses as needed from our normal stock.

CU-50 (Copper Strip, 50-lb coil).

The most economical weight is the 50 pound size, which we stock in
several widths and thicknesses. These are flat, pancake coils with a large
“eye” or center hole, which fit on the Corbin Strip Uncoiler machine (CSU-
1) for automatic feed into the press.
I should point out that the CSU-1 can be used with either the auto-
matic feed die set, or the manual feed set. If you purchase large coils,
you’ll either need the CSU-1 or something like it to uncoil the strip with-
out kinking it, or you will need to chop it into easily handled pieces. The
whole idea of the continuous coil is to let you run the blanking and cup-
ping stage in the “automatic” mode, which really means you keep an eye

70
on it but it runs by itself until you have made the desired count of jacket
cups. A counter on the Hydro-press lets you know how many pieces you
have made.

Jacket Maker Kits (JMK-1-S, -1-H, -2-H)

Corbin makes all the tooling you need for any kind of jacket imagin-
able, from a .14 caliber to a 20mm cannon. The process can be done in a
regular jacket-maker die set, or an automatic strip feed system that blanks
and cups the strip at better than 600 per hour, no hand feeding required
for the first stage. Both systems require handfeeding of the cups into the
redrawing and pinch trimming (to exact length) stages. The demand world-
wide for these sets has been overwhelming. As a consequence, we often
have delivery times that can be over a year. This is not always the case, of
course, but it has been in the past and may be again at times (whenever
panic sets in because of some harsh new ammunition or firearms law).
Find out whether we have anything available in stock, or whether our
backlog of orders is extremely long, before you plan a business around
the strip jacket making equipment, or schedule a trip to see it or take it
back with you.

JMK-1-S (Jacket Making Kit for S-Press):

Corbin hand presses make jackets from .030 inch (or less) thick strip.
That covers most handgun jackets, and some smaller caliber rifle jackets
like the shorter .22, 5mm, .17, and .14 calibers. It leaves out the larger
rifle lengths of bullet jackets with thicker walls and larger diameters, which
typically run from .75 to 1.3 inches in calibers below the .50 BMG. For
these, you need the Hydro-press.
A hand press just doesn’t have the starting pressure at the bottom of
the stroke to punch and coin a blank of copper, then draw it into a deep
cup longer than about 7/10 inch. Sorry: that’s just physics. If people
were made with 20 foot long arms and legs, then we could build hand
presses with bigger strokes. But once you’ve made a .45 caliber jacket
about 0.7 inches long, you can redraw it and make it smaller and longer.
So long as a fairly thin jacket is acceptable, you can make long jackets in
calibers from about .308 downward in diameter by redrawing.
The first stage is a blanking die. You pull the strip of copper through a
slot, and work the press handle up and down to punch out little disks. The
second stage is a cupping die, which turns the disk into a short, thick cup.
The third stage redraws the cup to make it longer and thinner, and the
final stage trims the cup, while giving it the final diameter. Detailed in-
structions are put with each set.

71
 The standard kit makes a .45 pistol jacket, from which you can draw
other jackets by adding additional JRD-1-S jacket reducing die sets. Be-
cause it is necessary to blank and cup the jacket at a larger diameter and
shorter length than the final trim, we will, in most cases, have to pass
through the step of making the cup close to .45 caliber at some early
stage, even if you want a 9mm or .32 jacket. Rather than have a lot of
different prices or charge what would cover the maximum number of
draws for the set, we sell the set to make .45 caliber jackets, and then
simply let you add one or more JRD-1-S draw dies and ET-2-S trim dies
to produce various diameters and lengths.
A .452 jacket can be reduced to .40 caliber or anything in between
with one draw. To get down to .38 or 9mm caliber would require a sec-
ond draw die (you can only reduce so much in a single draw). From .40
down to .354 or anything in between is one additional draw. To get from
9mm down to .30 or anything in between in another draw. And from .30
down to .224 or anything in between is another draw.
However, we can switch to a .224 caliber JMK-1-S die using a 5/8-
inch wide strip, which makes a better .224 jacket with fewer steps and less
cost for tooling. If you want to make .224 or smaller calibers, it is a good
idea to start with this scaled-down strip width.
If we try to push too big a jacket through too small a hole, the bottom
just pops out. On the other hand, if you wanted to make .44 Magnum
(.429) and .41 Magnum (.410) jackets, we would make the basic JMK-1-
S in .452 and two additional draw dies, and you would go directly from
.45 to .44, and .45 to .41. The draw dies have a “nest” or guide section,
which is designed to align the jacket while it is at a certain initial diam-
eter, and guide it evenly into the reducing section. If you were to make
some .429 jackets and then try to reduce them to .41 in the .45 to .41
reducing die, the .429 jacket would not be properly guided and aligned,
and you might be some lopsided jackets at .41 diameter.
Each draw die is marked with a starting and ending diameter, and it
means what it says. Likewise, if you decide to reduce a jacket with a
different wall thickness, this could be a problem. For instance, if our JMK-
1-S made a .452 jacket with a .015 inch thick wall, and a jacket reducing
die was made to take these down to .400 diameter, the clearance between
the punch and the die would be such that the thin wall jacket fit easily.
But if you found some .452 jackets with a wall thickness of .020 inches,
and tried to push them through, they might become stretched out exces-
sively or even generate so much pressure that the die or punch could be
damaged. Jacket making tools are precision devices. As long as they are
used with the materials intended, they deliver excellent results.

72
 JMK-1-H (Jacket Maker Kit, Manual Strip Feed):
Hydraulic power presses, such as our Hydro-press, have full power
from the bottom of the press stroke to the top. The JMK-1-H is designed
for use on the CHP-1 Hydraulic press. The CHP-1 is designed with elec-
tronic sensors that can accurately determine the stroke length and the
pressure, and can interface with the CSU-1 Corbin Strip Uncoiler. You can
set up both pressure and position stops, which will prevent the ram from
bending the various punches and crushing the pressure pad springs used
to hold flat strip so it will not fold as it is drawn into a cup shape. The
CSP-2H does not have all the controls of the CSP-1 nor does it have
automatic pressure transducers, but it does have position sensors, which
allow it to be used safely with this manually-fed die set.
In the JMK-1-H kit, there are usually four stages, but the exact num-
ber depends on the length, thickness, caliber, and taper of the jacket wall.
We can build almost anything for you, working backward from the jacket
you want to get the proper strip width and thickness. The first stage is a
blanking die. It cuts a disk from the strip of copper. You simply pull the
strip through a slot in the die, as the ram goes up and down. Disks, like
coins, are punched out.
The second stage is a cupping die, which has a spring-loaded pressure
pad around a punch. The disk is put into the die face, in a recess made to
hold it. The pressure pad is run up against the disk, and it holds the disk
by its edge while a punch travels up and draws the disk into the die,
pulling it from under the pressure pad. This keeps it from folding or bend-
ing.
A third stage redraws the short, thick cup into a longer, thinner jacket.
This stage could be the final one, for short jackets. Or it might be repeated
one or more times for longer and thinner ones. Until we know precisely
what dimensions your jacket is to have, we cannot say how many steps it
will take to make it.
The last stage is a trim. The trim die is normally the ET-2-H, which is
adjustable over a reasonable range of lengths. This means you can make
just about any reasonable range of lengths from one set of tooling. We
still would like to know the range of lengths or the main length that you
want, so we can see if you will need additional trim dies to cover it.
Each jacket maker kit is designed around one specific caliber, wall
taper, and a specific material. The dies control diameter at each step, and
the punches control the wall thickness and wall geometry such as taper or
length of straight section. If you change these parameters, it means a
change in the associated tooling. We would need a supply of the initial
cups in order to change the rest of the set and to develop the correct

73
dimensions for the punches and dies. Most of this work is experimental,
in the sense that we need to actually draw your cups to see how best to
configure the punches for any given stage. It is partly art and partly math.
So, you can see that jacket drawing equipment is not easy to design
and may be difficult to modify, or quite easy, depending on what kind of
jacket dimensions it is originally made to produce, and what kind of modi-
fication you intend. Sometimes you can draw down an existing jacket to
smaller calibers, longer lengths, and thinner walls just by adding a stage
or two to the operation.
This may result in two or more practical jackets from the same die
set. But don’t count on it in every case! If you initially budget one com-
plete die set for each length, each caliber, and each wall taper or thickness,
you may be pleasantly surprised to save money by using fewer tools to
achieve a few of the different effects. But if you count on using one die set
for a wide range of jackets, it might not be possible, and then your budget
would be shot, your plans ruined and your dog might scorn you, too.
We’ll let you know any time we see a good way to save money by
using any of our tools for multiple purposes, and ask if you want to change
your order to accomplish that. As I said earlier, your success is what builds
our future, too, and I’d rather take the long view and save you money now
so you’ll be a bigger success tomorrow and buy more equipment from us
when you need to.

JMK-2-H (Jacket Maker Kit, Automatic Strip Feed)

The Hydro-press has special plugs and screw holes made so that you
can install this rather amazing system. It has a lubrication roller system to
put lube on the strip, a roller-cam hitch-feeder, and an interesting kind of
blanking and cupping die all combined into one unit. The jacket material
is automatically fed in, lubricated, blanked into a coin, drawn into a thick,
short cup, and carried out into your container, ready for redrawing to a
longer, smaller diameter jacket.
The entire assembly replaces the head (and in some designs, the ram)
of the Hydro-press. You remove the rear cover of the press, unfasten two
nuts that hold the press head and rods onto the base plate, unscrew the
ram from the cylinder, and pull the head and guide rods off the press
along with the ram (again, in some versions). Then you install a new head
(and ram, if required), and put the hitch-feed mechanism on it according
to directions that come with the system.
The CSU-1 Corbin Strip Uncoiler is used with this system to provide
a steady source of material without undue drag on the feed. The uncoiler
is controlled by the amount of sag in the strip, which loops from the 50
pound coil to the press head over a seven foot distance. A separate sensor

74
stand has upper and lower limit switches that detect when the strip is
pulled snug. The upper limit switch then trips, turns on the uncoiler for a
brief, quiet partial turn, feeding out a few more inches of strip. This lets
the strip sag until it trips the lower limit switch, and stops the uncoiler. It’s
fun to watch this run, because it is almost silent and seems to anticipate
the needs of the press.
Without this device, you would have to devise some other way to
keep the hitch feed from lifting or pulling more than a pound or two of
resistance. Otherwise, you would not have reliable feeding, and the die or
punch assembly might be damaged unless you cleared the partially cut
disks before another stroke mashed the parts together. The press can also
controlled by the strip feed, with a sensor that detects the metal’s pres-
ence and shuts off the press when the strip begins to run out. The op-
tional sensor package can also detect non-movement of the strip and stop
the press if a jam occurs.
The JMK-2-H consists of three separate parts that you can use to mix
and match with other calibers in some cases. The automatic press head
assembly can be used with any caliber or size of blanking and cupping die
set. It is the hitch feed, strip lubricator, die holder, and all the other gen-
eral machinery that makes the system work, except for caliber-specific
dies themselves. The blanking and cupping die might also be used for
several calibers, and can be changed separately from the head assembly.
It is made for a certain width and thickness of material, which will be
drawn down to make a certain caliber, taper, wall thickness, and length
range of jacket.
Each jacket has one blank diameter and width that maximizes the use
of material. But often, there are other calibers you could make with it. A
short, heavy walled jacket might be possible in a large caliber, such as .45
ACP, using the same strip that makes a longer, thinner, but smaller diam-
eter caliber such as the .308 rifle. I can’t publish a table here that shows
what is possible, because all the various parameters make it too complex.
When we make a jacket maker set, it is designed for one specific jacket
only. Then, after that is working fine, we try to figure out if there might be
some other useful calibers in certain lengths and wall thicknesses that
could be gotten with the same blanking and cupping die, by using differ-
ent redrawing and trimming dies. You can purchase the DC-CUPS soft-
ware program (for any MS-DOS or Windows compatible computer with a
hard drive) to calculate all this and much more, including costs of jackets,
and recording and printing the operation steps for making any jacket.

75
 The redrawing and pinch trimming dies are the same in the JMK-1-H
and the JMK-2-H. In fact, you can add the automatic feeding die head
assembly and the blanking and cupping die that fits it, to an existing
JMK-1-H set, to create a new JMK-2-H set. That’s the same as saying you
can upgrade the manual jacket maker just by adding the head and first
stage die assembly (which is a significant part of the total price for the
auto-feed jacket-maker kit).
You can also buy just the redrawing dies or final trim die, if your
particular jacket set would be practical to convert into another caliber (we
have to figure that out on a case by case basis). Generally speaking, you
would want to plan for one complete JMK-2-H set for your style of jacket,
and then just the dies (both the first stage and the redraw and trim dies)
for any other jackets. If we get lucky, maybe some of the jackets can be
made using the same original strip width and thickness, which means you
don’t need another first-stage die.
I hope that isn’t too badly explained. Just think of the pages I’d need
to write to explain how the factory 12 station jacket maker press works!
This one only has from three to six steps, typically four steps, depending
on the length and thickness and caliber of jacket.
The e-book “WD-1-E” or “World Directory of Custom Bullet Makers”
also lists wholesale suppliers of copper and lead, custom bullet makers
from around the world, and has a wealth of information about the com-
mercial aspects of custom bullet making.
When we build a jacket making kit, we send you full instructions and
pictures of the set up and operation. You are also welcome to visit before
we pack the equipment for shipment (which takes most of a day). If you
can come to the die works when we have just finished building your jacket
making outfit, and while it is still set up on either your new Hydro-Press
or on a test press, then we can show you in person how to set it up and run
it. You are always welcome to visit.

76
 6. Base-Guard Bullets
You can swage bullets without jackets, using just the lead, or you can
swage jacketed bullets, but there is a kind of hybrid design that reduces
the cost and increases production speed while extending the usable ve-
locity range beyond that of a lead bullet. In fact, this special design, called
the “Base-Guard”, can let you shoot pure, soft lead bullets at up to 1,400
feet per second without fouling the bore, without using any lubricant what-
ever, and even cleans fouling from your bore as you shoot!
Years ago, the Harvey Prot-X-Bore bullet stirred up some mild inter-
est because it made similar promises. The bullet was a plain lead pistol
slug with a zinc washer swaged to the base. The lead would extrude through
the hole in the washer, and form a rivet head by flowing into a larger
diameter, shallow dome-shaped cavity in the face of the base punch.
We made many of these die sets for clients, but I was never convinced
the design worked as well as some people claimed. The National Rifle
Association tested it at least twice and both articles concluded that there
was no difference between using the zinc washer and shooting a plain
lead bullet. Both fouled their bores. But people kept buying the zinc wash-
ers and dies, so someone must have had good luck.
Shooters don’t generally keep doing something that doesn’t work, yet
I was not having much luck with it. So, with the help of several relatively
famous shooting friends, people who set world records and were serious
about their bullets, I conducted a long series of experiments to find out
whether the zinc base bullets really worked or not.
I found out, after thousands of rounds, that zinc itself has little to do
with the fouling or not fouling. Aluminum, sheet steel, brass, copper—all
of these materials would work, or not work, equally well. It all depended
on two factors. When both were right, the washer bases worked wonder-
fully, making it possible to eliminate the jacket and build bullets that kept
the barrels clean, at very low cost and at high speed. When either one was
absent, the idea was a miserable failure with fouling that just about plugged
the bore!
Here are the two factors. First, the washer or disk has to be precisely
the diameter of the bullet. Even a ten thousandth of an inch undersized is
too much. At the pressure developed by even the lower powered hand-
guns, lead will flow back under the disk unless the disk fills the barrel to
the very bottom of the rifling grooves.
When I measured the zinc washers (which are stamped out of sheet
zinc in a high speed punch press), I found variations of up to 0.002 inches!
That is twenty times greater than the minimum required to work! But

77
once in a while, I found a short run of zinc washers that actually mea-
sured a little oversized, or perhaps right on. Those worked, provided the
other factor was present.
The second necessary design factor is that the washer must have both
a sufficient thickness and strength to resist bending under the drag force
on its edge as it speeds along the bore, and at the same time it must have
a sharp, burnishing-tool kind of edge facing forward to seal and scrape
fouling out.
If the edge is rounded, or if the material is thin enough to bend back-
ward under the stress of firing, the lead will flow under it, and be smeared
along the bore, filling the rifling with fouling. But when the diameter is
perfect and the edge is sharp, and facing forward, a thick enough disk will
work wonderfully, making an astounding bullet that is cheap, fast, easy to
build, and that works without the need for any lubrication, at least up to
the speed where the material is bent back from drag and inertia and effec-
tively quits presenting its scraper tool edge to the fouling.
The metal did not matter. We used barn siding, tin cans, shim stock
brass, and copper jacket material as well as zinc. In fact, copper seemed to
work better. The main thing was the difficulty in holding such tight diam-
eter tolerances on a low-cost part. The high precision disks were just too
costly to make, but they worked fine. They worked better than a half
jacket on handgun bullets and on .45-70 rifle bullets.
So, the problem was how to make them almost perfect zero tolerance
diameter and also how to form the sharp edge without a lot of expense.
We realized that if the disk were cut slightly oversized and made cone
shaped, the diameter would effectively be reduced so it would easily drop
into the swage die. But when pressure flattened the conical disk again, it
would grow back to original size! The die wall would stop the growth, and
any extra material would be forced to extrude forward, into the soft lead
bullet, just below the edge. The other side would be backed up by a hard
steel punch, blocking any extrusion in that direction.
We had the answer! Just make the disks conical and slightly over cali-
ber before the cone shape is applied. Then, the cone will drop into the die,
grow to full diameter plus a burnishing tool edge, and there will be abso-
lutely zero tolerance between the diameter of the bullet (the lead part)
and the diameter of the base disk! It could be no other way: both parts
receive their final diameter from the swaging action, within the same die,
at the same moment.
A second benefit is that the disks work in a wider range of calibers. A
disk made for the 9mm pistol would also work in a .357 Magnum, and a
disk made for a .45 ACP would grow enough to fit a .458 or a .45-70
(which has a groove to groove diameter about 0.006 inches larger than

78
the pistol). The .41 caliber disks worked fine in .40 caliber barrels. And
they all worked amazingly well in nearly every gun, provided the bore
was in good shape and the bullet diameter was either exactly groove to
groove or slightly larger.
One of the special advantages of using no lubricant is that there is no
puff of lubricant smoke, which means that the Practical Pistol shooters
don’t have to try for double-taps while looking at an obscured sight pic-
ture on the second shot. When you are firing two shots that come so fast
they sound like one, lubricant smoke can be a problem.
The big advantages of the Base-Guard are that you can make the
bullet in one, or at most, two, strokes of the press, and the cost is almost
the same as a cast bullet without the disadvantages of lubricant, extra
handling, hard lead alloys, and rejects. I have made four hundred bullets
in just under an hour, including cutting the lead wire, swaging the bullets
and making the Base-Guards!
Base-Guards are superior to gas checks and half jackets in three ways.
First, they cost less, usually about half the price of gas checks and a
fourth the price of half jackets. Second, they turn with the rifling on their
central axle instead of being pinched against the bullet, so if the bullet
slips in the rifling, the Base-Guard keeps tracking and seals the gas. Third,
they scrape fouling out of the bore, instead of ironing over it again and
again.
Gas checks and half jackets rub more lead on the bore and then pass
over it with the smooth side of the copper. Base-Guards are like a tool bit,
presenting their sharp edge to the fouling and machining it off like a lathe
bit. Try turning a lathe bit sideways to the work: that’s how a gas check
looks to the fouling plastered along your bore!
If you use preformed Base-Guards, which we offer in bags of 1000 at
a very low cost (barely more than the cost of material to make them),
you can turn out up to 500 bullets an hour. Or, you can use .030 to .040
inch thick copper strip and punch out the Base-Guards yourself, using a
BGK-1-R, BGK-1-S, or BGK-1-H Base-Guard kit. The BGK-1-R works in
your reloading press (assuming it is similar to the RCBS Rockchucker).

BGK-1-R (Base-Guard Kit, type -R)

This tool is a threaded die with a slot cut more than half way across
one end. The section below the slot is closely fitted to a punch. The punch
screws into the press ram. You would use it by stroking the ram up and
down only enough to move the punch past the slot and back down to let
a piece of copper strip pass through.

79
 As you stroke the ram up and down this short distance, you would
advance the copper strip through the slot, always making sure that you
bring the last hole past the edge of the punch before the punch comes up
and cuts out another Base-Guard disk. The disks begin to come out the
top.

BGK-1-S (Base-Guard Kit, type -S)

The die screws into the press head from the bottom, up. This is just
the opposite of most kinds of dies that fit the press head. The threads
point UP, not down. The slotted end of the die faces the ram. The punch
is never removed from the ram during operation, so there is no possibility
of it striking the edge of the die and breaking the portion below the slot.
The press ram is stroked up and down just enough to push the punch
through the strip and cleanly cut out a disk, then the ram is lowered to
clear the punch from the hole in the strip, and the strip is pulled forward.
Repeat this process until you are buried alive in as many Base Guard disks
as you can ever shoot. Corbin sells the .030 X 1-inch wide copper strip in
five pound bundles and 50 pound coils.

BGK-1-H (Base-Guard Kit, Type -H)

This die set works in any Corbin press designed for -H dies, such as
the Hydro-Press or Mega-Mite. It is substantially the same design as the -
S and -R sets, with dimensions and threads scaled up to fit the larger
presses. The operation is the same: pull strip through the slot while the
press is made to stroke up and down in short strokes, punching out disks
which eventually emerge from the top.
If you wish, we can build a feed chute for the die, so that cut pieces
are fed by gravity down the sloped channel and into a waiting container.
This is not a stock part, but it can be built with your die.

Converting Dies to BG base:

You can add the Base-Guard option to any of your existing sets of
dies, just by ordering the appropriate base punch. The Base-Guard punch
does no harm if you use it for lead or conventional jacketed bullets: the
only difference is that your bullet will have a little round bump projecting
from the very center of the base, which only serves to identify your bullet
and has no other effect.
Here is what you would need to order, if you want to add the Base-
Guard capability to any set of dies:

80
 For any LSWC-1 set (Lead, Semi-Wadcutter single die), you would
want (1) PUNCH-M (or -S, or -H depending on the die), Internal, BG, and
specify the diameter. The BG base only works with a flat base. It is inef-
fective or worse with boattails, hollow bases, or paper patch (undersized)
bullets. We have, however, made tooling to produce rebated boattail (RBT)
lead bullets, with the BG disk formed at the rebate, using a much larger
than standard hole in the disk. This would be a special order item.
For any FJFB-3 set (Full-jacketed, Flat Base three-die set), you would
want (1) PUNCH-M (or -R, -S, or -H), Internal Core Seat (CS), BG, plus
(1) PUNCH-M (or -R, -S, or -H), External Point Form (PF), BG. Whenever
you apply the Base-Guard in the core seater and then shape a smooth
ogive in the point former, you must use a matching base punch for both
dies, or the little rivet head will be smashed flat and made less effective at
retaining the Base-Guard.

81
 7. Draw Dies
Drawing dies have a hole all the way through, and they fit into the
press head. You push a jacket or a bullet through them, in one side and
out the other, to make the part smaller in diameter. Since the die screws
into the press head, there is really no difference in the 7/8-14 threaded
die body for type -R or type -S sets. The only difference is the punch,
because a reloading press (-R) uses a T-slot ram and Corbin presses use
threaded rams (5/8-24 TPI for the S-Press).
The -H dies utilize tougher materials that stand up under greater force
and speed. Part of the reason they cost more is because of the additional
time it takes to form and heat treat this material. You can adapt a -M or -
R draw die to a Hydro-press, but it is not as economical as it may seem
because of the possibility of breakage and less efficient use of the avail-
able stroke for alignment and guidance of the components.
The JRD-1-S, -R, or -H is designed for drawing jackets smaller withut
changing the wall thickness, and for operations which do not significantly
affect the run-out. For reducing jacket walls and maintaining high preci-
sion wall concentricity, the JRD-2-S or -H is recommended. This version
has a special punch with precision guide sleeve, which mates with a nest-
ing cavity in the bottom of the draw die. The design pre-aligns the punch
with the axis of the die, so that the jacket is centered and the punch
contacts jacket exactly in the middle of the base.
When a certain jacket drawing operation needs the benefit of the JRD-
2 design, we quote that instead of the lower cost JRD-1. But there are
some operations which can be done just as well with the lower cost die,
and we use that instead when appropriate. It isn’t a selection between
two levels of quality so much as between two different kinds of require-
ments in the drawing operation.
Die life with any draw die or swage die is to some extent subjective: it
depends on what you consider “worn out”. A high precision benchrest
bullet maker might consider a die worn out when the wall concentricity
increases by 0.0001 inches, or the diameter of the jacket increases by
0.0002 inches. This might happen after 25,000 to 50,000 jackets have
been drawn, or it might not happen until 100,000 or more have been
drawn, depending on ambient conditions and use of lubricant. Dust, heat,
and abrasive airborne materials in some locations can cut die life in half.
On the other hand, a person making premium hunting bullets might
find that even 0.0005 inch wall run-out or 0.001 inch jacket diameter
change has no effect on the practical accuracy of the bullet. In fact, if the
jacket fits into the core seating die easily enough, there is hardly any

82
effect on final parameters no matter what the actual jacket size, since the
bullet diameter is only slightly affected by big changes in jacket diameter
prior to core seating. The jackets are always smaller than the bullet, be-
fore swaging.
When an operation is expected to be especially high volume, certain
higher wear resistance materials can be used for the punch and die. This
will cost more because the materials are harder to machine and heat treat
than the die and punch steels we normally use. It may or may not be a
good value, and we’ll suggest the use of special materials if we think it
would be a good trade between cost and tool life, for a high volume com-
mercial operator. Everyone else will probably get a lifetime of use from
the standard version, if the jackets are kept clean and properly lubricated.
Type -R dies are only available in the standard design, because it is
not practical to use a reloading press for high precision or high production
work. A reloading press would be incredibly hard to use for production
work (think hydraulics!) and to attempt to use one for high precision jacket
drawing of the benchrest class would be an exercise in futility.
It seems curious that people are willing to spend several thousands of
dollars on “benchrest” swaging dies, and then use them in a reloading
press, which has no bearings, no hardened ram, no hard chrome ground
finish to help keep the ram from wearing out of alignment, and an align-
ment which, though adequate for reloading, is hardly in the class of an
actual swaging press. (To be fair, some people do spend hundreds more
dollars having a conventional cast iron frame press re-bored for better
alignment and put a different ram into it. But wouldn’t it be cheaper and
better to start with a press that had high precision and long life designed
in, instead of tacked on?)

JRD-1 and JRD-2 Jacket Reducing Dies

You can produce special jackets by drawing down an existing larger
caliber to produce a smaller diameter, longer jacket. This method is often
used to make some of the less popular calibers, or to make heavy-walled
.224 jackets by drawing down a .243 jacket. It is also used with a Corbin
JMK-1-S jacket maker set to reduce the .45 caliber jacket which this kit
initially produces, to other sizes.
A .45 caliber jacket can (usually) be made into a .44, a .41, or a 40 in
one stroke. A .44 can be made into a .41 or .40 caliber. A .40 (10mm) can
be made into a 9mm or a .357 caliber. A .30 can be made into a .284,
.270, .264, or .257 jacket. Each reduction makes the jacket longer, smaller
in diameter, and tends to make the jacket wall somewhat thicker up to the

83
limit of the base material itself, since it pulls base material into the wall
area. Wall thickness can be controlled by the punch to die clearance, how-
ever.
Drawing is the opposite of swaging. People sometimes ask about
“swaging down” a bullet to make a smaller one. That is wrong. Making
something get smaller is called “drawing”, and it is done by pressing the
jacket or bullet through an annular die (a “ring die”, we call it). The part
goes in one side and pops out the other, where it springs back slightly
larger than the hole size.
We need to have sample material to draw down if you want the parts
to come out precisely, since different materials and lots will spring back a
little different amount. Swaging always expands a smaller component to
become larger. If you try to push a larger bullet into a closed swaging die
with a hole even slightly smaller than the bullet, you’ll make it stick in the
die. The material wants to spring back toward original size, so if it was
originally larger than the hole, it will keep trying to grip the die walls.
On the other hand, if you do it right and use a component smaller
than the hole you are about to shove it into, it will go in easily, expand
under pressure until it hits the die walls, and as soon as you relax the
pressure, the component will spring back slightly toward its original smaller
diameter, releasing its grip on the die walls.
In a drawing die, you can apply a lot of pressure to the full diameter
of the bullet, or to the inside diameter of the jacket, and push it right on
through, even though it is trying to grip the die walls. In a swage die,
especially a point forming die which relies on a tiny ejection pin, this isn’t
possible.
Benchrest shooters often ask about concentricity of a drawn jacket.
Since all jackets are drawn at some point, this isn’t a unique issue with
redrawing. Concentricity is measured in thousandths of inches of run-
out, the difference in the jacket wall thickness as you measure around the
jacket at any given distance from the end. A typical tubing jacket might
have a run-out of 0.001 to 0.002 inches, which is fine for hunting applica-
tions but about 10 times greater than you would desire for benchrest shoot-
ing.
With higher quality tubing, the run-out of the jacket is improved over
ordinary plumbing, which can have a run-out greater than .003 inches.
Still, ordinary plumbing has been used for decades to make good hunting
bullets. The original Barnes bullets built by Fred Barnes used nothing
more than plumbing copper tube for jackets, and Barnes was quite suc-
cessful. I remember that Fred used to pull tubing through a home-built
die by chaining a bar of steel to a tree, said bar of steel having a funnel-
shaped hole in it, and then forcing the crushed down end of a piece of

84
copper tubing through it, clamping the end of the copper tube to another
chain tied to his car bumper, and pulling a 20 foot section of tubing through
that “die” with his car! It was after World War II and things were tough!
Successful people were resourceful. But the point is, it worked.
How much better we have it today! —Precision equipment is avail-
able to use high grade tubing that you can get in a few days with a phone
call to Corbin! Fred would have traded two cars for the convenience, not
to mention the additional accuracy (of course, he’s long departed this
world, but I get the feeling that his spirit peeks down and chuckles with
glee at how far his original tubing bullets have come, now and again).
The run-out of a jacket drawn from flat strip starts with the cupping
operation, and is caused by a number of factors. The first is the quality of
the strip that you use. If it is thinner on one side, it will draw a jacket with
more run-out than if it is closely matched in thickness across the width.
Also, if the grain structure of the material is consistent, and properly
aligned and sized, it will draw more evenly than, say, roofing copper or
decorative copper sheets cut into strips.
One a cup has been formed, it is drawn smaller in diameter, which
puts the material volume into length. The thickness of the cup walls usu-
ally is reduced in the drawing, so that the base material remains about
what it started in the strip, and the jacket walls can either taper or simply
be drawn to a more or less straight wall of less thickness than the original
material.
Drawing a cup to smaller diameter means that the punch which must
fit inside and push the cup through the die has to fit inside after the cup
has been reduced. Therefore, the punch will be smaller than the inside of
the cup before it is reduced, and may not be perfectly centered. This is a
major source of jacket wall eccentricity or run-out.
To help solve the problem, Corbin jacket reducing dies feature a “nest”,
which is the term for a section of the die that accepts the original jacket
diameter for a sufficient length to insure that the jacket is perfectly aligned
with the smaller hole that will reduce it. The nest aligns the jacket before
it starts into the actual draw. This greatly reduces the amount of run-out
in the jacket walls. The JRD-2 system goes further with a sliding sleeve
around the punch, which in turn aligns the punch with an extended nest
in the die mouth prior to the jacket entering the drawing constriction.
In a simple drawing die, the punch still is able to wander slightly
inside the cup even if the cup is aligned perfectly with the die, and it may
force the material to draw slightly heavier on one side as a result. The
effect is minimal with a nested die, but to further reduce run-out, the
punch can be a special guided or sleeved design as in our JRD-2 system.

85
 A steel button is placed around the punch. This button is a very close
fit to the punch, so the punch just slides through it. On the top side of the
button, a thin shoulder is machined so that it slips inside the jacket and
fits very closely. You press the jacket over the top of the button, so the
raised shoulder fits inside.
Now the jacket mouth is aligned on the button, and the button is
aligned on the punch. The punch will contact the center of the jacket or
cup, and cannot wander off to the side. In another version of the tool, a
spring around the punch supports the shouldered button. The thin part of
the button is not long enough to fit inside the smaller diameter of the die.
It remains within the nest area during the draw.
Recently, the stripper system has been simplified and improved, and
the alignment system has been improved with a special nested guide sys-
tem, so that the JRD-2-S and JRD-2-H dies now include these as standard
features.
The jackets are stripped off the punch when the punch pushes them
past the top surface of the draw die, and a slotted steel plate is moved so
it will slide under the jacket mouth. Lowering the ram brings the jacket
mouth against this steel plate, so the jacket is forced off the punch auto-
matically. An electric solenoid can be added to the Hydro-Press to oper-
ate an automatic jacket stripper. It plugs into the accessory power plug
on top of the press and is activated at the top of the stroke.

BRD-1-R, -S, -H (Bullet Reducing Dies)

You can draw down existing bullets, but only within very small lim-
its: if you try to reduce an existing bullet more than about .006 inches,
the amount of lead you are moving becomes significant enough to mate-
rially spoil the accuracy and looks of the bullet, and the stresses in the
jacket material will begin to cause serious “banana-shape” distortion.
This means making a 9mm (.355 inches) bullet from a .38 (.357 inches)
slug is easy and practical, while making a .41 caliber from a .44 caliber
(.429 inches) gives miserable results. A practical limit is making a .318
inch diameter 8mm bullet from the modern standard 8mm of .323 inch
diameter.
There is a huge difference between drawing a jacket, and drawing
down a bullet. A jacket is just the empty cup. You put it over a punch, and
shove it through the die by pressing on the inside of the base, so it is
drawn over the sides of the punch. You can reduce a jacket by up to 30%
less than the original diameter in most instances.

86
 Don’t confuse the .006 inch reduction limit for bullets with the vastly
larger potential reduction for bullet jackets. Also, like most things in life,
this rule isn’t written in stone. Some few bullets with nice soft jackets and
room for the lead to go into a hollow cavity or base can be reduced more
than .006 inches. But you are asking for trouble if you want to do that as
a general rule. What might work sometimes on a particular experiment,
may fail almost all the other times with other materials.
This gets some people into trouble: just because something happens
to work one time, they think it will work in every instance. Not just in
bullet swaging, this is a common mistake. A fellow takes a big elk with a
.243 target bullet, and from that day forth he is convinced that a 6mm is
big enough for game the size of an elk. He might have used a target
bullet. So he thinks that there isn’t any problem using bullets constructed
for target shooting, with their thin jackets and non-bonded cores, on noble
game.
Sure, you might do it once. If you are a great shot and a superb hunter,
you might do it all the time, but I couldn’t. The odds are overwhelmingly
in favor of most people just wounding the animal and having it get away.
In swaging, if something works that maybe shouldn’t have, then that’s
a reason to carefully experiment and find out why. It’s bad judgement to
assume it will always work in every instance, especially if others who
have spent years in the field are dubious. You may have found something
new, but try it on several calibers, styles, and materials before you count
on it always working.
Drawing down bullets is certainly one area where you can find all
kinds of exceptions that work, but only because the material, hardness,
and style are just right in a particular instance. Corbin will make tools for
you to your specifications, against our own advise and experience, pro-
vided you take responsibility if they don’t work. If we design and recom-
mend the tools, then of course we guarantee they will work.
Draw dies for the Hydro-press (type -H dies) are more sophisticated
and can produce results that may not be possible in a hand press. The
long stroke and great power of the Hydro-press give us room to build
special guide sections and ejecting punches that won’t work on a hand
press. In drawing, full power is generally required at the start of the stroke,
not just at the end (as with most swaging operations).
Since nearly all the hand operated presses have about half an inch of
extremely high pressure travel toward the end of the stroke, and progres-
sively lower pressure as you retract the ram, it follows that drawing op-
erations which may require high pressure over a longer travel than about
7/10 inch may not be practical in a hand press.

87
 Can you draw down a solid copper bullet or a full jacket military bul-
let? Probably. If you want to order a bullet reducing die, you really need
to send us five or six samples of the same bullet that you plan to draw
down. Then we can test the idea, and use your bullets to adjust the die so
that it produces the correct diameter, given the amount of springback in
your particular bullets.
For some reason, there seems to be a general reluctance to send sample
bullets. Maybe it is the desire to get the dies faster, not waiting for a
chance to go get the bullets and ship them. Maybe it is a feeling that this
is a waste of time and not necessary. Or maybe it is just to save the cost
of shipping them.
But for whatever reason, it isn’t that unusual for someone to balk at
the idea of sending samples to draw down. When that happens, we have
no way to tell if your particular bullet will come out the same size as the
ones we must then use to test and adjust the die. Also, we don’t know if
you are not telling us about a special base shape that might be distorted if
we just make a normal flat base punch. In fact, we just have to go on blind
faith that your bullets are actually close to what we can make or get easily
here for testing.
When you don’t send samples, the only thing we can do is guarantee
that the die is in fact a nice draw die that makes the size you said with the
bullets we choose to use. We can’t guarantee that the die will make the
same size with your bullets. If it doesn’t, then it is your problem. You can
order another die and send samples this time, but the first die is still yours
and can’t be traded back in (because the next person who sends in sample
bullets will want a die make properly to fit them, not your die).
If you know this, accept it beforehand, and will be happy with the
results even if there is a difference of up to .001 or so inches between
what the die makes with our test samples and whatever bullet you choose
to push through it, then we are happy to skip the samples.
If you tell us that you want a draw die to reduce a Sierra .338 bullet
down to .333, and instead of sending us the sample bullets, you send us
the Sierra stock number, then you’ll also have to send enough extra pay-
ment so that one of our die-makers can drive into town and shop for a box
of those particular bullets, which is a minimum of about an hour plus the
cost of the box of bullets. We will be glad to send the rest of the bullets
along with your die, and of course the drawn samples used to make and
test it. But that extra hour of the die-maker’s wages might seem steep,
and I agree. Die makers are paid for making dies, not shopping for bullets,
usually. I don’t have a position here for “bullet shopper”, so I have to use
the people available.

88
 It is probably much cheaper for you to send us the sample bullets than
for us to try and locate them. Still, whatever you want is fine, so long as
the cost of doing it is acceptable. That is the bottom line for anything that
is moral, legal and safe.
Bullet drawing dies are used by screwing the die into the top of the
press, and putting the punch into the press ram. The die should be set
high in the press, when starting. Two or three threads of engagement are
enough. Put the bullet on top of the punch and guide it into the die mouth.
If the bullet does not draw down or pass through the tight part of the die,
lower the die until it does so at the end of the press stroke (for hand
presses).
In a power press, you can set the stroke length and position for your
convenience, since you have enough power anywhere in the ram travel.
For a hand press, the job becomes much easier when you use the very end
of the stroke to get the hard work finished.
In most cases, the bullet will need to pass through the tightest point
in the die on one pass. It may not necessarily emerge from the top of the
die, but it should be loose inside, not stuck halfway through the draw,
before you insert another one. One bullet can “lift” another one up, but if
you try to actually use one bullet to finish drawing another, it is likely that
the nose will be damaged on the second bullet. Corbin Swage Lube is
always a good idea, applied just by touching the lube and then rolling the
bullet between your finger and thumb as you insert it.
With special base shapes, you may need a special matching punch.
For instance, a rebated or conventional boattail bullet may suffer some
base damage and expansion if you push it through a draw die with a flat
punch. A punch with a “socket” to accept the base of the bullet will still
need to be smaller than the original bullet, since it must pass through the
die. This means the angle has to be very close to the original bullet, or
else the edge of the punch might press into the tail of the bullet and mar
it.
In some sample bullets, we find that pushing the bullet through nose
first doesn’t work as well as making a special punch to fit the nose, and
pushing it through the die base first. This isn’t something we can know
before trying your bullet. It’s not predictable. But it is consistent once
discovered. If we discover this is true for your sample bullets, we’ll make
the punch so it fits the bullet nose, and push the bullets through base first.
To expedite production, especially on the Hydro-Press, we can make
a sleeved punch with a spring loaded collar. The spring goes around the
punch, and the collar sits on top of the spring, helping to hold and guide
the bullet into the die. In fact, the collar might be made so it fits into a
recess in the die, pre-aligning the punch so its fragile edges will not be

89
damaged by hitting the die face. This sort of work is available as custom
jobs, usually quoted and not found in the price list, because we don’t
know in advance in every case just how much time and effort will be
required to design and build a given solution. Typically, though, the addi-
tional cost of a custom punch is all it takes, which at this writing is about
3 times the cost of a standard punch. The difference in speed of use is
often quite remarkable with certain kinds of bullets.
We can put a metal chute on top of the die, as well, to roll the bullets
down into a bucket or other container, so you do not have to handle each
one as it comes out of the die. All these things are overkill for the hobby-
ist, who is only doing a hundred bullets or less at one sitting, but they
quickly make the difference to a custom bullet maker who is salvaging
50,000 pulled 50 BMG bullets and needs to process them as quickly and
easily as possible. The cost of doing these things is not significant com-
pared to the time they save in commercial applications, but the price of a
good die without the speed features may already be right on the edge of
what a hobbyist could justify.
I understand. That is why we don’t build everything possible into
every product, but offer many of them as options for people who find
them valuable, while keeping the basic tool prices as low as we can with
high quality work and material. It is no problem to add features to a good
tool. I’ve never regretted buying anything that was too good for what I
was doing. All it did was cost a little more than I might have spent other-
wise. But often I found later that there were other, new things it could do,
and I was glad I spent a little more for it.
My wife bought me a very high resolution digital camera for a birth-
day present, and I seldom use more than its lower middle range of resolu-
tion, and not many of its special features. But every so often, I am glad it
can deliver a high quality, big format photo, or do some trick that I have
to break out the manual to accomplish, even if a much lower priced cam-
era would do 90% of my work. Just having the option of doing more is
comforting. I can add options to it that work right, whereas adding them
to my lower priced cameras would be frustrating, since the basic tool
itself would be too limited to really take advantage of things like sharp
telephoto lenses, macro flash attachments and microscope adapters.
The same is true with swaging tools. If they are built better than you
probably need today, then tomorrow when you decide to try something
more demanding, they will deliver. But it is frustrating to add features to
tools that are working right at their limit, as with a poorly built die set or
a reloading press used for swaging. (Have I mentioned that swaging presses
do a much better job? Really? I must be getting forgetful in my old age,
and starting to repeat things!)

90
RFJM-22 -R, -S, -H (Rimfire Jacket Maker, 224 caliber)
One of the most popular tools we’ve ever made is the Rimfire Jacket
Maker set, which turns fired .22 cases into excellent jackets to make .22
centerfire bullets. You’ve probably read about this before. RCBS, Speer,
Hornady and many other firms got their start by doing just this. You can
do it today, and with the price of bullets, it is more popular than ever.
Fired .22 short cases make great 40 grain Hornet jackets. Fired .22
long or long rifle cases make the standard .705 inch long 52 to 60 grain
open tip or small lead tip bullets for all flavors of centerfire .22 cartridges,
from the .222 to the .225. Some shooters don’t realize that all modern .22
caliber centerfires, including the 5.56mm, actually use the same diameter
barrel (a nominal .224 bullet size fits them all).
The .22 high velocity loads such as the “Stinger” use a case slightly
longer than the standard long rifle, which will produce a little heavier
bullet. You can make 65 to 70 grain .224 bullets using these for jackets.
The process is simple. You wash the fired cases to remove grit. I like
to boil them in a mixture of water and some detergent, plus a little vin-
egar to help restore the shine. Then, I pour off the water, and spread the
cases out on an old cookie sheet. I fire up the kitchen oven and heat the
jackets quickly to drive off the water.
Shortly, I have a tray full of clean, dry cases. I take them out, and put
the jacket maker die in my press. The die itself is the same for both re-
loading presses and for our S-Press. The -R differs from the -S version
only in the punch.
In the reloading press, the punch has a T-slot head or button, like a
shell-holder. In the -S version, to fit our S-press, the punch has a kind of
die body attached that screws directly into the ram. The die screws into
the press head in all versions.
Use a little Corbin Swage Lube on your fingertips and give the punch
a quick wipe of lube, then pick up a case and put it over the punch tip.
Adjust the die so it is very high in the press threads. Raise the ram care-
fully. The rim of the case should just barely start to go into the die as you
reach the end of the ram stroke.
Lower the die until this point of adjustment is reached, and then lower
it just another quarter turn or less. Lower the ram, as necessary to adjust
the die, and then raise the ram. Little by little, you should be finding the
point where the rim is ironed out cleanly, leaving no ridge behind. Then
continue to carefully adjust the die downward, until you can just push the
jacket through the tightest part of the die and out the top with one smooth
but powerful and rapid stroke.

91
 Do not operate the press with the die so low that it takes all your effort
to push the cases through! This is not necessary and will only strain your
bench mountings and your patience. A firm one hand push will do the
job, in a single pass.
These little jackets represent a lifetime of free components, so it is
worth spending a little time to learn the fine points. Once you have drawn
the jackets, you may have to anneal them. One fine point is that the an-
nealing temperature can be critical. If you make a wide open tip or a large
lead pointed bullet, you may not have to anneal at all. But if you try to
make a small open tip bullet, or even a small lead tip, you may find that
the end of the bullet folds over with a little flap of metal instead of draw-
ing to a smooth curve.
This is a sure sign that the jacket material is not annealed sufficiently.
Actually, annealed may be the wrong word because that implies a dead
soft condition. You can just soften the brass to a lesser degree, more of a
stress relief heat treatment. If you overheat the cases, they will turn dis-
colored and may become rough on the surface. You can always heat them
a little more, but you cannot undo the damage from overheating. Some
people use a tuna can floating in a molten lead pot to hold the cases for
annealing. I like to use the self-cleaning oven, or a propane torch with one
of those fishtail flame spreaders and just heat the cases until they are
barely red in a dimly lighted room. It only takes a few seconds to get
them that hot. You can do a small group of twenty or so at one time.
You can try skipping this, but make one bullet all the way to comple-
tion before you seat all the lead cores in those jackets: you may find out
that you need to heat a little more. If that happens, your seated cores
make it harder to do (but not impossible).
If you find that the jackets have circular rings in the shank area, like
badly-made cannelures, this is a sure sign that you have overheated the
cases to the point where they are rough and dead soft. Then they will not
have enough strength to resist folding like an accordion against the pres-
sure needed to shape the ogive or nose. This kind of folding usually hap-
pens in the point forming operation, as does the flap of metal that folds at
the ogive when the jacket is too hard.
Sounds tough, eh? Too soft, and the shank gets rings in it. Too hard,
and the nose folds over. But there is quite a wide range between those
extremes where the bullet forms very nicely, with barely any suggestion
of the little fold lines you would see on all commercial spitzer bullets (less
so on round noses) if they were not polished out in a tumbler before being
boxed. The ogive curve on the spitzer shaped bullets brings the metal
close at the tip and thickens it, and it tends to develop lines that look like
scratches but are actually folds. This is normal, but not commercially

92
attractive. So, commercial bullets are polished to remove or burnish over
this minor cosmetic flaw, and you don’t see it. (If you inspect the bullets
very closely, you may in fact see some remaining signs.)
The Corbin RFJM-22 dies have gone through a number of versions
over the years. At one time, we built a tube and disk ejector that slipped
over the ram, to strip the jackets off the punch on the down stroke. Now,
we make the punch long enough so you can find that point of adjustment
to push the jacket all the way through the die at the end of the stroke, and
we make the top of the die with a square, sharp junction between the
edge of the hole and the die insert.
When the jacket mouth passes through the die, the jacket springs back
slightly toward original diameter. The jacket mouth becomes larger than
the hole, so that when you pull the punch back, the top of the die pushes
the jacket off the punch. Of course, it cannot do this if you do not push
the jacket all the way through the die.
The rimfire case starts with a diameter of about 0.225 or .0226 inches,
which is too large because the jacket must be smaller than the finished
bullet. To unfold the rim and draw it evenly into a smooth cylinder, as
part of the jacket wall, we must reduce the jacket to about 0.219-0.220
inches. This happens to work out very well for a .224 jacket diameter. The
punch diameter to fit inside a .22 rimfire case and accomplish this draw
needs to be about 0.199-0.200 diameter. By the magic of subtraction, we
can see that this leaves a difference of about 0.020 inches, which means
that each wall of the jacket must be about 0.010 inches thick.
Commercial bullet jackets for .224 caliber are usually made from strip
that starts out 0.026 to 0.030 inches thick, with walls that taper forward
to perhaps as little as 0.012-0.015 inches at the mouth. But the greater
part of the jacket wall is more likely to be from 0.020 to 0.026 inches
thick. This means that your free .22 rimfire jacket is about half as thick, in
general, as the commercial bullet jacket. It is also made of a higher zinc
content brass, having nearly 30% zinc as compared to the 5% to 10% zinc
in the commercial bullet jacket. This means it is slightly harder but more
brittle, as well as thinner.
These factors result in an excellent varmint shooting bullet, with little
or no ricochet odds (when the thin, brittle jacket hits the ground, it usu-
ally explodes or pops open into a four pointed “star” all the way to the
base, even at modest speeds). But the speeds must be kept relatively
modest, or else the thin jacket will come apart in flight. I usually recom-
mend that you maintain a velocity of 3200 fps or less. Some people shoot
them faster and get away with it. It probably depends on the depth and
sharpness of the rifling in a given barrel, and whether it cuts into the thin
jacket or irons the grooves without weakening the jacket even further.

93
 Making rimfire case jackets is one of those operations where I can
honestly say that our smallest hydraulic power press does the best job
(the big ones do OK, but they really are overkill). The CSP-1H Hydro-
Mite press can push those jackets out all day long and never get tired. For
decades, one of our clients has made a nice retirement income building
224 bullets with free rimfire cases, using a manual press. I’ve tried to get
him to go to a power press, but he’s happy with three manual presses. I
mention this because it shows that you can make a business doing every-
thing the opposite of what I recommend and it still works for some people!
I generally do not recommend a standard design of .224 bullet for a busi-
ness, because there are plenty of mass produced .224 bullets that sell for
a low price. But if your materials are free, and the price you get just pays
your labor, then it must work.
Probably by now the ancient fears about fouling, barrel wear, and
accuracy have long been settled, and forgotten. I should mention them in
case there is still someone, somewhere, who has the idea that fired .22
cases cause any problems in these areas. Yes, once, all these things were
issues. The reason: mercuric priming.
Fulminate of mercury was one of the earliest of rimfire priming com-
pounds. It is easy to make and gives reliable ignition. But the mercury
reacted with brass cases, and made them brittle. Therefore, it wasn’t long
before center-fire cases, which could be reloaded easily, were the cause of
a demand for non-mercuric primers. Otherwise, the cases would be too
brittle for reloading, and reloading is one of the major benefits for center-
fire cases.
But rimfire cases are almost impossible to reload. You’d have to some-
how get the dent out where the firing pin hit the rim, or else that would be
one spot where you’d get unreliable or no ignition the second time around.
And you would have to figure out how to make a priming compound
slurry and spin it into the rim again, evenly deposited in just the right
amount. It could be done, but the expense and trouble just doesn’t seem
worth the result, not to mention the danger of blowing one’s fingers off or
worse, while mixing up priming compounds.
So, rimfire cases are not reloaded by most shooters (in fact, I’ve only
met one who even tried it). That meant mercuric priming gave no par-
ticular problem to shooters of rimfire cases. Who cares if they get brittle
after being fired? They are thrown away or left on the ground, anyway.
Except some few brave souls began to pick them up, and turn them into
jackets for .224 center-fire bullets! Now you can see where the fouling,
accuracy, and even barrel wear issues came about, right? Until the late
1960’s, there were still mercuric primed .22 rimfire cases being made.

94
 Since then, issues with health (from the mercuric vapors mixed in the
powder gas, fired in indoor ranges, where lots of kids learn to shoot with
rimfire rifles) have largely gotten rid of any mercuric priming. Tin-based
priming compounds replaced the mercury compounds. For decades, the
problem has been buried, but not forgotten. People still remember and
talk about the old days when fired .22 cases made into bullets used to
flake off in the barrel, or come apart in midair for no particular reason.
Just because it has not happened for thirty or forty years is no reason to
let go of a good rumor!
That takes care of the fouling and accuracy issues. A fired .22 cases
made into a bullet is actually less likely to cause fouling than a commer-
cial jacket. It has more zinc, which makes it harder, slicker, and tougher,
and less likely to come off in the bore. Accuracy is well known by now.
Some brave souls even won benchrest matches with fired .22 case bullets.
If you select high grade brass and sort them into lots, fired from the same
gun, such as those you might pick up at your indoor target range after
someone you know, or yourself, has finished a match, then you can get
just as good a quality including jacket run-out as the best commercial
jackets. Ely Club ammo used to be the best for quality rimfire case jack-
ets.
But flyers do happen when you pick up cases off the ground, and
some were fired in different guns, some were dented more or less than
others or even cut through by the firing pin, and some are different brands.
The stress history of the metal will change it slightly, even if you anneal
it. The firing pin dent, which is ironed out and virtually invisible in the
final bullet, might be an issue with extreme accuracy, and certainly will
be if it varies from one case to the next. Cases cut through by the firing
pin probably will not shoot to the same point of impact as those not cut
through.
For all these reasons, I would not recommend going to the Nationals
with winning in mind if you use .224 bullets made with fired .22 cases.
But I would expect a good shooter with a winning rifle to do very well, in
any case, and probably to win most of the local matches. Rimfire case
bullets are much better than they might appear to the casual reader. In
fact, they can be surprisingly good, better than many factory bullets. It
depends on the care taken in making them, and the quality of the dies
used to form the bullets.
A clever and analytical reader might at this point say, “This is all very
fine, but I think you skipped over the issue of barrel wear: the jackets may
not be brittle any more, but you said they were harder and tougher than
commercial jackets.”

95
 Right you are. The additional zinc content makes the jacket harder by
a modest amount. It is still far softer than the barrel, far softer than a steel
jacketed military bullet. But it also is half the thickness, so it pushes in-
ward much more easily than a commercial jacket. When the rifling (of
about 0.004 inch height) pushes against the rimfire jacket, is meets the
resistance of a mere 0.010 inch thick wall, instead of the typical 0.026 to
0.030 wall of a commercial jacket. Subtract the rifling land height from a
commercial jacket wall, and you still have 0.022 to 0.026 inches of metal
under the rifling groove in the jacket, supporting it and pushing it against
the barrel. Subtract the 0.004 inch land from the 0.010 rimfire case jacket,
and you have a mere 0.006 inches of support. The difference in metal
toughness is not nearly enough to make up for this, and the rimfire jacket
flexes under the rifling to a much greater degree with a resulting lower
friction and wear rate.
Not only that, but the coefficient of friction of the high zinc content
alloy is lower than with the typical gilding metal or commercial bronze
jacket (5% or 10% zinc/copper alloys are used for most bullets, with the
“commercial bronze” being a total misnomer that is in standard usage
anyway: there is no gold in gilding metal, no tin in commercial bronze
because it is not bronze but just another brass ratio). That is, the metal
surface is “slicker” and causes less heat and wear as a result.
Bottom line: rimfire case jackets are easier on your barrel, just as ac-
curate, and probably foul less, than commercial jackets. Their main draw-
back is that they are thin and therefore cannot be driven so fast. Likewise,
their thinness makes them unsuitable for big game. But most of us are not
that good a shot or a stalker to allow us to use a .224 for big game and still
call ourselves good sportsmen. (Some are, and I applaud them, but the
first time they lose a deer or an elk that a medium or large bore rifle would
have taken cleanly, they should have the good grace to quit using a small
bore rifle.)
Their advantage over commercial jackets is cost: they are free. If you
want to make a good varmint bullet that blows up like it was going 4,000
fps when it hits at a mere 3,000 fps, then that is another advantage —not
to mention how much fun it is to out-shoot your buddies, who paid good
money for their bullets and refuse to believe that anything you can make
from free materials could possibly work as well or better!

96
 8. Making Lead Cores
Lead is the most commonly used core material for bullets. What is a
core? We call the material that fills up the jacket a core, but even if you
don’t use a jacket, the piece of lead that will form the swaged bullet is
also called a core. Swaging requires that you prepare the core so that it
will fit inside the swage die. You can’t shove a huge billet of lead into the
die, of course, but you can melt the lead and cast it in a multi-cavity “core
mould” to form the right diameter and length of ready-to-swage cores, or
you can simply purchase lead wire. With Corbin power presses and op-
tional extruder die, you can make your own lead wire.

Lead Wire (LW-10)

Lead wire in 10 pound spools, LW-10, is available from Corbin in
sizes from .100 to .430 inch diameter. Lead wire is by far the most conve-
nient and time saving way to produce bullets. It eliminates all of the risk
from hot lead. All you do is chop the lead wire into the correct lengths
using a tool called a “core cutter”. Since Corbin lead wire is 99.995%
pure, you can use it as a sample for hardness testing (Bhn 5.0). It is pro-
vided in single rolls, or in case lots of four rolls for a discounted price
(provided the four are the same diameter).
Lead wire comes in .100, .125, .170, .185, .218, .247, .275, .312,
.340, .365, .390, and .430 diameter. It is provided in pure form only, not
as alloys. Alloyed lead can be cast, but it is more difficult to extrude. In
most cases, there is no advantage to hard lead for swaging. Soft lead is
more dense, expands better without breaking apart, and bonds very well
to the jacket.

Four cavity core mould (CM-4a)

If you prefer to cast lead cores, the CM-4a four-cavity core mould can
be adjusted for any practical weight of core by setting the displacement
of four pistons in their matching, honed cylinders. It is rather like a straight-
line automobile engine: the sprue cutter is a long handle similar to the
engine head; the four pistons slide up and down inside of matching cylin-
ders to eject the cores as soon as you rotate the sprue cutter to one side;
the cylinders are machined in a special iron alloy block with a long mounting
handle, in the manner of a car’s engine block.

97
 The pistons rest upon a “rest plate” which in turn is supported by two
threaded rods, but loosely, so it can move up and down. There are two
pair of nuts on each of the rods, which form a stop that adjusts the posi-
tion of the rest plate in the down position. This sets the piston displace-
ment, which in turn sets the weight of lead core you will make in each
cylinder.
The CM-4a core mould mounts to your bench with two screws so the
pistons and cylinders hang over the edge. I like to mount it on a short
piece of two by four wood, and clamp this wooden block in a bench vise
so the mould is held parallel to the floor. In fact, by mounting the mould
with a common door hinge instead of directly to the bench top, the mo-
tion of opening the sprue cutter can also be used to tip the mould over so
the cores fall out into a box.
You do not need to cut the cores which are cast with a core mould,
because core moulds are designed so that you can adjust the length of the
core as it is cast. Core moulds let you take advantage of existing supplies
of scrap lead, provided it isn’t too hard for the kind of swage dies you
have. Any hardness of lead can be swaged, but you need type -H dies for
alloys over about Bhn 10-12 hardness to avoid die breakage. Generally
there is no advantage to hard lead for swaging, because swaging gives
you so many other ways to eliminate bore leading.
The CM-4a core mould comes in standard diameters of .185, .218,
.247, .275, .312, .340, .365, .390, .430, and .489 inches. Smaller diam-
eters are not practical to cast (use lead wire or an extruder die). Larger
diameters can be made to custom order. The weight is adjustable.

Precision Core Cutter (PCS-1):

Corbin core cutters mount to your bench, so that the lead wire is fed
straight down, into the top of the cutter. A stop screw is adjusted to stop
the wire at the desired projection below the shear line of the cutter. This is
what gives you the desired core weight (plus a little for final adjustment in
the core swage die or LSWC-1 die—usually 2 to 5 grains more than de-
sired weight is enough to assure a good final weight control).
Core cutters quickly shear the lead as you feed it down into the device
and move the handle back and forth with the other hand. Usually it is
easiest to cut about eighteen inches of wire, or whatever amount will
stand up straight in the air without sagging over to one side. Then insert
this length into the cutter and let gravity feed it down as fast as you can
chop off pieces. A gentle support with one hand is usually all it takes to

98
give good feeding. You can also mount rolls of lead on a simple pipe
stand, so they feed down into the core cutter and lengths can be pulled off
quickly.
The PCS-1 core cutter is designed to use PCS-1D die inserts, which
look very much like drill bushings. These half-inch diameter hardened
steel dies come in pairs. One mounts in the top bar of the cutter, and the
other mounts directly under it in the moving arm. The standard sizes are
.125, .185, .218, .247, .312, .340, and .365 (size of wire that easily slips
through the hole, not the hole size).
Each cutter comes with one set of dies for a given caliber of your
choice, and you can add other standard sizes at low cost, or order custom
made sizes at a reasonable price. If no size is specified, we will send what-
ever size we feel is appropriate based on our best guess of what you plan
to do with it, usually based on the caliber of your other orders.

Magnum core cutter (PCS-2):

For cutting lead wire diameters larger than .365 inches, the PCS-2
Magnum Core Cutter is recommended. It is nearly three times the size of
the PCS-1, and uses specially made individual hardened die inserts, PCS-
2D, for each range of wire sizes up to 0.5 inches. This larger cutter can
also handle sizes down to .185 inches but the minimum length of core is
half an inch, because this is the thickness of the steel frame holding the
dies.
Thus, for lighter weight cores in the .224 or smaller caliber, and for
light cores in 9mm and .38 caliber, the PCS-2 cannot be used. If the core
can be at least 0.5 inches long, it works very nicely and is highly recom-
mended because of its great strength and leverage. But if you need cores
that might be shorter than 0.5 inches, the PCS-1 is the correct choice
provided that the core diameter can be .365 inches or less. Stock sizes of
dies are .365, .390, and .430. If you do not specify the diameter of die,
we will send either .390 or .430, because these are the most popular for
the large cutters. Dies can be custom made in any diameter.

Lead Extruder Die (LED-1-H):

The CHP-1 Hydro-Press can be used to extrude lead wire in virtually
any diameter. Only pure, soft lead can be extruded with this die set. The
die is actually part of a kit that includes two billet moulds (for casting soft
lead into cylinders that fit inside the extruder die) and a mould base, the
die, three sizes of die inserts for different wire sizes, the extruder punch
and a lock nut.

99
 The die screws into the top of the press, replacing the floating punch
holder. The punch screws into the press ram. It is designed to be easily
removed and replaced, to facilitate loading the lead billets up into the die.
First, mount the mould base on a sturdy bench. Then push one of the
billet tubes over the base, and pour hot lead into the tube. Wait until the
mould cools slightly, then pick it up with a padded glove or other heat-
resistant material, and give it a rapid shake to slide the lead out. As the
lead cools it will shrink away from the billet tube and come out easily.
You can set the lead-filled tube aside if the lead won’t slide out yet,
and fill the second tube. By the time you remove the second tube, the
first one will probably be cool enough for the lead to come out. Place the
empty tube back on the base and continue filling and rotating tubes until
you have made enough.
After the lead has cooled enough to handle safely, you can then spread
a thin film of Corbin Swage Lube on the surface of the cylinder, and push
the lead cylinder up into the bottom of the extruder die. Replace the
slide-out punch, and align it with the die (the lead will probably rest on
the punch end). With the proper diameter of die insert in the top of the
die body, and the retainer bushing screwed firmly down against the die
insert, start the ram moving upward.
The punch should smoothly enter the die mouth and start to com-
press the lead. The pressure should be turned up until the lead starts to
extrude from the top of the die. Usually this takes 1,800 to 2,000 psi on
the gauge. Do not place any part of your body over the top of the die.
Lead may be expelled with great force if any air is trapped in the die.
When the lead wire starts to move, it will heat the die insert, and this will
in turn cause the lead to move even faster. In a second or so, the lead will
spurt out rapidly and will come out very hot. Do not touch it without
using a glove. The entire billet should extrude in a few seconds.
When the lead is extruded, lower the ram. Loosen the retainer in the
top of the die, and remove it. You should be able to pull the die insert out
of the die body by grasping the lead wire and pulling up. Push the lead
back through the die just far enough to allow you to clip off the enlarged
flange of lead remaining. Then reload the die and extrude another length
of wire. Do not try to join the wires together by loading before the last
billet is cleared from the die. It will make a bad joint that comes apart
later.
You can specify any three diameters to come with your extruder, from
our standard sizes. Or you can order a custom diameter of LED-1D ex-
truder die. Additional billet mould tubes can also be ordered for higher
production. If you want to extrude hard alloys, we can build a custom

100
extruder with a smaller bore, which generates higher pressure with the
same ram thrust. Some alloys, however, are just too hard to extrude reli-
ably. We will need a test sample before we know if your alloy will extrude.

Core accuracy (weight control):

There is no difference in the accuracy of bullets made with cast or
wire cores, if you process the cores with either a core swage die or the
LSWC-1 style of die (both have bleed holes to adjust the core weight
precisely). In theory, lead wire would be slightly more precise because it
has been extruded at high pressure and probably does not contain any air
bubbles or voids, but the core swaging operation takes care of that in any
case.
If you do not use a core swage or LSWC-1 die to adjust the core
weight, then your core variation should be less than 2% of the total bullet
weight with careful casting or cutting technique. Bear in mind that per-
centage of total bullet weight is what matters, not absolute weight differ-
ence. Five grains makes no practical difference in a 500 grain bullet, but it
is very significant in a 50 grain bullet. Swaged cores typically are held to
less than 1% of total bullet weight, and perfectionists achieve less than
0.5% tolerances. This could be any amount of grains, of course.
With nearly any set of swage dies, the first die should be a CSW-1
core swage. This die extrudes a small amount of lead through bleed holes
in the die, leaving a fixed volume which you can set with the punch holder
(the distance between punch ends controls the volume, and thus the
weight, of the core). The core swage only works if you go to the end of
the stroke each time, so that a fixed distance is established between the
top and bottom punch. This in turn established a fixed volume within the
die. Any additional volume of lead is extruded through the bleed holes.
Holding the pressure for a constant amount of time at the end of the
stroke also helps make more accurate weights. Double swaging adds a
tiny bit more precision to the weight control process, but is usually over-
kill except for perfectionists (you know who you are!).
In a power press, the top of the stroke can be set by an electronic
sensor, which shuts off the fluid power flow when it sees the ram guide
plate. This is a convenient way to adjust the press for the shortest stroke
(ram travel) that will do the job, making the job go faster than if you used
the entire stroke. But there is a slight variance in the final stopping point,
due to differences in the trip point of the sensor, ambient temperature
changes that affect both the electronics and the hydraulics, inertia in the
hydraulic system, and other physical causes.

101
 To eliminate these sources of weight error, you can either use the
entire stroke and stop the cylinder against the end of its housing (a posi-
tive, unchanging position) and use the pressure reversing mode to control
the press stroke, or you can get the Positive Stop Punch Holder, FPH-2-H.
This punch holder is made of hardened steel, drilled all the way through
the center. The punch drops in from the top, and rests on a thick ledge at
the bottom of the hole. A long, hardened steel threaded rod is then screwed
into the top of the holder. The position of this rod controls how far the
external punch can travel back up in the holder.
The punch holder is then adjusted so that the face of the swage die
actually contacts it, and stops the ram movement in the upward direc-
tion. The punch holder is designed to withstand all the force that the
press can generate. By stopping the ram this way, there is nearly perfect
consistency in the volume left in the die at the end of the stroke, and thus
nearly perfect core weight. So why don’t we supply this holder instead of
the regular one? It is much slower to load the punch, and for most pur-
poses, you do not need this degree of weight control. But, if you do need
it, the optional FPH-2-H will deliver.

Core size (diameter):

Because there are differences in jacket walls depending on how you
make or where you acquire the jacket, it isn’t possible to absolutely specify
a proper diameter for each caliber. The rule of thumb is that the lead wire
or cast lead core should drop easily into the jacket, to the bottom. If it
contacts the jacket wall before that point, then air can be trapped behind
the core. If you seat the core you can compress the air to 30,000 psi, and
it may be trapped in the base, but I’ve seen cores pop out of the jackets
with considerable force after the seated cores and jackets have been left
on the bench for a few minutes, especially if the sun happens to fall on
them through a nearby window! The right size of lead wire or cast core is
that which fits easily by hand into the core swage die (CSW-1) or the
LSWC-1 (for lead bullets) and yet isn’t too long and thin to fit completely
into the die prior to swaging. The right size of core swage is whatever
makes a core that drops into your jacket all the way. So you can see that
the core size, for jacketed bullets, fits the core swage, and the output of
the core swage fits the jacket.
In general, if you use the jackets most often available for these cali-
bers, here is a table of core sizes, core swages, and calibers that would
work, assuming normal or thinner than normal jackets (extra thick jack-
ets require smaller cores):

102
 CALIBER WIRE SIZE SWAGED CORE SIZE
.142 .100 .105
.172 .125 .130
.198 .125 .167
.204 .170 .173
.224 .185 .191
.243 .185 .191-201
.251- 257 .185 .191-220
.265- 277 .218 .220-224
.284 .218 .230-235
.308-338 .247 .249-257
.355-375 .312 .318-257
.400-412 .340 .350-370
.429-458 .365 .370-380
.475-505 .390 .400-420
.511-998 .430 .435-550

Please bear in mind that actual lead core diameters depend on the
jacket wall thickness, so that you might need the next standard smaller
size of wire if the jacket wall is thicker. Likewise, if you plan to make lead
bullets without a jacket, then use the lead wire size that is at least .005
inches smaller than the caliber. For instance, a .452 or a .458 lead bullet
would use .430 wire, but a .429 lead bullet would need to use the .390
size instead.
Lead wire larger than .430 is too difficult to coil, so it is either sup-
plied in straight lengths or you would use a core mould. In fact, when the
required core is larger than .430 the cost factor per bullet favors casting
your own cores. When the core is below .218 inch diameter the cost fac-
tor favors lead wire instead of casting. The convenience and time saving
of lead wire is a strong consideration regardless of diameter and cost per
bullet.
If you want to make a paper-patched .45-70 bullet, and your bullet
diameter with the patch applied is to be .458 inches, using 0.0025 inch
thick paper, this would require a bullet of .448 inch diameter before patch-
ing.
Why? Paper patching material is generally wrapped around the bullet
twice, so the edges just come together on the second wrap. Looking at a
cross section of the bullet, then, you would have the bullet diameter, plus
four thicknesses of paper. Generally you would want the total diameter to
fit into the bottom of your rifle grooves. A .45-70 bore generally has a
groove-to-groove depth of .458 inches and a .450 inch bore hole, for .004

103
inches of rifling per side. Subtract four times the paper thickness from the
barrel’s groove-to-groove diameter, and this gives you the correct bullet
diameter to make.
In this example, .458 less 4 times .0025 gives us .458 -.010 or .448
inches for the bullet. You can use .390 lead wire, since this is the largest
practical coiled diameter available. But if you were to have an extruder
made, or a core mould, it would be even better to use .440 to .445 inch
diameter cores. Any diameter that fits into the die nicely and is not too
long, at the weight you desire, to be enclosed completely in the die before
any pressure is applied, will work.
The upper limit of core diameter is whatever fits easily into either the
jacket, or the die (for lead bullets). The lower limit is whatever just fits
completely in the die without sticking out the die mouth, and allows at
least one caliber of length for inserting the external punch before any
pressure is created. If you use too long and thin a core, it will contact the
external punch before the punch can be aligned at least a full caliber depth
in the die. This can cause the punch to be tipped or bent when you apply
pressure to compress the core. Any core diameter between these two ex-
tremes works, but the closer the core is to finished diameter, the less fold-
ing and wrinkling takes place and the less work it is to compress it smoothly
and evenly.

Core lubrication
When a core is swaged, it is first lubricated with Corbin Swage Lube,
simply by applying a drop to your fingertips and rolling the core back and
forth once or twice as you pick it up. No detailed ritual is required. A thin
film of lube transferred to the lead surface is sufficient. If you want to
lubricate a large quantity, put half a teaspoon of Corbin Swage Lube in-
side a clean tumbler and load it with as many cores as your tumbler will
spin without overloading it. Then turn it on and let them tumble for half
an hour, or until all the cores are evenly lubricated.
The film of lube greatly reduces swaging pressure, helps insure long
die life and eliminates lead fouling of the die and punches. Once you have
swaged the cores, the lubrication must come off before you put them into
jackets. Corbin Swage Lube will wash off by boiling the cores in a pot of
hot water with a little strong detergent added. In fact, just the hot water
works reasonably well. I like to use boiling water, because the heat quickly
drys the cores once you pour them out onto an old towel to dry. You don’t
want them to sit around very long with moisture, because they will tend
to oxidize, and this prevents a good core to jacket fit.

104
 Swaging lubricant is not the same as bullet lubricant. Swaging lube
acts as a high pressure film between the die and the bullet, reducing fric-
tion and lowering the pressure needed to form the part. It is not designed
for use under high temperature, and it is designed to be easily removed in
solvents or water. It is clean, and is normally quite safe to handle (in rare
cases someone may be allergic to the castor oil or lanolin components).
Corbin Swage Lube is made from medical grade compounds designed for
cosmetics.
Swage Lube forms a hard lacquer film when heated to annealing tem-
peratures for copper jackets, however. This film prevents Corbin Core
Bond from working, so be sure to wash off the lube from any bullet jacket
and core which are intended to be bonded using the Corbin Core Bond
process.
Core bonding is a process of melting the lead, within a jacket, in the
presence of the liquid Core Bond. The Core Bond lowers the surface ten-
sion of the melted lead so that it can easily penetrate into the copper
jacket, forming an actual alloy that is shallow but stronger than solder or
glue by a considerable margin. The advantage of the diffusion junction
between the lead and jacket is that there is a gradient of tensile strength
created, instead of a sharp junction between the 1000 psi lead and the
18,000 to 22,000 psi jacket material.
A sharp junction, such as exists under a layer of solder or glue, acts as
a point of concentration for sudden stress. When the bullet strikes, a tre-
mendous amount of stress is created within the bullet in a very short
amount of time. The force is channelled to areas where there is a big
difference in tensile strength, and tends to separate them. When the ten-
sile strength of the materials flows through a gradient, becoming differ-
ent over a distance rather than suddenly, the force of impact can flow
with it, and cause less concentration at that point.
The bottom line is that a bonded core bullet can usually be shot inside
out and still retain nearly all of the core, whereas glued and soldered or
plain unbonded bullets often separate at the junction of the core and jacket.
Microphotographs taken of bonded jackets, under a scanning electron
microscope, show atoms of lead within a one to two micron depth be-
yond the inner surface of the jacket wall. You don’t get that with any kind
of glue or other surface adherent bonding. That is the technical reason
behind the fact that 90% of the world’s custom bullet makers who build
hunting bullets use our bonded core process. It is fast, low cost, and it
works better than the alternatives.

105
 9. Swaging with a Reloading Press
Some Corbin dies are designated type -R. This stands for “Reloading
Press”, and means that the die set was designed to fit into a regular single-
station, slotted ram reloader with standard 7/8-14 threads. Any of our
tools that have the -R suffix are meant for use in a reloading press. The
dies screw into the press head, like a reloading press die. The external
punch snaps into the slotted ram like a shell holder.
Why would you want to use dies modified for use in a reloading press,
when swaging presses are so much faster and more versatile? The reason
is economic: if you already have a reloading press, and don’t wish to
make benchrest quality bullets but will settle for a reasonably good bullet
(about equal to or slightly superior to standard factory bullets), then you
might want to use the -R dies.

Disadvantages of using a reloading press

1) The pressure required for swaging larger calibers places a severe
burden on the unhardened screw-stock rams used in most reloading presses,
which can cause undue wear and distortion of the ram. Most reloading
presses are not equipped with any bearings, so the pivot pins, ram, and
other moving parts are placed under high frictional forces when harder
alloys or larger calibers are swaged. Therefore, Corbin reloading press
dies are built only for use with pure soft lead cores. If you use alloy lead,
the pressure will be considerably higher, and could break the die or dam-
age the press.
2) A reloading press has no built-in floating alignment, and in fact is
generally quite sloppy compared to the alignment of an actual swaging
press. This is fine for reloading because there is no real need for high
precision alignment: the shell holder and fit of the cartridge case both are
so sloppy that there is no gain in making the press highly aligned between
head and ram. But in swaging, better bullets result from precise align-
ment of the press head and ram. The forces are considerably higher, so
that a little off-center torque can make a difference in punch life and bullet
quality. The lack of high alignment precision means that certain styles,
such as the rebated boattail, are not available for the reloading press.
3) A reloading press has no built-in way to eject the bullet from the
swage die. You need to use a small plastic mallet and tap the plunger
provided with the swage die, to knock out the bullet (and catch it with

106
your other hand). Actual swaging presses have automatic built-in ejec-
tion when used with dies designed to fit the ram, and are considerably
faster to operate.
4) A reloading press has less than half the leverage of any Corbin
swaging press, since it must use about four inches of ram travel. Swaging
only requires about two inches, for most of the calibers and styles that
can be made by hand. Therefore, by simple physics we can double the
force with the same amount of handle travel. This makes swaging with a
real swaging press far easier (less than half the effort required).
5) A reloading press does not generally have any bearings, so they
tend to wear and become quite loose under heavy loads. Corbin swaging
presses such as the S-Press or the Mega-Mite travel on needle bearings
with the rams guided in long oil-impregnated bushings. This extends the
life and lowers the friction, which in turn reduces your effort for a given
amount of thrust output.
Most loading presses have sufficiently heavy frames but rather weak,
soft screw-stock rams and pins which are sometimes reduced to half their
visible diameter inside the hole, as safety links, to prevent damage to the
rest of the press. Corbin swaging presses use full-diameter, hardened al-
loy steel links which turn inside high-pressure bearings. The swaging press
can be physically smaller and yet still be considerably stronger, especially
those which built from alloy steels. The S-Press, for instance, uses 130,000
PSI steel, whereas the most popular large reloading presses advertise
“35,000 PSI tensile strength” for their cast iron frames.
All this being said, a reloading press that you already own is far cheaper
than purchasing a new swaging press! So Corbin makes some kinds of
dies for swaging bullets in a 7/8-14 threaded head, RCBS-style T-slotted
ram reloading press (single station). The kinds of bullets you can swage
are limited by the press accuracy and strength, stroke and power, but
within those limited, the dies will do a nice job. If you only need to make
a limited quantity of bullets, in one or two calibers, then reloading type
swage dies (type -R) may be your best value.

Available tooling for reloading presses

One type of -R die comes in any standard caliber from .224 to .540
inch diameter for soft lead, semi-wadcutter style bullets (that is, bullets
which have their noses made entirely from lead, and which have a small
step or shoulder between the nose and the shank). These dies are called
the “Pro-Swage” dies. They are only made in the design of a core seater,

107
not point form, lead tip, core swage, or lead semi-wadcutter. Weight
control (extrusion of surplus lead) is done by means of an optional weight-
adjusting punch (bleed-hole punch).
You can get flat base, cup base, dished base, or hollow base styles, or
the Corbin “Base-Guard” base. The internal nose-forming punch is avail-
able in Keith, 3/4-E (a typical pistol round nose shape), 1-E (a typical
Winchester or Sharps rifle nose shape), target wadcutter, button-nose wad-
cutter, hollow point (which is then followed by another punch to get both
the HP cavity shape and the nose curve shape), auto-loader (a sort of
bell-shaped round nose that feeds nicely in most autoloaders), and coni-
cal.
We also build -R dies in two, three, or four die sets to make jacketed
rifle or handgun style bullets. The two die set normally consists of a CS-
1-R core seating die, and a matching PF-1-R point former. The three die
set adds a CSW-1-R core swage die for more precise lead core weights.
The four die set adds a LT-1-R lead tip forming die for a professionally
finished lead tip. These are available in the following calibers, in the 6-S
ogive shape: .224, .243.
For larger jacketed rifle calibers, you need to step up to one of Corbin’s
swaging presses and the dies to fit it. If you use type -S dies, there is no
difference in die cost (well, actually, the -S dies cost less than -R type for
the same function). The big difference is the swaging press, and it makes
so much difference in speed and ease of use that you will surely thank me
later for not even attempting to start you with a reloading press. Every
tool and process has its practical limits.
I know that other people have made designs that I would not recom-
mend, and some may even be trying it as you read this. I suppose the
thing to do is scan through the old gun magazines and look at all the
outfits who used to make swaging dies. You’ll see Corbin tools, of course,
but you’ll also see a number of other brands offering those designs which
are absent in our line. Try to find those other firms today. They are not in
business now, you say? Really! And they made the designs that Corbin
does not recommend?
Perhaps there is something to be learned from that. There will always
be a few new comers touting the same reinvented square wheel, who will
shine in the spotlight of publicity and win a few converts, then suddenly
disappear when enough of their work comes back to bite them. It is al-
ways sad to see someone fail in business—which is why I am happy after
talking to my clients (with their 98% plus success rate in the custom
bullet business).

108
 There is always a tiny but fairly steady trickle of challenging phone
calls and letters from people who have glowing stories about the use of
design ideas that we long ago ruled out as a reliable good value to our
clients. Honestly, after decades of patiently explaining why they are not
good ideas in spite of the fact that Cousin Joey had great luck with one or
some temporarily famous shooter or mechanic is getting rave reviews
from some niche of the shooting fraternity at the moment, I really don’t
care to spend any time debating it.
There will always be dark corners where long term value and scien-
tific fact is excluded by blind exuberance. A goodly number of these ideas
revolve around using a reloading press in some way that is technically
possible, but not a good long term value. The lure of getting by cheaper
is strong enough to overpower good reasoning, sometimes.
I am not doubting that some of the ideas work, at least from time to
time, in specific situations, when run by very careful operators. But the
reason we do not offer them, and would prefer not to be “talked into”
making special exceptions, is that there is a better way. Better might mean
more cost effective, giving you the same or better value, as with using
solid carbide versus a high carbide die steel in non-automated presses.
Better might mean less likely to stick, jam, or break if a person gets
forgetful or careless about lubrication, alignment or pressure, as with our
standard ejection pin sizes. Or, better could mean equal in final result but
standardized for replacement parts, service, and knowledge accumulated
to help you with various situations. Sometimes, better means it actually
works every time, consistently, and has enough history behind the design
to warranty the product, even if there seems to be a cheaper alternative
or one with fewer steps. Still, we do a lot of custom work, and take each
request on its own merits. No harm is done by asking!

Reloading presses suitable for swaging

For the fired .22 long rifle cases drawn to make .224 or .243 bullets,
you can use almost anything that will accept the dies and the punches.
The little RCBS Junior press was one we used to demonstrate swaging at
gun shows, in the old days. It doesn’t take a big press to swage smaller
caliber bullets. You can use Rockchuckers or Pacific Multi-Powers or C-H
Champions, of course. They are sturdy, standard design presses. Any press
with a single station head and ram, which accepts standard RCBS-type
button shell holders, and has a 7/8-14 threaded top, with a physical lay-
out similar to the Rockchucker, should be fine.

109
 The ones you can’t use are those which have special mechanical shell
holder devices instead of a slotted ram, or those which have a handle that
swings over the top of the press, like the Bonanza Co-Ax press (the handle
parks itself right over the die, where you need to tap on the swaging die’s
knockout rod to push the bullet out of the die). I prefer not to use turret or
progressive presses because of inherent alignment and strength problems.
Swaging puts a lot of strain on that pivot! Aluminum and light duty re-
loading presses may be usable for smaller caliber swaging, but are not
ideal for it.
The popular Dillon progressive reloading presses are not made for
bullet swaging, and could be damaged if you try. Most progressive or
multi-station presses are best used for their intended purpose, not swaging.
This is in no way a criticism of the press. Most presses that sell in good
volume over a long time period are good, solid presses, or else people
would soon find out and quit buying them. The lightweight Lee presses
are very sturdy and entirely suitable for their intended jobs. But swaging
places unusual forces on the top of the ram, and on the pivot pins, links,
and toggle. Designs that work just fine for reloading may not last or pro-
vide enough alignment and rigidity for swaging.
I wish it could be otherwise, because it would simplify my work con-
siderably if I didn’t have to design and build swaging presses, and could
just concentrate on making the tools and dies. We are of the same mind
when it comes to making the equipment as affordable as possible: I could
interest even more shooters if bullets could be swaged with a wine cork
press or a garlic press! Unfortunately, neither of these presses is suitable
for reloading or swaging, and many reloading presses are not suitable for
swaging (although with minor changes any of them could press garlic).

Types of dies suitable for a reloading press

Corbin makes virtually every sort of bullet and jacket reducing die in
the range of .224 to .458 in the -R type (such as the BRD-1-R to turn a
.357 into a 9mm, or the JRD-1-R to draw a .452 jacket into a longer,
heavier jacket for a .40-65 bullet). These are discussed under the “Draw
Dies” chapter. We also make type -R draw dies to turn fired .22 rimfire
cases into .224 or .243 caliber jackets, and to turn fired shotgun primers
into .25 pistol jackets or partitions for use in .30 caliber jackets.
Gas checks can be punched and drawn from flat copper strip (.030-
thickness, 1-inch wide strip is available from Corbin). The tool to accom-
plish this is called the Gas Check Maker, or GCM-1-R. It consists of two
dies, a blanking die that punches out a round circle of copper, called the

110
disc or coin, and a cupping die that turns this disk in to a short-sided cup
and finishes the gas check. I can make this die set for a reloading press,
but it works better (less effort, more precision) in our S-Press.
Although gas checks are useful for cast bullets, the Base Guard is even
better for swaged bullets. It does everything that the gas check is sup-
posed to do in protecting the bullet base, and in addition, helps to keep
your barrel clean by actually scraping fouling out of the bore with each
shot. The Base Guard is made from the same material as a gas check, but
takes only one stroke in a single die.
In a reloading press, you can use the BGK-1-R Base Guard Kit. This is
a single die and punch, with a slot in the side of the die through which
you pass the inch-wide strip of copper while you stroke the press up and
down in a short stroke. The punch never actually leaves the die, but sim-
ply drops below the slot so you can move the copper strip. Then you raise
the punch and poke out a new disk, with a hole through the exact enter.
This small hole allows lead to be extruded through during the swaging
process, to form a rivet head, holding the gas check in place but allowing
it to turn with the rifling (unlike a gas check, which is clamped to the
bullet so that if the bullet “skids”, so does the gas check).
Bullet jackets can be trimmed to exact (and adjustable) length using
the ET-2-R die set. This is an “Expand/Trim” type of die, which pushes
the existing jacket up into a 7/8-14 threaded die that has an adjustable
stop screw in the top. The jacket contacts the end of the stop screw, and is
held from moving any further, while the punch (in the press ram) contin-
ues upward. The punch is made with a small guide tip that fits inside the
jacket mouth, and a long tapered cone.
When the jacket comes to a stop and the punch continues upward, the
cone is forced into the jacket mouth and expands the jacket until the
punch finally reaches the die mouth. The jacket is pinched between the
mouth of the die and the punch, and is deeply scored, almost cut through
but not quite. The flared portion comes off easily by tumbling, twisting
or pulling.
The reason you should not try to cut through is that the thin web of
jacket between the sharp die edge and the tapered punch is all that keeps
the punch edge from being peened over. If you run the punch right into
the die edge, it rolls the edge and then you have to resharpen it by taking
a light grind on the die face. Since you can set the length anywhere you
wish, nearly any length of jacket can be made shorter.
Actual bullet swage dies include the PRO-1-R Pro-Swage design, and
the -R type swage dies that make up the two, three, and four die sets for
spitzer rifle bullets of the ogival type (no shoulder).

111
The Pro-Swage Die
The Pro-Swage is normally used for paper-patched bullets in rifle cali-
bers, so we supply it with a cup base and a 1-E round nose ogive punch for
rifle calibers unless you specify something different. A popular use of the
PRO-1-R is for centerfire pistol and blackpowder rifle Base-Guard bullets.
Generally, a pistol swage set would be supplied with a Keith SWC nose
style and a BG base style unless you specify something else. The Base-
Guard base punch can be used without a Base-Guard disk. It simply cre-
ates a small rivet head in the exact center of the bullet base, which hurts
nothing (and serves to identify your bullet among others recovered later).
A die designed to make lead bullets may also be used with gas checks.
Base-Guards are much more effective at keeping the bore clean, however.
Once you’ve used Base-Guards, it’s doubtful you’d ever go back to gas
checks. If you wanted to use the same die for gas checks, half jackets, or
three-quarter jackets, you can do it without any change in tooling. If you
don’t want the little bump on the bullet base that results from using the
BG punch, just order a flat, cup, or dish base punch and use it instead.
The PRO-1-R die itself is threaded 7/8-14, so that it fits the reloading
press top. The upper half of the die is screwed onto this hardened 7/8-14
body in a semipermanent way (held with a thread locking compound).
The top of the die is threaded for an adjustable bushing that can be re-
moved to replace the internal punch, which is held captive within the die
body by this bushing. A knockout rod in the top of the die pushes the
internal punch down (using a plastic mallet or length of wood as a ham-
mer) to drive out the swaged bullet. The internal punch is usually the
nose (we can make it the base if you prefer, but you have to keep track of
it for future punch orders and make sure to specify “internal” punch).

Other -R type bullet swage dies

The -R type core swage die (CSW-1-R) is actually made the same as a
core seating die, without bleed holes in the die itself. The diameter is
smaller than the same caliber of core seating die, of course, so that a lead
core can be swaged to fit inside the jacket, which in turn fits inside the
core seating die (CS-1-R). Lead weight is adjusted by using an external
punch with a hole through the center, so that lead can be extruded through
it. The lead goes into the ram slot, just like a spent primer, except that it
may remain attached to the core like a thin lead wire antenna. This is
easily snipped off with a pen knife or nail clippers.
The reason that a -R type core swage does not have bleed holes in the
die itself, as the -S and -H dies do, is because of the geometry of the
typical reloading press. Unlike a swaging press, which has a ram stroke

112
that stops considerably short of the press head, leaving room for the die,
a reloading press ram is made to stop just below the press top. In order to
use the end of the stroke (both for maximum power and also as the posi-
tive stopping point necessary to establish constant weight from one core
to the next), the -R die cannot be adjusted so that the die extends below
the press head. The die is positioned in the middle of the press threads, in
fact, so putting bleed holes in the side of the die would spurt lead directly
into the threads!
Decades ago, I made core swage dies with angled ports and reduced
lower diameter to clear the threads and extrude lead at about 45-degrees
to the bore, but the dies were not successful in the long run. Using hard
lead has never been recommended with -R dies, but it positively blew
these angled port dies to bits (although nothing flew around, since the
pressure was instantly relieved when the die fell apart). The -R core swage
die works reasonably well, but it does require an extra step of snipping off
the single wire extrusion. Core swages used in our swaging presses auto-
matically shear off the extrusions on the down stroke.
The -R core seating die (CS-1-R) is nearly the same design as the core
swage, except the bore is larger and the external punch either makes a
lead nose and fits the die bore, or makes an open tip and fits inside a
certain wall thickness of jacket. All of the -R dies are 5/8-24 thread and
have a 5/8-inch body, which screws into a black 7/8-14 thread adapter.
This adapter is bored nearly through the other end, but the hole stops
short of going all the way. A quarter-inch diameter hole does go through,
and takes the ejector rod which is tapped firmly to eject the component.
The internal punch is captive within the adapter, and can be changed by
unscrewing the die from the holder.
The -R point forming die (PF-1-R) uses a music wire coil spring to
keep the ejection pin pushed to the top position within the adapter body.
Ejection pins are typically .081 inch diameter for these dies, which are
made in .224 and .243 caliber in 6-S ogive shape.
The -R lead tip forming die (LT-1-R) is nearly identical to the CS-1-R
core seating die, except that the bullet goes into it facing upward, tip
toward the die. The internal punch has a cavity shaped like the bullet tip,
and reshapes the lead to make a sharper end than can be made with the
.081-inch diameter ejection pin in the point forming die.
Those four dies can be combined to make two-die sets (CS-1-R and
PF-1-R) as with our standard .224 and .243 bullet making kits, a three-die
set by adding the CSW-1-R core swage, or a four-die set by adding the LT-
1-R to make nice sharp lead tips. The CSW-1-R and CS-1-R can be used
as a pair, also, to make semi-wadcutter bullets. However, the PRO-1-R die

113
can do the same thing by using a weight-adjusting punch (with a hole
through it) to set the exact core weight and then changing to a nose punch
to create the actual nose shape.

General instruction for swaging in a reloading press

Some folk have complained that there was no simple, 1-2-3 instruc-
tion for swaging bullets, and they didn’t want to read a lot of details about
how to do it right. For those who might feel this way, here are the simple
1-2-3 instructions for making a lead rifle or pistol SWC type bullet of any
nose or base shape using the PRO-1-R or CS-1-R die:

1. Cut or cast cores to desired weight, and lubricate them with Corbin
Swage Lube. A little lube on your fingertips will be all you need.
2. Put the die in the press head and the bottom punch in the press
ram, and then put a lubricated lead core in the die.
3. Adjust the die so you form a finished bullet at the end of the stroke,
with the press ram all the way up just as the bullet forms completely.
Make as many bullets as you need once you have the die adjusted.

And for jacketed bullets made in a core seater and point forming die
(ogival shape, no shoulder), the most basic operation skips the core swage
die and uses a cast or cut core directly in the jacket:

1. Cast or cut the core to the desired weight (bullet weight minus the
jacket weight) and put the clean, unlubricated core into the jacket. Lubri-
cate the jacket lightly with Corbin Swage Lube, and put it into the core
seating die.
2. Use a core seating punch that snugly seals the jacket and press
gently to expand the lead inside the jacket, until the jacket expands and
contacts the die walls evenly. The jacket and core must stay up in the die
when you lower the press ram. Eject the seated core and jacket by tapping
on the knockout rod placed in the top of the die.
3. Remove the core seating die after you have seated a quantity of
cores in the jackets, and replace it with the point forming die (which has a
spring-loaded internal punch you can feel by pushing the knockout rod by
hand).
4. With the point forming die high in the press threads, place the open
jacket and core mouth upward, open end facing the die, into the die cav-
ity. Use the largest diameter punch in the set, which just fits into the die,
to push on the closed base of the jacket. Raise the ram all the way or until
you encounter resistance.

114
 5. If you do not encounter any resistance with the ram at the top of its
stroke, turn the die to lower it until you cannot turn it any further by hand.
If you do feel some resistance, lower the ram and inspect the bullet to see
if the ogive has formed. If not, or if you felt no resistance, lower the ram
slightly and give the die another 1/4 turn lower. Raise the ram, then lower
it and knock out the bullet.
6. Examine the bullet, and if the tip is not yet closed down to the size
of the ejection pin (.081 inches in most dies), continue to lower the die in
small increments and re-form the tip until it reaches this point. If you go
too far, the bullet will acquire a little pipe on the tip from extruding the
jacket up the ejection pin hole. Just short of this, it makes a nice bullet tip
and you have finished!

Detailed swaging instructions for a reloading press

For those of you who would like to know both why and how to do it
right, here are the details and the reasons behind them:

Remove any shell holder from your reloading press, and clean out the
slotted ram with a swab to remove any accumulated primer residue and
shavings. These can prevent alignment of the swaging punch and die.
Snap the reloading press punch into the ram (like a shell holder). Don’t
try to use a shell holder in addition!
Screw the die into the top of the press just a few turns. Don’t try to set
up as you would a reloading press die (against the end of the ram). Just
barely get it started. We want to use the top of the stroke for a positive
stopping point, and adjust the die up and down to get the right pressure
and nose shape, so we have to start with the die too high, and slowly
bring it down while making our initial adjustment.
Cut the lead wire, or cast scrap lead cores to the right weight. If you
are using a core swage die, add about five grains to the desired final weight.
For jacketed bullets, put the jacket in the scale pan, cut a piece of lead
wire and adjust the length so that the total weight (jacket and core) are a
few grains more than you desire for the finished bullet. Without a core
swage die, the total of bullet jacket and core is the finished weight.
Open a bottle of Corbin Swage Lube. Put a tiny bit of lube on your
finger tip, and when you pick up the lead core, give the core a turn be-
tween your thumb and finger tip. That’s all the lubricant you need. (If you
are using a core swage die, that is.)

115
 (Please note that PRO-SWAGE dies are basically core seaters, made
in final diameter with nose and base punches. They are a single-die sys-
tem, not including a core swage, point former, or lead tip die. Those
other dies are part of the ogive-style rifle die sets, not the simple semi-
wadcutter style of the PRO-SWAGE. It adjusts the lead core weight by
using a separate weight adjusting punch with a bleed hole in it.)
Put the core into the mouth of the core swage die, then carefully raise
the ram of the press until you can remove your finger and let the punch
hold the core. Gently raise the ram all the way. If the punch is stopped
before you get to the end of the press stroke, raise the die slightly. If you
are not using a core swage die, then put a clean, unlubricated core into the
jacket, lube the OD of the jacket, and put it into the core seat die. Follow
exactly the same adjustment procedure.
With the ram of the press as high as it can go, lower the die (screw it
down, toward the ram) until you can’t turn it by hand any further. You’ve
just pushed the lead core up against the end of the internal and external
punches. It is important to understand why you are doing this initial ad-
justment: it is to use the end of the press stroke, where you have maxi-
mum power, and to provide a consistent point of reference so all your
cores will be made exactly the same. If you stop short of the press top,
then the distance between the top and bottom punches is arbitrary and
will change from stroke to stroke. This leaves different amounts of vol-
ume within the die on each stroke, so naturally you don’t get the same
bullet weight in a core swage, or amount of closure in a point form die.
Lower the handle of the press very slightly, and turn the die about
half a turn closer to the ram, then raise the ram again. When you feel a
slight resistance on the handle, lower the ram all the way and inspect the
core (or seated core, or finished bullet, depending on the die you are us-
ing). To eject the bullet, put the knockout rod into the top of the die and
tap it firmly with a plastic mallet.
When the lead forms completely (square ends, sharp edges, full diam-
eter of the die with parallel sides), you have found the correct adjust-
ment. If, during this process, you feel that the pressure is too great (too
much force on the handle—you should not feel more than about what it
takes to seat a bullet or expand the mouth of a cartridge case), stop and
inspect the lead. Perhaps it is much harder than you thought. Only pure,
soft lead is really suitable for reloading press swage dies. If lead spurts
around the punch, you are using too small a punch diameter for the op-
eration.
Lock down the locking rings on the die, and proceed to swage all the
cores you wish. Use care to insure that the punch tip goes into the die and
doesn’t strike the edge. (Make sure it doesn’t pinch your finger, either:

116
that hurts!) When swaging lead cores in a reloading press, it is important
that each stroke is exactly the same distance, so you leave the same vol-
ume or spacing between the top and bottom punches inside the die. The
extra lead will be extruded through a hole in the bottom punch.
With a core swage die, or a “bleed-off ” punch used in a PRO-1-R die,
you will note that there is a little “antenna” or bleed-off of lead on the end
of each lead cylinder. Snip these off with a pocked knife or nail clippers. If
you don’t get this bleed-off, your cores may vary in weight. A core swage
can only remove extra lead—it can’t add more. That means your cores
must be cut, or cast, heavy enough so that all the variation is smaller than
the amount of extra lead you left to swage off.
Clean the lubricant from the cores, if you intend to put them into
jackets next. For lead bullets, you don’t need to clean them yet. To re-
move the lubricant, you can slosh the bullets around in a can of organic
solvent such as acetone, or Corbin’s Cleaning Solvent. Or you can wash
them in hot water with a little detergent added. Either way, roll them on
adsorbent cloth or paper towel to dry them.
To make a Keith semi-wadcutter (a variety of truncated conical bul-
let), you would select the CS-1-R or the PRO-1-R die and a nose punch of
the desired shape. If you want a hollow base, cup base, flat base, or a
Base-Guard base, select the punch having the face that is machined to
transfer that shape to the bullet. The punch trapped inside the die body is
the internal punch. The punch that snaps into the ram slot is the external
punch. Both can be changed, to change the base or nose shape.
Place the cleaned cores into jackets. Just set them in the jackets. You
want to avoid getting any lubricant inside, since it will just keep the core
from pressing firmly against the jacket wall. Then, put a drop of lube on
your fingertip, and pick up the jacket (with core inside). Put the jacket into
the die, so that the lead faces the nose forming punch.
The lead core must drop into the jacket easily without stopping against
the die wall (needs to fit to the bottom). If you try to mash the lead into
the jacket when it doesn’t fit correctly, you’ll trap air below it, and it could
pop the core out again later! Not all diameters of cores for a given caliber
will fit into all the jackets that could be available for that caliber: jackets
can have different wall thicknesses, and require different core sizes.
Swage as described previously for making the cores. One difference:
if you are using a jacket and an external punch that forms a semi-wadcutter
or a lead tip bullet, the length (and thus the weight) of the lead core must
be such that the lead will be at least as long as the jacket after the core is
fully seated. If you try to use too light a core for the jacket length, and a
punch that requires lead to fill its cavity, the punch will push against the
edge of the jacket and wrinkle the jacket. You could damage the punch.

117
 Please note also that you only need as much pressure as it takes to
expand the jacket to fully touch the die ID. Using more pressure than it
takes to expand the jacket just stresses the die and could lead to breakage.
Just use the minimum effort required to get the jacketed bullet to fill out
properly and become the proper diameter. This should require very little
effort in smaller calibers, with increasing effort as you get above .308 and
into the large pistol or paper-patched rifle calibers. Proceed carefully so
you do not break the die from excess pressure.

Lead cores expand and become shorter as you seat them: you need
sufficient length of lead so that there will be material to fill the cavity in
the external punch tip. If you are using a hollow point punch, use it first
to extrude lead forward, and then shape the lead with the second punch.
If the hollow point is uneven, try flattening the lead core first with a flat
punch, then use the hollow point punch, and finally use the Keith or other
semi-wadcutter punch.
If you are making a BG (Base-Guard) style of base, you might wish to
pre-form the bullet without the copper disk first, then put the disk into
the die with the peak of the cone-shaped disk facing the lead. Push the
bullet back into the die against the BG disk, so that the lead flows through
the hole in the disk and forms a rivet head in the small depression in the
center of the base punch. You can try forming the BG disk onto the bullet
in one stroke, and it will probably work if the end of your lead core is flat
enough. Typical cut cores have an angle, which may make it harder to
get a good, straight alignment of the BG disk. Pre-shaping them solves
that problem nicely.

You may be done at this point, if you are making semi-wadcutter style
bullets (which includes paper-patched rifle bullets or any other type hav-
ing the SWC shoulder). If so, congratulations! Wipe the lube off the bul-
lets and you are ready to load them. If not, it means you have one or two
more steps to perform to make a smooth ogive bullet or to form one with
a small lead tip.
To form a smooth ogive, lead tip bullet, you need to make a seated
core with exposed lead beyond the jacket. If you want a smooth ogive,
open tip bullet, then you need to use a punch that fits inside the jacket,
rather than just inside the die. The core is made shorter than the jacket.
We call this the “open tip” style. A “hollow point” is something else: you
make a HP bullet by pushing a punch with a conical projection into the
lead core, so that a hole is pressed in the lead. The core can be down
inside the jacket at the time (making an open tip hollow point) or it can

118
extend beyond the jacket (making a lead tip hollow point). Press the core
down so it fills up the jacket, then stop pressing. Remove the core seating
die, and replace it with the point form die (PF-1-R).
With the point form die in place, and a full-diameter base punch in the
press ram (which just slides into the point form die by hand with very
little tolerance), put a small amount of lubricant on your fingertip and roll
the seated core and jacket between your thumb and forefinger. Put the
seated core and jacket into the point forming die, so that the lead faces up
(toward the die). Gently push the punch in behind the bullet and adjust
the die position so that you feel only a light resistance when swaging at
the end of the stroke. Eject and examine the bullet.
If there is a pipe or extension on the end of the bullet, it means that
you have the die just a bit too low. Turn it counterclockwise very slightly.
If the bullet won’t eject or has a large, rough and unfinished looking tip, it
means you have not pushed it far enough into the die. There is a position
where you will get maximum tip closure before the lead flows up the
ejection pin hole. You can find it by trial and error. (Hint: save a good
bullet to use as a setting gauge next time. Put the bullet in the die, raise
the punch and ram, and screw the die down until it stops.)
To make a smooth flat tip on your bullet, just turn it over, push it
backward into the die, and gently bump it on the nose with the base
punch. It doesn’t take much pressure. You can make any size of flat point
this way. If you are making a handgun bullet, you have finished. Wipe off
the lube, and load it. If you are making a lead tip rifle bullet, you may
need to go to one more die: the lead tip forming die.
To finish a lead tip rifle bullet, remove the point forming die and in-
stall the lead tip forming die. You’ll notice that the lead tip is deformed
and mushroomed by the force of ejection. The secret of making a good
lead tip bullet is to leave plenty of lead: your core needs to be longer than
the jacket and you need to make sure you don’t close the jacket down so
small that it leaves no room for a strong stem of lead joining the tip with
the main body of the core. The wall thickness of the jacket, at the tip of
the bullet, can use up a considerable distance across the total tip distance.
The jacket walls need to be far apart at the tip, so that a strong stem of
lead comes up between them and holds the tip in place.
Push the bullet up into the lead tip forming die and let the internal
punch reshape and shear off any extra lead extruded from the tip. If you
press very hard, a ring will be impressed in the ogive section. Find that
delicate point where you just shave off the extra lead and leave no mark
on the jacket. It works very nicely.

119
Paper-Patched Lead Bullets
If you want to make a paper-patched bullet, just install the PRO-1-R
Pro-swage, cut or cast some lead cores of the right weight, and swage
them using the gentle, increasing pressure method until you get the right
shape. Typically, if you had 0.0025 inch thick paper, you’d want the bul-
let to fill the grooves at .458 inch diameter with two complete wraps.
That means you’d take .458 and subtract four times .0025 (two wraps,
but doubled because it is on both sides of the bullet) and make the bullet
.448- inches in diameter (before patching).
The only difference between a paper-patched bullet swage die, and
one for making a bullet that will be dip-lubed or grooved and lubricated,
is the diameter of the swage. Most paper-patched bullets also use a cup
base shape, so you can tuck the twisted end of the paper patch into it, but
that is entirely up to you. The formula for determining die size (D) for any
caliber of paper-patched bullet when you know the barrel’s diameter across
the grooves (G) and the thickness of the paper (T) is:
D = G - 4T
If you know the bore size (B) and depth of rifling (R), and paper thick-
ness (T) that you have available, then you can calculate bullet size (and
die diameter D) this way:
D = B + 2R -4T
You can purchase one swage die and a bullet grooving tool (similar to
a cannelure tool but with wider grooves for lead bullets) for lubricated full
size bullets, and get a bullet reducing die for making paper patched bul-
lets out of these, but the cost is just about the same as getting a second
die. Also, you can try something interesting with two dies of different
diameter that are made for paper patching and for shooting directly as
swaged: you can wrap the smaller bullet with teflon pipe tape and swage
it upward in size in the second die! This gives you the proper size bullet
with a teflon jacket swaged into place.
Of course, if you shoot in a match you’ll need to check the rules first.
You can try this with paper, too, by using a slightly thinner paper than the
smaller die was originally designed to use, so the paper-patched bullet
will fit easily into the second die and pressure will shorten and expand the
bullet, rather than scraping the paper off as you try to insert it.
You actually have the ability to make several kinds of bullets with two
diameters of the same shape bullet, rather than just the two styles. Swaging
lends itself to experimentation and combinations that create new ideas,
so long as you remember that anything going into a swage die should be
smaller than the die bore. Never swage down, just like you never draw up.
Always swage larger, with the odd exception of the dual diameter sizer

120
die which combines drawing and swaging in one tool (and has its limits,
as you can read in the section that discusses this exception to the first rule
of swaging).

Full-jacket Open Base (military style) Bullets

Put the bullet jacket in the point forming die, with the open end fac-
ing the die mouth. Push a piece of lead core into the jacket with a punch
that fits inside the jacket mouth. The seated core should be just below the
jacket mouth, perhaps one eighth or less of an inch. Don’t try to make too
sharp a point, because the jacket will just break through if you do. Eject
the bullet. You’ll have formed the ogive on the normal base end of the
jacket. (Having a flat ended jacket makes no difference: the pressure will
expand and reshape the end just as if the copper were a balloon skin.) But
to finish this bullet, you must do something else: you must roll the open
end of the jacket over the core.
If you leave the base open, when the bullet is fired the muzzle gas
pressure will peel the jacket away from the core and the bullet will be very
inaccurate. It might even cut ragged asterisks in the target instead of
round holes, from having the jacket expanded so much that it splits at the
base.
To get the muzzle gas to help you keep the jacket folded tightly on the
bullet, reverse the bullet and put the open end into the point forming die.
Gently push on the bullet nose with your punch. The curved die wall will
move the edges of the open jacket slightly inward. Eject the bullet again,
turn it over once more, and push it back into the die. Now, you have an
angle applied to the open base. The pressure of pushing the bullet back
into the die nose first, one final time while using a flat punch will flatten
this angle, folding the jacket over the core.
Gas pressure on the base of the bullet will help hold it shut, not tear it
apart. For this to work, the empty projecting jacket needs to be just the
right length. Too long, and you get a buckle or wrinkled line around the
base. Too short, and the lead spurts out and smears over the base. Just
right, and you get perfect military style bases. This means you either
have to adjust the jacket length or adjust the bullet weight slightly to get
the right ratio of core to jacket. The jacket length can be adjusted with an
ET-1-R jacket trim die.
Let me summarize this quickly: 1) seat the core in the jacket using the
point forming die, to form a full metal tip and open base, 2) turn the
bullet over and push it backward into the point forming die with a flat
base punch to gently roll the open end into a slight boattail shape, 3) turn
the bullet over again and push it nose first into the point form die with a

121
flat punch to securely flatten the jacket edge over the core. If you want to
do this more precisely, we can provide a “FMJ Base-Turning” punch that
has a concave face, in order to help make a better fold prior to using the
final flat punch. This inserts a step between 2 and 3, where you apply this
sharp fold point with the FMJ punch.
If you want to make somewhat sharper tips, or if the jacket is thin or
brittle so that the lead tends to break through the tip when seated, you
may need to get a custom point forming die that has a pressure-sealing,
length synchronized ejector punch. This is a larger than normal ejection
punch which is fitted carefully into a honed ejection pin hole, and ad-
justed precisely to seal the end of the die cavity.
It is made to withstand the forming pressure, instead of just pushing
the bullet out of the die. Normal point forming dies use a wire ejection
pin which is retracted out of the main cavity of the die during bullet
forming. It is brought against the tip of the bullet during ejection, on the
down stroke, and pushes the bullet out.
That’s all it has to do, so it is simple to build in comparison to a
pressure-sealing ejector. That is why all point form dies are not built with
the more costly kind of ejector: there is no purpose for it in an open tip
bullet, or a lead tip that will be created in a following lead tip die. No
point making people pay for capability they don’t require.
It’s an option. But this is only suitable for dies used in the precise
Corbin swage presses, not in reloading press dies. The press dimensions
need to be part of the equation in the more advanced designs, and they
are neither fixed or close enough tolerance if the press isn’t made by the
die-maker. Third party presses are whatever tolerance and design the
third party wishes to use, and can change at any time without asking
permission of any bullet swage die maker!

Changing the Nose and Base Shape

With semi-wadcutter and wadcutter styles, the nose shape is con-
trolled by the punch you select. With smooth ogive bullets (those with-
out a step between the shank and the nose), the ogive is controlled by the
particular point forming die that finishes the bullet.
To change nose shapes with a bullet that uses a point forming die, you
need a different shape of point forming die. That is the PF-1-R. If the
bullet is finished in an PRO-1-R or a CS-1-R die, then all you need is a
different nose punch. It is important to understand this, because it makes
a big difference in planning and ordering. Point forming dies cost about
six times more than a punch, so if you can use a bullet with a little shoul-
der and a lead nose instead of having a smooth curve without a shoulder

122
between ogive and shank, you’ll save money on tooling. If you need the
smooth ogive shape, then the matched pair (core seater and point former)
is the only way to do it.
Spare punches can be purchased in standard shapes of flat base, dish
base, cup base, hollow base, or Base-Guard base. Nose punches can be
purchased in conical, Keith (semi-wadcutter, truncated conical), 3/4-E
pistol round nose, target wadcutter, button nose wadcutter, hollow point
(a universal HP punch that works in conjunction with any other punch),
open tip, or 1-E rifle round nose. Other custom shapes can be specified
(with dimensioned sketch or sample) at extra cost for the additional shop
time and tooling.
Open tip core seating punches must be made the correct diameter to
fit into whatever jacket you plan to use. If you order a set for use with a
rimfire jacket, and then try to use a commercial jacket, you’ll find the core
seating punch is too large and will dig into the commercial jacket wall. If
you order a core seating punch to fit any specific jacket, either specify one
of ours to fit, or send us three or four samples so we can match the aver-
age size to the punch. This is very important. If you try to use the wrong
punch diameter, lead can spurt out around the punch, the pressure won’t
develop to expand the jacket, and you can get undersized or tapered bul-
lets as a result.

Boattail and Partitioned Designs

Those are best done in swaging presses, not in a reloading press. But
you can simulate a boattail by pushing a bullet backward into a point
forming die, thus applying a slope or angle to the base. Then form the
nose in the same die by reversing the bullet. Because it takes less force to
shape the open end of the jacket than to change the base shape (on most
jacket, the base is thicker), the same pressure will create a nose without
materially removing the base angle. This doesn’t work for all bullet styles
and calibers, but you can try it.
To make a good partition style bullet, use another jacket small enough
to fit inside, and short enough to fill just a little more than half the larger
jacket’s length. Or, in the .224 and .243 calibers, use fired primers as heavy
walls between two short pieces of lead core! A .243 jacket makes a good
partition in a .30 caliber jacket, and a short .30 jacket fits inside a .358 or
.38 jacket. You can seat a core in the smaller jacket first, with lead ex-
posed, then put the lead end down, into the larger jacket, and seat the
assembly like a core to expand it in the larger jacket. Top that with a short
piece of lead core, and finish as usual.

123
Fired .22 Case Jackets
Making bullet jackets for .224 and .243 caliber bullets from the spent
cases of fired .22 ammunition is, even after all these years, a very popular
way to make free bullets that perform as well, sometimes better, than the
ones you buy. Corbin builds the RFJM-22R Rimfire Jacket-maker to gen-
tly unfold and redraw the rimfire case, making it into a jacket that looks
for all the world as if it were intended to be that way. Bullets made with a
rimfire case for a jacket have much more explosive expansion than those
made with conventional jackets. Friction is lower in the bore, so your
rifled barrels last longer. Fouling is less, partly because of the higher zinc
content of cartridge brass and partly because the thin jackets need to be
loaded to lower velocity to avoid coming apart in the air.
The performance of fired .22 cases used for jacketed bullets is out-
standing. The price is right (free). About 1976, Wolfe Publishing’s
“Handloader” magazine published an article wherein Rick Jamison (cur-
rently with “Shooting Times” magazine) made some rimfire jacket bullets
and shot them from a benchrest rifle. The groups obtained were in the
0.200 inch category, and the same gun and loads used with Sierra match
bullets got slightly larger groups, and slightly smaller groups with certain
of the custom swaged benchrest bullets using commercial jackets.
The point is, rimfire jacket bullets are at least as accurate as the ones
you buy, produce less fouling, are easier on your gun’s bore, and cost you
nothing. Their only drawback is the need to load them to lower velocity
because they are very thin and explosive. At 3200 feet per second, a rimfire
jacketed .224 or .243 bullet performs more violently than a conventional
bullet driven to over 4,000 feet per second! Your varmint hunting expedi-
tions are safer with them, because there is almost never a ricochet: once
these bullets touch the ground, they disintegrate. (See the chapter on
jacket drawing for instructions on the use of the RFJM-22 and RFJM-6M
dies.)
Briefly, rimfire jackets are made by lubricating and pushing cleaned
.22 Long Rifle, Long, or Short cases through the proper die, using a punch
which fits inside the jacket. The point of adjustment is somewhat critical:
too high in the press and you can’t finish pushing the jacket through, so
the next one may jam into it, and too low in the press requires way too
much effort, even to the point where you could pry the press off your
bench. (Rick Jamison actually broke his reloading bench, so if you did
not understand the importance of correct die adjustment, you are in good
company!) When you find that exact position where the force required is

124
leveraged by the press and quite manageable by the operator, and the
jacket goes all the way past the tightest point in the die, you can process
hundreds of jackets per hour as fast as you can push them through.
After drawing, they need to be annealed or softened, so that the tips
won’t fold over when you form the ogive. If you use enough lead to
support the ogive fully and do not bring it to a small point, you can skip
this. But if the bullet you want to make gets a triangular flap of metal
folded over at the nose, then you need to anneal the rest of the jackets.
This can be done by heating them briefly with a propane torch, just long
enough to bring them to a slight red glow in a dimly lighted room. No
quenching, no lengthy heating is required. A few seconds will do it.
Corbin offers a heat treatment block kit, consisting of two high tem-
perature ceramic blocks and a drill template that you can tape over one of
them. Use a regular wood “spade” bit to drill a series of holes matching
the template, and you have an efficient way to heat treat jackets or bond
cores. One block holds the jackets and reflects the heat evenly around
them, and the other block is propped up behind the first one to act as a
backstop and further reflect heat from the back side. I highly recommend
this procedure, because it is cheap and easy, and very fast.

Open Tip, Lead Tip, and Hollow Point

For open tipped bullets, you need to use a punch that slips inside the
jacket (and a core length short enough to allow this). For lead tipped
bullets, you need to use a punch that fills the die bore, not the jacket I.D.,
or else seat the lead core very close to the end of the jacket. When the
ogive is formed on the bullet, the lead will move forward and extrude
from the open end if there is enough lead.
A lead tipped bullet expands more quickly than an open tipped bullet,
since the jacket is left with a larger opening. The jacket opening controls
the expansion far more effectively than the amount of lead exposed. A
hollow point, on the other hand, may expand faster or not, depending on
what it hits and whether the initial contact plugs up the cavity and turns
the bullet into an effective solid nose.
To make a hollow point bullet, you would seat the core using a punch
that had a conical projection on the tip. This forces a hole into the lead,
perfectly centered. This punch can fit either the die bore (for making lead
tip hollow points) or it can fit the jacket I.D. (for making open tip hollow
points). You can see why it is important that you use the terms “open tip”
and “hollow point” correctly, since they require different equipment.

125
 You can have an O.T.H.P. or a L.T.H.P. but you cannot, by definition,
have a L.T.O.P. or an O.P.L.T. (same thing stated another way). This is
because O.P. means open point, lead core shorter than the jacket. L.T.
means lead tip, lead core longer than the jacket. It can’t be both at the
same time. But it can be shorter than the jacket with a hole poked into it,
just as it can be longer than the jacket with a hole poked into it. The hole
is the H.P. It’s not that hard to learn and it can save you mis-shipped
items and delays while the terms are restated correctly the second time
around! The problem is that many other bullet makers tend to mix up the
terms. They do not need to be clear about it, since they are not selling
you any tooling to make your own bullets. If Speer calls an open tip bullet
a hollow point, it hardly makes any difference to you or to them. We have
to be more precise.

126
 10. Bullet Swaging Presses
Corbin builds several models of bullet swaging presses. The presses
each have a range of capabilities, and dies of a size that match those
capabilities. Some of our older literature refers to the Silver Press (CSP-
3), or the Mity Mite press. These are discontinued, horizontal ram cast-
frame models, which accepted a small diameter of die called the type -M.
The -M dies used 5/8-24 threads, same as our -S dies, but had a body of
3/4-inch instead of 1-inch. The -M dies can be made on special order to
fit older Corbin presses.
More recent literature and published articles and advertising, espe-
cially during from about 1995 to 2002, referred to the Series II press. This
had the catalog number of CSP-1, and was replaced by our current S-
Press, which looks similar. The Series II was built entirely of steel, and
except for the first version, had needle bearings in the links. It used a stop
pin and ejection system similar to the Silver Press, which in turn required
a slotted punch head on the ejection punches. The stop pin was supported
with a hardened bushing pressed into the front of the frame, but did not
extend through the ram. The ram was slotted only on one side.
Today, Corbin builds two hand-powered presses, the S-Press (CSP-1)
and the Mega-Mite (CSP-2). The S-Press uses type -S dies, which have
the 1-inch main body with a 5/8-24 threaded shank, providing a wide
shoulder to adsorb axial force against the top of the ram (instead of pass-
ing the stress through the threads). The S-Press also uses a ram slotted
through both sides, and a long stop pin that passes completely through
the ram.
The punch heads for -S type ejection punches have a hole through
them, rather than a slot. They are also larger in diameter than earlier -S or
-M internal punch heads. Older -M and -S dies can still be used in the S-
Press, however, by using a short stop pin with it. Current production in-
ternal punches have a punch head too large to fit into the older presses,
however. This is easily fixed by sending in your older press for an up-
grade, which will bring it up to current standards for less than half the
price of a new press.
The Mega-Mite uses type -H dies, same as our larger power presses.
The -H dies have threads of 1-12 (1 inch diameter, 12 turns per inch) on
their shank, and have a 1.50-inch diameter main body. It is suggested
when you want to make bullets larger, longer, or from harder material
than can be reasonably swaged in the S-Press, or when you want to move
toward a power press but would like to start with less investment (the dies
interchange with the larger power presses).

127
 Corbin builds two models of power presses, which operate from ei-
ther 115 volt 60 Hz single phase power (standard household supply in the
USA), or from 205-240 volt 50 or 60 Hz single phase power (optional, for
export to other countries). The power presses are the Hydro-Mite (CSP-
1H), which uses -S dies and the Hydro-Press, a self-contained cabinet
model with automatic timing, stroke control, and interfaces for automatic
feed of copper strip for jacket making operations.

Advantages of a swaging press

1. Self-ejection on the back stroke. Dies which fit into the ram, and have
their internal punch automatically operated by a hardened stop pin,
so that as you draw the handle (and ram) back, the stop pin contacts
the end of the punch and stops it, while the die continues back with
the ram. This pushes the bullet out of the die mouth, cutting several
seconds from the time required to make a bullet. Those seconds add
quickly!

2. Self-alignment of external punch and die. The external punch is held in

an adjustable floating punch holder, in the press head. The punch is
secured by a hex bushing, threaded with hand pressure into the
holder’s mouth so it pushes on the underside of the punch head, and
holds it in the punch holder. A certain small amount of “float” takes
place, so that the punch can align perfectly with the die walls. This
results in less punch and die wear, and perfectly square bases (not
tipped).

3. Less than half the effort, over 300% more strength. Most reloading presses
use a four inch ram travel and are cast from 35,000 PSI grey iron or
aluminum alloys. Corbin hand presses use half the ram travel with
the same amount of handle travel, doubling the available ram thrust.
The industrial chromed alloy steel ram and special components of
Corbin presses result in at least 130,000 psi tensile strength. Corbin
power presses are “off the charts” on both power and strength com-
pared with any reloading press. Yet, all Corbin presses ARE also
usable as high precision, benchrest quality reloading presses! They
can even be purchased with optional arbor press anvil inserts, for
use with non-threaded benchrest type reloading dies. All come with
adapters for standard 7/8-14 RCBS type reloading press dies and
button-type shell holders, at no extra cost.

128
4. Built for the job. Corbin swaging presses are built from the ground up for
the stresses involved in high pressure swaging, and will maintain
accuracy while outlasting retail-trade reloading presses. Being
equipped with bearings in all moving joints, hardened alloy steel
rams and other high strength features lacking in reloading presses,
the Corbin press is a lifetime investment.

In addition to the press itself, the Corbin -S dies give you further rea-
son to use this advanced swaging system. Since Corbin pioneered the
semi-custom manufacturing method for swaging, where standard presses
and die dimensions within broad families allow us to make large “blank
parts” runs, and then finish the cavities and punches as your orders are
entered, instead of “reinventing” each particular set of tooling from scratch
with every new design of bullet, it has become practical to manufacture
custom calibers, shapes and designs of bullet swages without paying huge
prices.
This is practical with all Corbin presses, because we can control the
tolerances and dimensions of the entire swaging system and are not at
the mercy of dozens of different press manufacturers, each with their
own ideas of tolerances and dimensions for ram slots, press heads, ram
travel, ram diameters and leverage systems. Certain standard lengths of
dies and punches handle all the various calibers from .123 to .998 diam-
eter in all practical lengths of bullets.
Thus, we can manufacture huge “runs” of die blanks in the appropri-
ate lengths, matched to the standard punch blank lengths, and achieve
great cost savings over making all these one at a time. When your order
for a special benchrest .243 with a 14-caliber secant ogive and an 8 degree
boattail comes in, we know right away that all we have to do is reach into
the bin of 2 inch long die blanks and pull out three of these, knurled and
threaded, center-drilled and ready for the die cavities.
We know for certain that we can use internal punch blanks manufac-
tured while the machines were set up for a week’s total production of
nothing but these blanks. They’ll fit perfectly, once we diamond lap, heat
treat and hand fit them to their die cavities. In other words, you save
hundreds, perhaps thousands of dollars in some cases, and get the same
quality of die, compared to fiddling with someone else’s press and com-
ing up with a unique set of dies just to fit it, or compared to making low
volume, single-unit custom parts from scratch on every order (as most of
the bullet swage die firms have done in the past).
One final reason to get a Corbin Press instead of trying to buy custom
reloading press dies is that the price of the press and a complete set of
dies to fit it, is usually less than half the cost of any comparable quality

129
alternative. Those who make “benchrest” swage dies generally charge
from $1500 to $3500 for a set of just the dies. They probably fit your
reloading press, since few die-makers today build actual bullet swaging
presses. But look at how much money you’d save by getting a press de-
signed for precision bullet making, instead of buying the efforts of a die-
maker who is attempting to design around the limitations of a reloading
press!

S-Press, CSP-1
This is the most popular press today, because it not only accepts the
original type -M dies, but also uses 1 inch diameter type -S die (same
threaded shank size, 5/8-24 tpi) in the ram. The S-Press is a vertical de-
sign, with the floating punch holder in the press head, which uses the
same 7/8-14 thread as conventional reloading dies. An adapter converts
the ram to hold regular button shell holders, and arbor press anvil inserts
are available for the punch holder and the ram, for use with benchrest
reloading dies.
The S-Press looks like a Roman numeral II from the front. The main
components are machined from steel, not cast iron, so it is smaller and
lighter than iron presses, which have less tensile strength and half the
power. The ram linkage can be quickly set for 4-inch or 2-inch stroke
(reloading, or swaging). A set of four needle bearings in the links provides
smooth operation. Bearings also surround the ram.
Bullets from .123 to .458 caliber, with a length limit of 1.3 inches, are
well within the range of most small arms calibers, and are also within the
capability of the S-Press. The advantage of the S-Press over conventional
reloading presses is the greater strength (up to 130,000 PSI versus 35,000
PSI), higher leverage due to the full 180 degree arc of the handle travel
and dual stroke length, more sophisticated engineering (all moving con-
tact points use bearings, including the ram, which is surrounded by two
inch-long bearings mounted in a precision honed cylinder), and capabil-
ity to do reloading. The CSP-1 press comes with a FPH-1-S floating
punch holder and a reloading adapter (to hold standard RCBS shell hold-
ers in the ram, extend the ram height, and provide a port for spent primers
to drop into the primer catcher tray, also provided).
A stop pin, mounted in the front of the press, pulls out so you can use
a long reloading stroke, and pushes back in so you can use it to stop the
downward movement of swaging punches and cause automatic bullet
ejection on the down stroke. The long stroke is set by removing a retainer
pin (which looks a little like a hand grenade pin) from the link, pushing the
steel pin out of the ram and toggle, and moving the ram to a second set

130
of holes in the toggle, then pushing the pin back in and replacing the
retainer pin. This is easily done by hand: just wiggle the toggle and ram a
bit as you push out or push in the pivot pin to help get it lined up in the
ram bearing.
The CSP-1 press would be the right choice if you plan to make bullets
from .123 to .458 diameter, in lengths of 1.3 or less inches, with a core
material that is no harder than Bhn 12 (and this should become less as the
point becomes sharper and the diameter becomes larger, so that a spitzer
.458 would probably need to be no harder than Bhn 6 to Bhn 8) in the
type -S dies.
With harder alloys, the guiding factor is your tolerance for being care-
ful, and the odds of breaking the die doing experiments. If you might use
a little wheelweight alloy from time to time, might get in a hurry some-
times and throw the handle pretty quickly when swaging, or want to play
around with some techniques that no one may have tried yet, then the
type -H dies and the larger CSP-2 press is a much better choice.
If you want a caliber over .458, or a length of bullet over 1.3 inches,
or a hardness of material over Bhn 12 (such as a steady diet of wheel
weight alloys or linotype) then you want type -H dies and the larger presses
that use them. All the wishful thinking and rationalizations in the world
won’t make you any happier later, when you break the die, no matter how
much work it was to get the person on the phone to agree with you,
eventually, that maybe, yes, you might be able to get away with the less
expensive equipment for jobs it wasn’t designed to do.
You might also bag an elephant with a .22 long rifle, but I’m not
going to stand in that elephant’s path while you try it. Sometimes a per-
son will spend a hour on the phone trying to wheedle an admission that
something might work, so they can save a few dollars and buy an inap-
propriate tool based on this “advice”, and then later on, when it finally
breaks from continued abuse, they can whine about it and try to get an-
other one free (which will also break eventually).
Please! Give me a break, not the die. The -S dies do a great job for the
materials and dimensions for which they were designed, and that is what
they are warantied to do. Anything else that works is just pushing the
envelope, and you might get away with it, but if it breaks, you still own
both parts. The larger -H dies and presses are made because there are
situations where they are required for reliable operation, not just to make
unnecessary larger sales. I’ll be the first one to tell you that you don’t
need something larger, if the smaller one will be perfectly fine. Usually,
getting a larger than necessary hand press isn’t a good idea because you
work harder than necessary operating it. A power press is a delight to use
even if you don’t really need it for the job, on the other hand.

131
Mounting the CSP-1 Press
The S-Press mounts directly to your loading bench, or you can pur-
chase the optional CSP-B Bench Stand. This sturdy steel stand puts the
press about a foot higher than your bench top, so you can look directly
into the area where the external punch enters the die, and so you gain
some extra leverage on the handle. The Bench Stand has a shelf to hold
spare parts and dies and a thick steel reinforcing plate that mounts under
the top section. The press is held slightly forward, over the bench edge, to
keep the handle from striking the front of your bench.
Using the Bench Stand gives you room both under the stand and on
the shelf, so you wind up having more storage room than before, instead
of decreasing your bench space. But the main reason I like it is that most
reloading benches are the right height for reloading, where you want to
look down into the case during operations, and with swaging it is better to
look straight at the die during the swaging stroke, so you can watch the
punch and die come together.
Corbin also offers the CSP-S Floor Stand, which is a heavy steel as-
sembly using a vertical post like a drill press to support an inch-thick
mounting plate so you can view the operation from a standing or shop
stool seated position. The same floor stand fits both the CSP-1 and CSP-
2 presses. We drill and tap two sets of bolt hole patterns, just in case you
want to use the other press.
The Floor Stand needs no mounting: it has a deck on which you stand,
and your own weight is sufficient to stabilize the operation. This makes it
ideal for rented spaces where you cannot put holes in the floor or build in
a sturdy bench. It also makes the press somewhat portable, since you can
slide the bench stand around to get it out of the way when you are not
using the press. The floor stand is heavy enough so it has to be shipped by
truck. If you order it with the other items, it usually doesn’t cost any
more to ship them all in the same carton.

Changing the Stroke Length

The CSP-1 press has two stroke “modes” or settings. The short stroke
is two inches of ram travel, and the long stroke is four inches. For bullet
swaging, where the die screws into the press ram, you want to use the
short stroke and the stop pin should be in place in the front of the press.
But for jacket or bullet drawing, and for reloading operations where the
die goes into the press head (top), you want to remove the stop pin and
use the long stroke. The ram position at the end of the stroke is designed

132
to match the reloading adapter height and the use of shell holders or
drawing punch base lengths, so that you can get the proper position of
the die at the end of the press stroke.
When changing the stroke length, I like to position the ram so that I
can insert the stop pin before I remove the pin that holds the ram to the
toggle. Nothing keeps the ram in the press, once you have removed the
ram to toggle pin, other than the stop pin, so you want to keep on hand on
it to prevent it from sliding out of the press and falling on the floor (or
your foot!) or else make sure the stop pin holds it in place until the ram to
toggle pin is back in place. Don’t forget to remove the stop pin in the long
stroke mode, though. Otherwise you will wonder why you can only move
the handle through part of its travel!
The CSP-1 has a special feature not present on most reloading presses,
and that is the offset toggle arms that straddle the ram, allowing for a full
180-degree rotation of the toggle. This can add another 20 to 25% effec-
tive leverage to the press, even in the same stroke mode as a conventional
reloading press. Many popular reloading presses have a 135-degree handle
arc, which limits the amount of leverage (a ratio of distance times the
degrees of travel for the handle, divided by the distance moved by the
ram).
By increasing the “input” travel for the same amount of “output” travel,
ram tonnage is increased for any specific integral of travel, since the press
leverage is designed around a log-function power curve. For instance, for
a 1 inch arc movement of the handle at a given point in ram travel, you
might get a 1,000 times multiplier of force, whereas the next 1 inch move-
ment of handle would get a 10,000 times multiplier of force, approaching
near infinite force as the ram movement approaches zero for the same 1-
inch arc travel at the end of the stroke. But I don’t want to put anyone to
sleep just yet, so let’s skip the math.

Mega-Mite Press, CSP-2 Model

The Mega-Mite is a huge version of the CSP-1 S-Press, weighing over
75 pounds and having a triple stroke of 2, 3 and 6 inches. The press also
uses needle bearing links—much larger ones than the CSP-1 model—and
a huge hardened steel ram guided at the top by a bearing-aligned steel
plate which runs up and down on two massive hardened and ground guide
rods.
The Mega-Mite uses type -H dies, and can be used with the reloading
adapter kit. The press head is removable, as it is in the S-Press, but uses a
1.5 inch 12 tpi threaded plate for the FPH-1-H punch holder. The ram
accepts 1 inch 12 tpi threaded dies or punches, rather than the 5/8-24 tpi

133
of the S-Press (-S) dies. The standard type -H die is made with a 1.5 inch
outside diameter. Custom -HC dies can be ordered with 2 inch, 2.5 inch,
or even 3 inch diameters where appropriate for the pressure.
The same dies which fit the powerful Corbin Hydro-Press also fit into
the Mega-Mite press. This does not mean every die set of type -H will
work in the Mega-Mite, because there are some calibers and materials
that require much greater pressure to form. For example, the Mega-Mite
press has no problem accepting any lead hardness, but you cannot exert
enough force to swage finned 12-gauge shotgun slugs (although this can
easily be done in the Corbin Hydro-Press using the same dies).
Also, the stroke length and power cycle affect some designs of bul-
lets: you can swage a soft lead .600 Nitro bullet in the Mega-Mite, but you
can not make the same caliber with a spitzer nose, or with a hard lead
core, even though the press and dies can make long spitzer noses in smaller
calibers, and even though the dies can handle harder lead without break-
ing. The pressure in a hand press is primarily generated at the end of the
stroke, so if you have bullets that form the nose in the last half inch of
travel, then you probably have plenty of force during the last half inch to
do it.
If you made a .500 A.E. pistol bullet, the blunt nose and short length
means you can use the end of the stroke, and thus apply force during the
maximum power portion of the ram travel. That design of .50 caliber
bullet can be swaged in the Mega-Mite press, provided you don’t also try
to use hard lead or a very thick jacket (over .035 inches for the walls, in
copper). You might have trouble making an Ultra Low Drag nosed .50
BMG bullet because that calls for a long, heavy slug with a nose that is
longer than half an inch, and will require considerable force early in the
stroke. You might do it by adjusting the top punch up and down so you
get a couple of swings at it, first forming it half way and then adjusting
the punch down and forming it the rest of the way. But that is too much
work for me. I’d rather get the Hydraulic press.
With the most blunt nosed, soft lead bullets, a .720 caliber short bul-
let (under 1.5 inches) can probably be swaged, as can smaller ones. Lead
wire extruders designed for the hydraulic presses will not work in the
Mega-Mite. Practical lead extrusion takes full power from the start of the
stroke, not just at the end. No matter how large you make the press, if it
uses practical leverage a normal human being can operate, it probably
will have about the same amount of final tonnage and power cycle. This
means about half an inch of the final travel will give you 90 percent of
the power. Making everything larger does not give you more leverage.
All it gives you is a stronger tool, not a more powerful tool. Some people

134
have a problem understanding the difference, and a few of them even
make and sell presses with rather wishful thinking expressed in their speci-
fications.

Press Design Considerations

Bear in mind that power output is just a simple physics equation: at
any point in the stroke cycle, the instantaneous power available (or lever-
age to apply the power) is the force you can apply to the end of the handle
multiplied by the ratio of how far the handle will travel (in an arc) to
move the ram a given distance. This is an ideal differential calculus prob-
lem, but it can also be thought of logically without higher math. Lets say
that you want to move the ram up another 1/10 of an inch (.1 inches).
How far does the end of the handle travel to get that amount of ram
movement?
With a press linked through a swinging toggle, you have a compound
lever system that constantly changes the ratio of movement. As the
handle approaches the middle of its stroke, you might move the end of
the handle in a 1 inch arc to get 0.1 inches of ram travel. That is a ratio of
10 to 1. If you pushed fifty pounds on the handle, you would generate five
hundred pounds of thrust on the ram. But as the ram gets to the end of
its travel, the handle might swing another four inches while the ram only
moved up 0.1 inches. At that point, you have a 40 to 1 ratio, so pressing
the same 50 pounds on the end of the handle gives the ram a thrust of
2,000 pounds. If you need 2,000 pounds of thrust in order to start form-
ing a long ogive, you may not have it early enough in the stroke cycle and
there isn’t a lot that can be done about it in a practical hand press. If you
make the handle longer, eventually you reach a point where you can’t
reach the handle!
With the Mega-Mite (and S-Press), we’ve maximized the arc length in
two ways. First, we make the longest practical handle that can still be
conveniently reached at both ends of the stroke. Second, and more im-
portant, we designed the toggle so it fits around the ram at the end of the
stroke. This allows a full 180-degree arc, so you can input more handle
movement with the same length of handle. Most reloading presses can
only swing an arc of about 135 degrees.
Thus, with a three-foot long handle, you can input force through a
distance of 9.425 feet (length of the arc of half a circle with a radius of
three feet) on a Corbin press, but only 7.069 feet if you put the same
length handle on most reloading presses.

135
 The reloading press has a total ram travel of about four inches, as it
must to handle rifle cartridge reloading. Four inches is 1/3 of a foot. The
overall leverage ratio is 7.069 divided by 0.333 or 21.2. This doesn’t
mean you have a 21.2 mechanical gain through the entire stroke, of course,
because the specific ratio depends on where you are in the stroke. But it
gives you a nice comparison figure for overall performance. This assumes
the use of a 3-foot handle, to make the comparison fair. Actually, most
reloading presses have much shorter handles and so their leverage is even
less.
In the Corbin press, the ram travels 3 inches in the CSP-2 press. That
is 1/4 of a foot. The overall leverage ratio or mechanical advantage for
the press is 9.425 divided by .250, or 37.7. That is 16.5 more than the
reloading press, or expressed as a percentage of improvement, the Corbin
press has 178% of the leverage of a reloading press, assuming the reload-
ing press were to be equipped with the same handle. In reality, it probably
has close to twice the power since reloading presses have typically shorter
handles.
Building the press twice as large would not change this ratio, and
would not change the power at all. It would only make the press larger
and stronger. If the handle was moved in a bigger arc but the ram went a
longer distance, by the same ratio, then no power is gained. We’re using
power to mean mechanical advantage, which isn’t strictly true but amounts
to the same thing for our comparison. Besides, if the press were made
twice as large, you’d need to climb on a ladder and grab the handle, and
then jump off to swing it through its full arc!
Making everything except the handle larger or longer would actually
decrease the leverage. The Mega-Mite design is at the limit of practical
power for a hand press, unless you want to add a crank and gears instead
of a handle, so that the cumulative distance you move the crank gives
you more input stroke for the same ram movement. An arbor press is a
step toward a crank and gears (using a single drive rack and pinion gear).
But the better answer is hydraulics. Adding gears and making you spin
them for each stroke is too much like making ice cream with a hand-
cranked freezer! If you have done that, you know how long it takes to get
good results. Of course, electric motors do the job today. But adding an
electric motor to a mechanical gear press has its own problems, which I
discuss in detail in the chapters on mechanical press design in the book
“Power Swaging”. I won’t repeat it all here.

136
Roller Side-Bar Handle, CSP-2SH
The Mega-Mite press can be provided with either the long swaging
handle or a shorter handle with a side-bar grip. For reloading and swaging
operations that do not require maximum leverage, the short handle is
convenient and easy to use. It reduces the amount of movement you
must make with your arm on every stroke, at the expense of a lower
mechanical advantage. Those who use the short handle are enthusiastic
advocates. But some operations, such as long bullet draws or tubing jacket
end-forming operations, or very large calibers, require all the leverage
you can get in a hand press. For these jobs, the long handle (CSP-2LH) is
required. Specify whether you want the short or long handle with the
press. The other is always available as an option. Handles are easy to
change. Most people who have the short handle also purchase the long
one.

Floor Stand, CSP-S

The Mega-Mite press is available with the same CSP-S Floor Stand as
the S-Press. There is a separate set of bolt hole patterns in the top mount-
ing plate of this stand, so you can use the same stand for either press (but
not both at the same time). The CSP-2 Mega-Mite press, without stand,
can be shipped by United Parcel or by Air Freight. It is not mailable by
standard U.S. Postal Service. It can also be delivered by truck, and if ac-
companied by the stand then truck or Air Freight are the only practical
delivery methods.Using the Knock-Out Bars
The Mega-Mite comes with a set of knockout bars instead of using a
steel pin passing through the ram to stop the movement of the internal
punch and cause ejection from the die on the down stroke. The bars are
hardened and ground steel. They are different heights, but the same length
and width.
The bars slip through a slot in the press ram, below a large steel spring
surrounding the ram. The spring presses down on the top of this bar, and
the internal punch rests on the bar. The correct bar to use is the one that,
together with the length of the internal punch, brings the internal punch
to the mouth of the die at the end of the down stroke. Internal punches
come in different lengths. Longer punches are used for lighter or shorter
bullets. Middle range lengths of bullets take a middle length of punch,
and the heavier bullets, which are generally longer, take the shortest punch.
The knockout bar which makes up the difference in punch length is the
one to use with any given punch.

137
 You can easily tell if you are using the right combination of knockout
bar and punch: the face of the punch should come even to the end of the
die on ejection (fully lowered ram position). If not, just change the knock-
out bar until it does. The ram needs to be raised so you can get the bar
under the spring.

Using the Retraction Pin and Spring

Most type -H punches have a quarter inch diameter hole through the
head, so that you can put a steel pin through the hole. The big spring
around the ram goes on top of this quarter-inch diameter pin. The pur-
pose of the pin is to let the big spring push down against the pin, which in
turn pulls the internal punch down, keeping it out of the die cavity until
you lower the ram to eject the bullet.
Not every -H punch uses this “retraction pin” or has a hole for it.
Those operations which use the bullet or core to push the internal punch
down do not normally require spring retraction. But point forming dies,
boattail forming dies, and certain other dies require that the internal punch
be pulled down by something other than the insertion of the bullet com-
ponents. In the case of a point forming die, the ejection pin (which is the
internal punch) cannot be inside the open end of the jacket while it is
being formed into a point (or else the pin would be trapped inside the
jacket tip). The spring pulls down on the retraction pin, which in turn
pulls down the internal punch, and thus keeps the wire pin portion of the
punch out of the main die cavity until you need it for ejection.

Reloading Adapter Kit, RLA-1-H

The CSP-2 Mega-Mite press is a very capable reloading press when
used with the appropriate adapter bushing and ram extender/shell holder
adapter. It can accept .50 BMG reloading dies directly in the head (if they
are 1.5 X 12 thread). The RLA-1-H Reloading Adapter kit converts the
press for use with regular RCBS shell holders and 7/8-14 tpi reloading
dies. It also follows that you could use Corbin type -R dies for swaging in
this press, or in the S-Press. With an adapter kit, you can use some kinds
of -S type dies in the larger -H type presses, but usually it is not a good
idea because the presses can so easily generate enough force to pop the
smaller dies. If you do this very often, you’d find a second press of proper
size for the dies to be a better deal!

138
50 BMG Reloading and Priming (PT-50-H)
The Mega-Mite is ideal for .50 BMG reloaders and bullet makers. Corbin
also makes a special shell holder, the SH-50-H, which is threaded to fit
into the top of the reloading adapter’s ram extension. The shell holder is
hardened, and glass bead peened, so that it will last and provide excellent
grip on the big 50 case rim. One of the shell holders also comes with the
PT-50-H priming tool, which is designed so you can use it in the ram of
the Mega-Mite, for precise adjustment of the seating depth, and also leave
it in place without adjustment for depriming!
To use the PT-50-H, first move the ram-to-toggle pin into the long
stroke (reloading) position. Then place your depriming/sizing die in the
press head. Place the knockout punch for the PT-50-H in the press ram,
resting on a knockout bar. Adjust the hardened hex-socket screw in the
upper part of the tool so that the primer punch protrudes the desired
amount (you can fine-tune it later). Screw the priming tool body, with the
shell holder in place, into the ram.
Place a case in the shell holder, and run it up into the depriming/
sizing die. Adjust the die to do its job of knocking out the primer and
resizing the case according to standard procedure. The spent primer will
fall through the shell holder, into the priming tool base, and out an angled
port hole. A plastic cup or shallow dish, like a margarine tub, with a hole
through the bottom to slip it over the ram, will catch the spent primers if
you wish. Otherwise you can catch them as they come out of the prim-
ing tool.
Lower the ram part way, to free the case from the die, and slip it out.
Hold the primer pocket against a power primer brush or clean it by hand,
then with the ram slightly raised, put a new primer in the center of the
shell holder. If the ram is raised slightly, it will drop into the hole. Slip the
shell case back into the shell holder, and lower the ram. Then remove and
inspect the primer, and adjust the setting of the hex screw so that the
primer is set as desired. Once you have set the primer tool, it will main-
tain accurate primer depth.

Arbor Press Adapter Kit, APA-2-H

The Mega-Mite press can also use the optional APA-2-H Arbor Press
Adapter kit. This consists of two inserts, one for the floating punch holder
in the press head, and one for the ram. Their faces are ground flat and
polished, so that inserting them gives you the equivalent of a very pow-
erful arbor press with the ability to adjust the feel or the power depending
on where in the stroke the work takes place. For more “feel”, adjust the
floating punch holder lower. For more power, adjust it higher. Dies that

139
were designed without threads, for use in an arbor press (benchrest style
dies) can be precisely operated by utilizing the APA-2-H kit. Unlike an
arbor press, which has only one fixed power/feel ratio for the whole stroke,
you can select the degree of feel and the ease of use by adjusting the
punch holder to the desired end-of-stroke position.

Quick Change Punch Holder, FPH-QC-H

If you make bullet jackets from copper tubing, and the jackets are
quite long, you may find that getting them in and out of the die requires
adjustment of the punch holder on each stroke. This is slow and inconve-
nient. A better answer is the FPH-QC-H Quick Change floating punch
holder. Using it is much faster and easier than constantly adjusting the
punch holder up and down. Since the quick change punch holder is not
necessary with short and medium length components, has more parts
and takes a little longer to set up, we do not supply it with the press. But
if you run into a situation where removing the top punch quickly would
make operation faster, it is a good option.

Stripper Kits, SK-1-H or SK-2-H

You may have noticed a pair of holes with bearings in the top plate of
the press. These are used with the optional jacket stripper kits. The first
kind, SK-1-H, is a pair of long threaded rods with a series of heavy spring
clip pins through them at various points, and a heavy steel bar at the top
joining them. The SK-1-H is used in certain jacket drawing operations, to
provide a way to push down on a punch in the top of a drawing die and
eject a component, or to hold a stripper plate below the draw die, through
which a long drawing punch passes.
The SK-2-H is similar but does not push down on an ejector. It sus-
pends the steel bar with a key-hole cut-out across the top of the draw die
so that the larger, round hole is directly over the die top. The jacket,
having been drawn to size on the punch, protrudes from the top of the
die. The jacket mouth is above the level of the stripper plate, which slides
back and forth on two steel pins which fit into the two holes in the press
head.
You simply tap the end of the plate to move it over so the narrow slot
now comes under the mouth of the jacket, then lower the ram. The slot
is precisely sized to the caliber or diameter of jacket, so it strips the jacket
off as the ram and punch go down. In the Hydro-Press, an optional auto-
matic electric operator can move the stripper bar as the press cycles.

140
 Generally, the SK-1-H stripper kit will come with one plate or bushing
to fit a certain punch, and additional plates or bushings can be ordered for
other punches. Unless you need it, there isn’t any point in ordering one.
It is a special purpose tool, which will be suggested if the tooling that we
develop for you calls for it. But I thought you might be curious about
those holes! They are “just in case”, not something that everyone will
use. Nothing is missing, just because the holes are there when you get
your new press!
The JRD-2-H jacket maker dies come with the necessary stripper plate
to fit the particular size of drawn jacket. A set of pins to support the plate
are placed in the two holes in the top of the press. The plate does not
need to be secured, and in fact it is safer it if just rests over the die as
designed. That way, if there is any misalignment, the plate is simply
lifted up with the jacket and is not bent, nor does it place any stress on the
punch if you use the wrong stripper plate.

Hydro-Mite Press, Model CSP-1H

The Corbin CSP-1H Hydro-Mite is the smallest hydraulic powered
press Corbin builds. It is the same general size and frame as the S-Press,
but is equipped with a 3/4 HP 120 volt AC remote controlled power
system. The smooth, quiet operation makes the normally long jobs of
jacket drawing, bullet reducing, or case sizing go quickly with almost no
physical effort. The press isn’t as well suited for bullet swaging as the
other hydraulic or hand presses, however. I recommend it very highly for
making jackets and other redrawing operations, but not so highly for bul-
let swaging.
Although the press can generate more force than hand presses, the
main advantages are the lack of effort required (so that even disabled
persons can perform long runs of production without becoming tired)
and full power from the start to finish of the stroke. It is a linear power
stroke rather than the log power stroke of a hand press, meaning that you
can do drawing operations, lead extrusion, and other jobs which use the
same power at the start as they do at the end.
The press has the same caliber and length limitations as the hand
operated CSP-1 because the same dies (-S) are used. But jobs that nor-
mally require adjusting the punch holder back and forth to get enough
force at the end of the hand-operated stroke can be done in one pass
without moving the adjustments. For this reason, the CSP-1H Hydro-
Mite can produce more jackets per hour (and the operator does not tire
nearly as soon).

141
 The Hydro-Mite is ideally suited to production runs of small parts,
such as drawing .22 cases into jackets. Because you can generate suffi-
cient power to easily pop a type -M die of nearly any caliber, it is not
recommended that you use anything except type -S dies in the Hydro-
Mite press. This is not to say you would break -M dies or you couldn’t
break -S dies. Any die can be broken with enough applied pressure, and
pressure can be focused on a narrow point in any die by using hard mate-
rials which do not spread out and distribute the force until high levels of
localized pressure are reached.
This is why you can swage .375 rifle bullets from lead and copper
jackets all day long and then break the die on a single attempt to form a
solid copper .375 in the same die with the same applied pressure: the
localized pressure at the contact point of that solid copper rod can exceed
a hundred thousand pounds per square inch, whereas the same ram thrust
spread out over the softer material contact area would result in perhaps
40,000 PSI localized pressure. But drilling a 1/8-inch diameter hole
through the end of the solid copper rod, about halfway down the axis,
allows the material some space to take up as it squeezes down in diam-
eter, and thus reduces the pressure to a practical level.

Hydro-Press, Model CHP-1

The CHP-1 Hydro-press is used by more custom bullet firms than
any other press. It forms the basis for successful bullet making businesses
around the world, from Australia to South Africa, Nova Scotia to Para-
guay. This press can be ordered with either 120 volt, 60 Hz power (1.5
HP), or with your choice of domestic 60 Hz 220 volt or export 50 Hz 240
volt power (1.5 HP). It weighs about 350 pounds, and is self contained
within a sturdy steel cabinet having a colorful Lexan-overlay work sur-
face, with color-coded indicator lights and controls.
The e-book “Power Swaging” describes in details how to set up and
run the press with various tools. I won’t repeat all that here. The catalog
number of the book is “TB-4”, because it was once published as the vol-
ume of Technical Bulletins, No. 4, decades ago. Now it is published on
CD-ROM as an e-book and is called “TB-4e”. Of course it is constantly
updated as we develop new features for the Hydro-Press and other power
presses. The book is part of our library of swaging, or is available sepa-
rately. I will use this book to describe the features and design, rather than
repeat the operating details (which would be hard to remember without
actually having the press to try them).

142
 The CHP-1 has an adjustable stroke of from zero to six inches, mak-
ing it capable of loading the largest cartridges and forming bullets with
calibers as large as one inch diameter. There is no limit to the jacket wall
thickness, other than practical considerations of performance. You can
swage virtually solid jacket material with merely a tiny hole through the
center, or in some cases even copper rod with an axial hole part way
through the ogive end, if we are aware of your intentions and design the
dies to handle the pressure.
The normal die size is 1.5 inches in diameter, but custom dies can be
made as large as three inches. Custom dies of 2-1/2 inch diameter are
sometimes built to handle slightly higher than normal pressures. Such
dies are quoted individually depending on features needed.
The ram is threaded for 1 inch by 12 threads per inch (tpi), and moves
inside precision fitted guide bearings. The press head is aligned and guided
by a heavy steel plate, which itself runs up and down on two high-tech
frictionless bearings, on hardened and ground steel guide rods.
Instead of just providing raw power, the CHP-1 applies intelligent use
of force to your bullet making operation. You can set the appropriate
starting point, for proper ejection of the bullet, by moving a non-contact
electronic position sensor. Then you can set a second point where the ram
will come up and stop, retracting the internal punch a short distance to
allow easy insertion of the next part. This is set by a second proximity
transducer, mounted on a steel standard beside the press head.
The top of the stroke is set by yet another proximity transducer. You
can define the precise amount of ram travel and end points of travel,
which in turn defines the amount of space you have to load components,
eject them, and form the bullet, jacket, or other component. Reloading
with the Hydro-press is a pleasure because of this precise stroke control
feature.
The press also features pressure transducers which monitor the ap-
plied pressure and can be set to stop the travel of the ram at a predeter-
mined pressure, hold that pressure for a given amount of time (adjustable
precisely in milliseconds, seconds, minutes, or even hours), then either
wait for your manual command to retract, or follow a programmed stroke
cycle that can include automatic ejection, and return to a loading posi-
tion.
With a key-locked automatic/manual mode switch, the press can be
set for fully automatic stroke cycling. This allows you to meet safety stan-
dards by controlling who will be allowed to run the press in automatic
mode. It also lets us design electronic interfaces with the JMK-2 jacket
maker kit, so it can work with the CSU-1 Corbin Strip Uncoiler. You can
set up a fully-automatic strip feed that handles 50 to 100 pound coils of

143
jacket material, and can lubricate, feed, punch disks and draw them into
cups, chop up the scrap material remaining for easy handling and resale
to a metals dealer, and run the cups into a waiting container!
All of this may not be of great interest to the person just starting in
the bullet business, but it can be a valuable bonus feature later when the
business expands. Instead of buying new machinery, you can continue to
use the versatile CHP-1 with optional add-on systems.

The CHP-1 is best used for making bullets from .224 to .720 caliber
(12 gauge), although it can make bullets up to 1 inch diameter with cus-
tom dies and punches, and some restrictions on the jacket materials and
core hardness. It can extrude a 14-ounce cylinder of lead in seconds,
turning it into yards of bullet wire from .430 to as small as .040 inch
diameter (below about .125 inch; we use multiple die holes and extrude
several streams on the same stroke).
Jacket length is of little concern: the CHP-1 can make bullets for the
.50 BMG or a .600 Nitro, or draw long jackets for 6.5mm bullets with
equal ease. Even jacketed 12-gauge slugs are simple to build. The CHP-1
is covered thoroughly in the book “Power Swaging”. This book is highly
recommended before attempting to operate the press.
Safety is a primary concern with any powerful machinery. The safety
record of the CHP-1 is remarkable. No injuries have been reported since
the first machine was shipped decades ago. The normal operation calls for
one hand to press an “Energize” button, and the other to press on a large
“UP” or “DOWN” button. A bright red light comes on when you put the
press in automatic mode, with the key lock switch. Even then, you must
follow a correct sequence of pressing the “ENERGIZE” button, holding it
down, then pressing and releasing the “UP” button, and finally releasing
the “ENERGIZE” button, before the auto sequence will be recognized.
Ram speed can be controlled from zero to about 2 inches per second.
This is fast enough to make over 400 lead bullets per hour, and yet slow
enough so that occupational health and safety officials are not concerned
excessively about the need for elaborate guards on the machine. The press
comes with two bright orange metal guards that clip onto the moving
ram guide. Their main function is to intercept any lead extrusions which
pop out of the CSW-1-H core swage or LSWC-1-H lead semi-wadcutter
dies, so that their energy will be expended and they cannot strike you.
The CHP-1 is designed so that the cabinet is part of the cooling sys-
tem for the motor and hydraulics, and also holds the hydraulic fluid in a
closed, baffle-stabilized tank that is the lower portion of the cabinet. Air

144
is moved through the cabinet from two 100 CFM electric fans on the left
side, and drawn over the oil reservoir section, from a fixed-width gap that
causes the air to expand slightly and thus adsorb heat from the tank.
The front panel of the cabinet comes off to expose the motor, control
and logic panel, drive cylinder, and hydraulic plumbing. A hydraulic oil
filter of the canister, screw-on type, is mounted inside and will need to be
changed only once every five or so years of normal use. The closed sys-
tem with vertical cylinder mounting puts very little wear on the cylinder
seals and permits little or no contamination of the oil. Thus, maintenance
is reduced to virtually nothing: just keep the guide rods and ram reason-
ably clean of grit and use a light oil to prevent rust in damp environ-
ments, and don’t keep the machine in an unheated space where conden-
sation can form inside. Operate at normal room temperatures of from 60
to 85 degrees F. for best results. That’s it!
The CHP-1 press uses type -H dies. The cost of adapting -M or -S dies
to this huge machine would be prohibitive, and it would be far too easy to
crack them from excess pressure. Reloading press dies, on the other hand,
are easily fitted by using the RLA-1-H Reloading Adapter kit. This kit
consists of a 7/8-14 tpi to 1.5”-12 tpi bushing (for the press head), and
the combination of a ram extender and shell holder adapter (T-slot with
primer port, similar to the RCBS ram).
Optional accessories for the CHP-1 include the LED-1 Lead Extruder
set, to make lead wire from scrap lead (soft lead only), anvils to screw into
the punch holder and ram so you can use the press as a high powered,
precision arbor press, and both the JMK-1 and JMK-2 jacket maker kits
for turning strip into drawn jacket, just like the factory—only better!
The Hydro-press can also be used to punch and form medals and
coins from gold, silver, brass, nickel-silver, and aluminum, and to stamp
and shape such items as gun sights, trigger guards, and other steel parts.
It has been used to manufacture components from fishing tackle to power
transmission line connectors.
You can, of course, build as powerful a machine by connecting an
appropriate size cylinder to a hydraulic pump and motor. But it would not
be designed with the various dies at hand nor with the years of experience
getting the dimensions, control circuitry, and appropriate cycle timing.
And if it cost less, the odds are extremely good that the components used
are not the same quality: we buy hundreds of pumps and cylinders from
top makers like Vickers (The TJ-Aeroquip division is right around the
block from our plant) and generally it is more economical to buy a lot
than just one, a savings we pass along in pricing the machine.

145
 The CHP-1 press is built to do everything from making your lead
wire, to forming the jackets, to swaging the bullets, and even to reloading
the cartridges, with the effort it takes to press a button. It is not a high-
speed production machine, like a progressive loader, but is a high preci-
sion, high power production machine for profitable, exotic bullet styles
that are not offered in high volume by anyone (because their market is
smaller and more exclusive).
Our purpose in developing the custom bullet market over the past
decades has been to carve out a niche with appropriate tools, in the ap-
propriate price range, so that individuals who wanted to have an inter-
esting, profitable business at home could do so without the need for high
risk investments in high speed production and the huge markets that are
needed to support them. The custom bullet market is ideally sized for the
machines we build, because we built the machines with the business con-
cept of custom bullet sales and markets in mind. Then, we built the mar-
kets by showing clients how to promote, advertise, and sell high perfor-
mance, at a fair profit, instead of run-of-the-press mass production that
must compete only by offering a lower price and thus virtually assuring a
low profit.
The CHP-1 Press is the main tool used by hundreds of full-time com-
mercial bullet makers today. It is not a mass-production, high volume,
low profit machine. It is a custom production, high profit machine. It
stamps out profits for its owners, with every bullet you carefully assemble,
because it can make bullets many shooters are willing to pay over a dol-
lar, sometimes over two dollars, each to obtain. Almost every advertise-
ment you see today for custom bullets is from one of our successful cli-
ents. Some are quite famous now. It makes me feel very good about the
swaging field.
For more information about the business aspects of custom swaging,
we offer the “Marketing Information Package” or MIP. It provides infor-
mation regarding return on investment, capitalization of labor, market
size and so forth, plus a comparison of the casting and swaging busi-
nesses, and spreadsheets and projections for starting a typical one-person
business at home. A Corbin book on disk you may wish to read is called
“Turning Ideas Into Income” (Cat.No. DC-TIII). The nuts and bolts of
the bullet business are covered, in detail, from the organization, market-
ing, and logistical standpoints, with a lot of information on the thought
processes, goals and strategy you can use both in this field and in many
other business ventures, turning ideas into income, and then turning in-
come into wealth.

146
Questions about the CHP-1
How much maintenance does it require?

Virtually none. The system uses a vertical mounted cylinder with no

side drag on the seals, and the hydraulic circuit is a closed system with
recirculation filter. People such as Swift Bullet Company who purchased
these presses in their start-up stages, many years ago, have used them to
make millions of bullets with only cosmetic wear to the finish, some-
times an early switch or position detector failure, minor items such as the
indicator or work lamp bulbs. By and large, if a person stays out of the
cabinet and does not play with the design, take the precision hydraulic
components apart and get dirt into the system, the presses will run de-
cades with no more than indicator lamp replacement.
What has failed?

Very few presses ever have a problem, but of those few which have
(over more than 20 years) the main items which were replaced have been
the solenoid valve (direction control valve for the cylinder), the two-stage
hydraulic pump (rarely), and the single-phase 60 Hz 1.5-HP motor. From
damage or misuse, the main item of failure would be the position trans-
ducers (normally from someone adjusting them to stick so far out that the
moving ram strikes one). But in most cases, the failure was either right
away and covered by warranty, or it was after 10 years or more of hard
use, well within the normal range of mechanical things.

Do you need spare parts, then?

I would not buy spare parts unless you are located in a land where it is
difficult to get air shipments, or the project is so critical or profitable that
being down a few days would cost more than the value of the parts and
air shipment. The failure ratio is so low that most people will never need
to replace anything for decades. If you really use the machine hard, such
as two shifts a day and six days a week, then maybe getting a second
machine would be sensible. We do have a spare parts kit, which includes
indicator lamps, relays, and the solenoid valve, plus a spare position sen-
sor and dwell timer. But every year the reliability of the components
seems to improve, with new solid state electronics replacing more of the
early components. Even the first machines were very reliable. The ones
we make now are remarkably solid, and I don’t say that just to sell them.
If I thought you needed parts to keep them going, I’d say so. It doesn’t

147
hurt General Motors and Ford that there is a big aftermarket for parts. But
I just can’t honestly say there is much to go wrong, based on what really
happens to the ones we’ve sold all these years.

Do you need special hydraulic fluid, and how often do you change it?

You need to use the right fluid, but it isn’t that special. It is the same
as Chevron AW-40, a standard non-synthetic anti-foaming hydraulic fluid.
Do not dump brake fluid or other nonspecific types of hydraulic oils into
the machine! If you can’t find an equivalent to the Chevron fluid, from
Mobile or BP or whoever else is handy, then contact us and we can ship
you a gallon or two. But having said that, the only time I’ve found it
necessary to change the fluid was in cases where the machine sat in a cold
unheated building and was subject to sweating and condensation when
the heat was cycled on and off during the work week.
Or, if a person decided to tear into the guts of the machine and take
the thing apart, and lost fluid in the process, that would be another case
where you need to add fluid. Or, in one final instance, where the machine
was dropped or tipped over during shipping, contrary to the instructions
on the box that say clearly “DO NOT TIP PAST 15 DEGREES” and have
a 15-degree angle printed on the box to illustrate how much that is. There
is a filler and breather cap combination, just at the front of the machine,
inside the front panel, on top of the hydraulic tank. The entire lower por-
tion of the machine is a hydraulic tank. It holds about six gallons of fluid,
although we may make design changes so follow the information that
comes with the machine if it differs from this.
You would seldom if ever need to change the fluid. If you did, there is
a plug at the rear, near the bottom, that lets the fluid drain out. But unless
it is contaminated from something dumb that someone decided to do to
it, or unless it was subject to a lot of condensation that might have put
water in the tank, odds are you could run it forever on the same fluid.
Most people do.

Do you need special power wiring?

No, but you need a line that can run a 1.5-HP motor without undue
voltage drop. Some household circuits share with a refrigerator, toaster, or
air conditioner, and those lines will probably be overloaded when the
machine reaches peak load, at the end of the stroke. Or the breaker might
blow when you first turn the machine on, if a high-current appliance is
also running at the same time on the same circuit. A normal 20-ampere
fused circuit is fine. You may even be able to run it from a 15-amp line,

148
assuming that the circuit breaker can handle momentary surges at the
very end of the press stroke and when the press is first is switched on.
Generally there is no need to run a special line. But in some mobile homes
and older houses where the wiring might be a little substandard, yes, you
probably will need a dedicated line.

Is the machine noisy?

It sounds somewhat like a vacuum cleaner. If you live in an apart-

ment or your shop is next to the bedroom, I probably would suggest not
running it while people were trying to sleep. If you find it annoying to
operate because of the noise, you can isolate the cabinet behind a wooden
enclosure that has good air vents and soften it somewhat. Most people
don’t think it is unpleasant to operate, but there is hardly anything as
variable as people, so I’m sure someone will. As a guide, you could turn
on an average vacuum sweeper and figure that is about as loud as it gets.
The machine gets slightly louder at the end of the stroke, and quieter as it
runs on the high volume side of the two stage pump, moving the ram up
and down. It has an idle mode where you switch off the pump but have
the cooling fans moving 100 cubic feet of air through its cabinet for a
mild fan sound. If your neighbors can’t hear you sweep the floor, they
probably can’t hear the press run.

Is the press dangerous to operate?

Anything that applies a lot of force between two objects can be dan-
gerous if you put your fingers in the way, but I have seen far more acci-
dents of the pinched finger variety take place with a hand press. People
just automatically seem to respect the fact that a big hydraulic press could
do major modification to their fingers, and that helps keep them alert. I
would not be operating it around small children, or while finishing the
second six-pack of beer, or in any other circumstance where I couldn’t
keep my mind on the business at hand.
But so far, in decades of people using the machines, no one has re-
ported an accident, not so much as a pinched finger. Based on history of
use, I’d say it was pretty safe. Based on human nature, I’d say the person
who has not blown themselves up handloading is smart enough to avoid
sticking their hand under the ram and leaving it there while holding the
“Energize” button down with an elbow and pushing the “UP” button with
the other hand.

149
 Some people have modified the safety features, and gotten away with
it. I don’t recommend it. The press has an “Energize” button on the left
top, and an “UP” and “DOWN” pair of buttons on the right of the top
panel. You have to push two buttons to make the press ram move up, and
since this should take both hands, it would seem hard to lean that far to
the back of the press and force your head into the space between the top
plate and the ram. Or to get one leg up and stick your foot into the area of
danger. But if one taped the “Energize” button down or put a brick on it,
I suppose one could figure out a way to get hurt.

Does the pressure in the system pose any danger?

The hydraulic pressure generated is not like the pressure in an air

system, or in a gun. In both of the latter cases, pressure is caused by
compressed gas, which wants to expand. If a crack should appear in a
gun barrel, or in an air line, the gas wants to rush through it and continue
to blow until all the pressure is relieved. Tremendous power is stored in
the compress gas itself. It can rapidly widen the crack and tear hunks of
metal out of the surrounding container, throwing them at high velocity.
But a hydraulic system uses a relatively incompressible fluid. All the
power is transmitted from the pump, through the medium of the fluid, to
the walls of the pipes and cylinder. If a crack occurs, the fluid leaks or
sprays out, and the pressure instantly drops. Hydraulic fluid spraying out
of a pinhole under high pressure could penetrate the skin, and it could
spray out as a mist that a spark could ignite (although the fluid isn’t nearly
as flammable as kerosene or other fuel oils).
But usually, if you have a leak, it is more of a seep and you notice
from a drip inside the cabinet. And this is quite rare now, since we are
using flexible lines instead of steel lines (shipping would sometimes vi-
brate the steel lines and cause them to loosen under the flare fittings,
causing a seep of oil). There is no danger whatever of an explosion from
the pressure, in the same sense as compressed air or powder gas in a gun
can cause damage.
If the die should break from excess internal pressure, the pressure is
relieved the instant the die cracks. The die does not “explode” except
that in rare circumstances it might shatter and the physical stress in the
die metal might cause some of the pieces to fly out. But in hundreds of
broken dies (some on purpose for testing, some I wish I could say “I
meant to do that!”), by far the most common breakage is a loud pop and
no immediate visible sign of where it came from!

150
 When a good die is broken (that is, a die that did not have a flaw in the
metal, an extremely rare thing on a par with a politician who doesn’t want
to raise taxes and demands a smaller staff) the pressure simply distributes
itself evenly around the die until it finds the weakest points, then forms a
stress crack along the axis and instantly relieves the pressure by allowing
the die to expand a few thousandths of an inch, like a collet opening.
Sometimes the die isn’t broken apart entirely, but is joined at one end
and a visible crack like a pencil line can be seen nearly the full body of the
die. Usually the die actually breaks into two fairly even halves (if it is a
core seat or point form type die) almost as if it were cut by a saw, and
comes apart when you unscrew it from the ram.
If the die has bleed holes, like a core swage or semi-wadcutter die, the
holes form stress risers because the core was trying to extrude too rapidly
through them. We use 120-degree hole spacing, so the die tends to crack
into three parts, with the cracks more or less radiating straight from the
holes to either end of the die. These kind of breakages indicate a good die
that was overstressed.
But while it is possible, in theory, for the die to shatter and throw parts
of itself with dangerous velocity, I have never seen it happen. I have seen
a punch strike the die face out of alignment with the hole, bend itself, and
shatter, and the stored energy in the spring-like bend tossed part of the
punch with enough force to be painful, but not lethal. Lead wire extruders
are another thing entirely. They compress a billet of lead and extrude it
through a small hole.
But if any air or lubricant is forced toward the extruder hole, it can
propel the lead in front of it with good velocity, and probably could drive
a piece of lead through someone’s skull. With extruder dies, I always
recommend putting a cardboard tube or some other shield over the top
(they project straight up from the top of the press) to prevent anyone
from reaching over the top while it is operating. When the lead starts to
flow out, it moves fast and is hot, so I let it sag over and then guide it with
a leather-gloved hand into a box. But I never, ever, look into the top of the
die or put my hand directly over the extruder while it is spurting out wire.
I have witnessed a rare dangerous “big bang” of a piece of lead being shot
into the ceiling, so I know it can happen.

Conversion of manual presses to hydraulic

Neither the CSP-1 S-Press nor the CSP-2 Mega-Mite press can be
“converted” easily to hydraulic operation. Hydraulic presses use different
rams and other components designed for the stresses applied. It would
cost more to purchase the same quality and safety of components on a

151
single-unit order and try to build up a solitary prototype than it would to
take advantage of the experience, tooling setups, and volume production
of a Corbin press, for which parts are readily available.
I mention this because we are sometimes asked if we could supply
hydraulic parts for someone to modify a press, or if we would provide
diagrams and specifications to help someone build their own press. Natu-
rally, we’d rather sell ours, but beyond that, the dies are made to fit and
operate in a specific design of ram, stroke, and clearances. It is unlikely
that they would eject properly unless a press identical to ours in most
parameters and dimensions were to be used. By the time we provide all
the right parts on special order as individual components, we might as
well fit them to a frame and sell the completed unit: it costs about the
same either way.
Did you ever try to build a car by purchasing all the parts? We figured
that in the days when a Volkswagon bug cost $5,000, the parts to build
one would cost you $20,000. Then you add your labor. Parts put into
inventory for future use are far more costly than parts that are scheduled
to be assembled along with a matching set of other parts and sold as a
completed unit.
People who have no manufacturing business knowledge probably will
never understand why, but those of you who are familiar with the human
hours of labor involved in keeping track of inventory, physically protect-
ing and storing it, paying the business property taxes on it, and providing
expensive indoor storage space by the cubic foot, will know what I mean.
A part that might take an hour to make might cost only $10 in mate-
rial, but anyone who thinks the machinery, tool bits, machinist wages,
benefits, insurance and taxes allocated to making that part are insignifi-
cant would be out of business in short order. In fact, the material cost is
the least expensive component.
Labor related expenses (wages, insurance, benefits, taxes) are the high-
est expense in making anything that you do not make yourself in your
garage, where you can afford to do it for “nothing”. If you can make a lot
of these parts at one time, then you can save both on the material cost (a
minor savings) and on the labor (a big savings) because there is only one
setup of the machinery, and you only have to find or buy the tooling once
for the entire run. Setting up to make one part can take more time than
making it.
Then, if you can plan well enough so that you make runs of all the
parts that produce a certain number of finished products, without any
odd bits left over, then assemble and test them one after another, the
people who are doing it get good at it quickly. They develop little ways to
save time and motion, which would not happen if they were only build-

152
ing one or two products and then going on to something else. Anyone
who has ever worked in an assembly and testing situation knows that you
just get better at the job if you do several at a time, so that you can do just
as good a job in much shorter time than someone who has not done it for
a while. (On the other hand, if that is all you do day after day, it can
become so boring that errors creep in from lack of interest...there is an
optimal number to a production run where a person is able to learn faster
moves without hurting the quality of work, then enjoy applying his new
skills for a while, before it starts to get old.)
Setting a few parts aside for individual sale doesn’t cost anything more
at that point. But it does cause a ripple effect on future costs, because now
there are mismatched numbers of parts on hand which may or may not
be sold before the design is changed, which may or may not remain in
inventory through one or more property tax cycles and accumulate ex-
penses in states or counties where property tax is levied, and which in
every case will require valuable space in the building, labor to keep track
of the inventory count and location, protection against rust and dust and
handling, and of course represents all of that accumulated cost as a dead
weight, earning nothing on the capital tied up, until it is sold.
That is why it must sell for more than the total of such parts in the
finished product. Otherwise, the business will slowly lose money on such
parts until it must either increase prices on the finished products to cover
the parts inventory carrying expense, or in extreme cases, go out of busi-
ness.
I expound upon this because at one time, before I became a manufac-
turer, I used to rail against the high price of parts as opposed to their likely
percentage of the finished product value. Checking the price, for instance,
of a new print head for five-year-old dot-matrix printer, I found that buy-
ing just this print head cost half the price of the printer (when new), and
I was a bit put out by this. Now I know that the printer company was
probably doing me a big favor just by having spare print heads in stock for
a product that was designed for about a three year product cycle.
They probably are just about breaking even, having tied up their capi-
tal and labor in stocking the old print head for five years, when most of
the users of the printer have purchased newer, faster units and there is
little demand for parts. It doesn’t make me any more cheerful about pay-
ing half the price of the printer for the part, but at least I know the reason
isn’t sheer greed, now that I am in almost the same situation with parts as
the printer maker (except my products have a much longer life cycle).
Sometimes a person will ask “Can’t you just sell me the parts and let
me hook up my own hydraulic system?” And the answer is yes, we can,
but I don’t plan to because it never stops there. I’ve done it, and regretted

153
it every time. It never fails that the same person who just wanted to “hook
up” his power steering pump to our parts, finds that there is quite a bit
more to it just like I had been saying all along. And then they want more
parts made, special adapters, and yet more advice, and all this time they
are getting frustrated because they assumed it would be so simple to
“hook it up”. But there are no “hooks”. You have to design and build them.
We already did. In fact, we probably made every mistake in the book at
least twice before we got it right.
Every new product takes hundreds of hours of prototyping, throwing
away things that didn’t quite work right, rebuilding again and solving
problems that no one even considered. Getting reliable suppliers for com-
ponents is just part of it. Sometimes it is years before we’re ready to
actually announce a product, from the time we start on the project.
But the person who just wants to “hook it up” to save money, doesn’t
know all that. He just assumes it must be easy because it looks easy to
someone who has never done it. And by the time he has accumulated
enough experience to know it isn’t easy, he’s mad at the world and thinks
someone hoodwinked him by reluctantly providing him what he asked
for. I can spend hours on the phone (free) trying to teach him about hy-
draulic design and mechanical stress and whatever else he needs to know,
but if he doesn’t have the machining skills and equipment at hand, it does
no good.
Usually, by the time the project is finished, the person has bought a
lot of parts that probably didn’t get used, and wound up trying to get me
to buy them back after he has dinged them up and made them unsalable.
By helping him “save money” instead of just buying one of our presses
that we know works right and is guaranteed, I’ve actually helped him
waste a lot of his time and money, and a lot of my time on top of it,
building something that probably doesn’t work right and certainly isn’t
guaranteed. Instead of a happy customer making bullets, he may be an-
gry and making no bullets. So I say, forget it. You would probably feel
exactly as I do, after having been through that a few times!
At this point, the thoughtful wheedler may ask, “How about sending
me plans to build a copy of your equipment, then?” It never hurts to ask.
And the answer is....
No, we don’t provide blueprints on how to make our equipment. Ask
Coca-Cola if they’d like to give you detailed instructions on how to brew
their drink yourself! Or Ford if they’d care to put an engineer on the phone
and tell you exactly how to build their latest engine? Or Krispy-Kreme
Doughnuts if they’d send you a copy of their famous doughnut recipe? Or
even McDonald’s if they’d like to give you some tips on how to organize

154
a fast food business? The response may give new meaning to the old
Simon and Garfunkel song “Sounds of Silence”. Or maybe it would just
be peals of laughter and a loud click.
But we’ll figure out how to make any bullet you wish to build, if there
is any way it can be done on our equipment, and give you not only the
plans but even the right to market designs that we developed, without
any royalty, recognition or other payment for the idea. We’ll even help
you market your bullets, by providing free information about publicity
contacts and methods that have taken us decades to develop.
We sell solutions: free information and help with bullet design is part
of our service. Some of the valuable information is only free to our cli-
ents, meaning if you purchased equipment from us. A fellow who just
bought a casting machine isn’t going to get thousands of dollars worth of
free marketing data unless he also purchased a press and swaging dies
from us! We may be generous with help, but I hope we have not become
senile.
But if that fellow called and wanted to know how to make a better
lead bullet than he could cast, and needed to know if there was a market
for it and how to reach it, I’d be glad to point him in the right direction. I
would spend some time explaining how higher profit custom bullets can
be successfully marketed at lower volume but higher net than cast, how
to reach that market, and what equipment he would need.
After he purchased equipment and was ready to start marketing the
custom bullets, I would be glad to provide an extensive and exclusive
mailing list of publicity contacts, filling in the blanks with specific details.
Very frequently, our clients who first went elsewhere to try and start their
swaging operation tell us that even if our equipment cost more, they’d be
glad to buy it because of the support and service extras, some of which
can mean the difference between a bullet business struggling for years or
being profitable in a reasonably short time.

155
 11. Lead, Base-Guard, Gas-Checked
and Paper Patched Bullets
Bullets which have a shoulder between the nose section and the shank
can be made in a straight cylinder kind of die, by using a punch that has
the nose shape machined into a cavity. The edge of the punch cannot be
knife-edge thin, because it would soon break off from the stress of being
pressed under tons of force against the die wall and then moved to eject
the bullet. In fact, the edge would break off at a ragged point about .020
inches thick.
This is why we build the punches with a nominal edge thickness of
about .020 inches: it is the minimum practical thickness of edge that will
withstand being pressed outward by swaging pressure and then moved.
A common misconception is that one should somehow be able to
make a bullet in the straight cylinder and punch cavity type of die (which
we would call the LSWC-1 style) with no shoulder—in other words, a
typical rifle bullet or a full jacket style of handgun bullet. How? Well, they
suggest making the punch edge razor thin. Simple. No edge, no shoulder.
Too bad it doesn’t work. We could save untold thousands of dollars
invested in machines and tools to build diamond-lapped point forming
dies, with the shape of the bullet carefully reamed and lapped into the
cavity itself instead of into a moving punch with an edge.
A straight hole, through the die cylinder, fitted with a close-fitting
punch that has the nose shape machined in reverse (a cavity), can form
lead, gas check, Base-Guard, or paper-patched bullets with virtually any
shape of nose. You can make wadcutters, semi-wadcutters, big hollow
cavities like the old Webley Man-Stopper, sawtooth bullets, and even
pointed rifle type bullets—provided the nose is all lead and the jacket
stops where the punch begins, with a shoulder the width of the punch
edge.
We call any bullet of this general type a “semi-wadcutter” or
“wadcutter” depending on how much of a nose it has, if any. That doesn’t
mean you can’t make a very nice .45 caliber round-nosed paper patch
rifle bullet with the LSWC-1 die. It just means the nose will be joined to
the shank with a small shoulder, which you will probably just barely cover
with the edge of the paper patch.
To get rid of the shoulder, you would swage the bullet in a point
forming die, which is a semi-blind hole shaped like the bullet, having a
small ejection pin at the tip to push the bullet out. But this kind of die is
not sealed on both ends: the small ejection pin needs to be out of cavity

156
to avoid putting pressure on it during swaging, because it is, after all, very
long and thin. Since the die is not sealed, you cannot develop the same
high, uniform pressure that is produced in a cylinder type of die.
So, to be able to extrude surplus lead, adjust the weight, and form a
more nearly perfect diameter and roundness of shank, you would first
swage the lead slug in a CSW-1 core swage die. This would give you the
high precision weight control and diameter you want in quality swaged
bullets, and at the same time would put a nice flat on both ends, instead
of a rough cast or cut wire end. Then, the smooth flat end will shape itself
more cleanly into a smooth round end in the next die.
No shoulder means two dies: a core swage, and a point form. A shoul-
der means you can use one die: the lead semi-wadcutter. Yes, even for
paper-patched, round nosed rifle bullets: it is exactly the same kind of
die, even if you make the nose cavity longer and don’t normally think of
the bullet style as being a semi-wadcutter. We can’t call this die a “Lead,
gas-check, Base-Guard, and paper-patch bullet swage that can make
wadcutters, semi-wadcutters, and rifle type noses too”. That won’t fit in
the 8 character space our computer order system provides! So we’ll just
call them all “LSWC-1” dies.
In the -R (reloading press) dies, we have the Pro-Swage. It is similar
to what we would otherwise call a “Core Seater” die or “CS-1” style, being
a cylinder fitted with punches to form the nose and base of the bullet on
one stroke. Putting bleed holes in the side of the die makes it a “LSWC-1”,
if it does in fact have nose and base punches so it can finish up the bullet
in one stroke. (If it made the core for a bullet, and was fitted with flat
punches, it would be a “Core Swage” or “CSW-1” style of die.)
The Pro-Swage can’t have bleed holes in the side of the die, because
it fits into a reloading press. The reloading press is designed for reloading,
so the ram comes almost to the top. That is where all the power is devel-
oped in the stroke, so that is where the die must be set to form the bullet.
If the die is in the top of the press, there is no place for lead extrusions to
be spurted out of the die sides. The bullet is being formed inside the part
of the die that is surrounded by threads of the press head. In the PRO-1-
R die, you adjust the weight by casting or cutting the lead as accurately as
you can before swaging. Or you can order an optional weight-adjusting
punch, which has a flat end and a hole through it, so you can bleed lead
from one end of the slug to adjust the weight precisely by volume.
In any of the Corbin presses, you would put the LSWC-1 die into the
ram, along with its internal punch. With the type -S dies, in the S-Press,
there is a round stop pin projecting from the press. It has a knurled head.
Normally you just leave this pin in place with all the dies except for the
point forming die, which uses this pin to trap the ejection pin punch so it

157
is retracted from the die cavity when the bullet forms. All the other dies
have punches large enough so that they will be pushed back by the com-
ponent when you raise the ram.
The stop pin pushes on the tail end of the internal punch when you
pull the handle back down (retract the ram). This stops the punch from
moving back down with the die and ram. They continue down, the stop
pin holds the internal punch and keeps it from moving, and so the bullet is
pushed out of the die on the down stroke. This provides automatic ejec-
tion.
In the Mega-Mite and Hydro-Press, a steel bar goes completely through
a slot in the ram and serves the same purpose as the stop pin. The bar for
the press is made in different heights, so that the total length of the punch
you use and the height of the bar, combined, are always the same dis-
tance. With a longer punch, you use a shorter knockout bar, and vice
versa.
Punches are made longer or shorter to accommodate longer or shorter
bullets. A .50 caliber bullet is quite a bit longer than a .224 bullet or a .38
pistol bullet. A .308 rifle bullet is somewhere in the middle. There would
be no point and a lot of wasted metal in making a .22 or .38 die the same
length as a .50 BMG die, so that is why we have three standard lengths of
dies, which have matching length punches, which have corresponding
length knockout bars.

Installing the external punch

The external punch always goes into ram in a reloading press, just like
a shell holder. But in Corbin presses, the external punch fits into a threaded
body called the “Floating Punch Holder” or “FPH-1”. The S-Press comes
with a 7/8-14 tpi punch holder, catalog number FPH-1-S. A larger 1.5”-
12 tpi FPH-1 is used in the Mega-Mite and Hydro-Press. It is called the
FPH-1-H.
A special high accuracy punch holder made of hardened steel with a
hole all the way through it, so you can drop the punch in from the top,
then screw in an adjusting stop bolt, is made for the Hydro-Press. It is
designed to contact the die face and stall the press, providing almost zero
tolerance weight control. This special punch holder is not provided with
the press, but is available as an option. It is called the “FPH-2-H” Positive
Stop Punch Holder.
To make the insertion and removal of long components easier, with-
out moving the punch holder up and down, a T-slot punch holder is avail-
able. This punch holder is called the FPH-QC-S or FPH-QC-H, depending
on its size and threads. As you probably have learned by now, the -S

158
means S-Press and the -H fits the various large presses such as the CSP-2,
Hydro Junior, and Hydro-Press. The quick change punch holder is also
useful for jobs where you want to apply two punches in sequence, such as
a hollow point and a toothed punch.
In the reloading press you would move the die up and down to adjust
for weight and changes in style. In any Corbin press you would move the
punch holder up and down. The external punch is held in the punch holder
by a retainer bushing. In the early type -M and current -S dies, the exter-
nal punch is identical and interchangeable, whereas the internal punch is
longer with the type -S die.
Type -M and -S dies can have the retainer bushing (also called a “hex
bushing” since it is hexagonal at the exposed end) fitted to the punch
permanently, if the punch tip is larger than about .375 inches. Smaller
punches use the retainer bushing that comes with the punch holder, which
comes with the press. In earlier external punch designs, here is also a steel
ring or collar, which slips over the punch before you screw in the retainer.
This collar allows the punch to move slightly under pressure for perfect
die alignment (hence the name “Floating” in the punch holder designa-
tion). Current external -S punches do not require the ring.
No collar is used in the FPH-1-H. The retainer can be hexagon or
round. Generally if it is made round it will have knurling or a pin wrench
hole to snug it down. Hand tightening is usually sufficient except for long
production runs.
Moving the punch (or punch holder) down, closer to the die, is just
like using more powder in your handloads. You want to approach any
changes with care, use small changes and test the results, watch for risky
pressure signs, and back off if it appears you are raising pressure too far.
It’s not likely you’ll hurt anything but the die or punch with careless op-
eration, but damaging either one of those will hurt your budget.

Setting the stroke mode

In the S-Press, with the die and internal punch in place in the ram,
make sure the stop pin (the little knurled head with the short pin, fitted to
a hole in the top of the press) is in place. This pin stops the internal punch
from going back with the ram on the ejection stroke, which is what pushes
the bullet out of the die. If you don’t have the stop pin in place, you can’t
eject anything from the die.
Corbin hand presses have at least two stroke lengths, a short stroke for
swaging, and a long stroke for reloading and drawing. The Mega-Mite has
three, so you have an intermediate option balancing power and stroke
length. Make sure the ram is in the short stroke mode. In the reloading

159
mode, the ram travel is too long and the position of the dies will be incor-
rect for ejection, and too high in the upward position for good adjustment
of the punch holder. If you do use the press for reloading, you must re-
move the stop pin, or else the stroke will be blocked by the pin.
To change the stroke, locate the single pin the fastens the end of the
ram to the toggle bar. There are two sets of holes in the toggle arms. One
set is closer to the end of the toggle arms, and the other set is closer to the
bar itself. The set closer to the bar (body of the toggle assembly) is for
swaging. It gives the ram a shorter stroke and twice the power. The set
of holes closer to the unsupported end of the toggle arms is for reloading.
With the ram pinned to these holes, the travel is doubled.
If you put the pin in the long stroke set of holes, the stop pin in the S-
Press will limit the ram travel so that you cannot move the handle all the
way up or down without damaging the stop pin. Always remove the stop
pin, if you plan to use the long or reloading stroke. But push the stop pin
back when you switch to the swaging stroke. Some beginning swagers
forget about the two strokes, and try to use the press in the wrong mode.
Conversely, they may fail to put the press in the long stroke mode for
drawing jackets or reloading operations, which require more stroke with
less power.
Generally, when the die fits the top or head of the press, you will want
to use the long stroke. When the die fits the ram, you want to use the
short stroke with the stop pin in place. But there may be exceptions, so
read the instructions that come with each die to make sure. Regardless,
never try to use a “cheater” bar on the handle! There is nothing you can
do safely with this press that needs a cheater bar or handle extension: all
the components are designed and matched to the amount of torque and
leverage you get with the normal handle in place.

Setup and adjustment

Cast or cut a piece of lead to approximately the right weight, plus a
few grains (unless you are using the PRO-SWAGE, in which case you
want the right weight now). Put a small amount of Corbin Swage Lube
on your fingertips, and give the lead a turn between your fingers to spread
some lube film on it. Then put the lead in the die, and gently move the
ram up so the punch enters it, pressing on the lead core.
I like to adjust the punch holder so that, with the ram all the way up,
there is no contact with the bullet. Then I screw the holder down until I
can’t move it by hand, lower the ram slightly and give the punch holder
about a quarter turn further down. Raise the ram and swage. Inspect the
bullet. If it isn’t formed out completely, keep lowering the ram in 1/4

160
turn increments until it forms, but don’t apply more than a comfortable
amount of pressure on the handle. If the pressure goes way up, you have
the punch holder too close to the ram and have lost the point of high
leverage that makes the operation easy. A five year old could do it if you
adjust the position just right. A gorilla couldn’t do it if you go half an inch
too low.
In every operation, with each kind of swage die, you will want to
follow this basic procedure unless there is a specific instruction supplied
to the contrary. Moving the external punch closer to the ram always re-
duces the space between the internal and external punches at the end of
the press stroke, and thus generates more pressure on the core. Approach
this just as you do when increasing the powder charges in a handload:
work from a known safe level in small increments toward higher pres-
sures, checking the results as you go. As soon as you see any signs of
excess pressure, back off !
The signs you may see would be an increased effort without an in-
crease in the diameter of the bullet shank, or excess lead extruding around
the punch. When the diameter of the bullet or core reaches that of the die
cavity, you have done all that is necessary or wise, and should stop apply-
ing any more pressure. Further force only stresses and eventually breaks
the die or bends the punch.
It is a good idea to test the actual diameter of any die by making a
pure, soft lead slug in that die and then measuring the diameter of the
slug as a standard to compare with jacketed bullets formed in that die,
and with the size of following dies to be used. In the case of the LSWC-1
or PRO-SWAGE die, this isn’t necessary because you generally make lead
bullets as the final product. But in a core seat or point forming die, boattail
dies or lead tip forming dies, the difference between the component di-
ameter formed in the previous die and the bore size of the next die is
critical.
You should always have a slightly larger hole into which to push the
component on the next operation. If the component is already at or larger
than the size of a lead slug formed in the die, you’ll probably get hard
ejection and stuck bullets. In the LSWC-1 or PRO-SWAGE die, however,
the bullet is finished when it comes out of the die, and there are no more
operations to perform on it.

Making hollow points

Hollow point noses in the lead SWC bullet can be made in two ways.
First, you can use a separate HP type external punch to poke a hole in the
nose, which of course displaces lead and changes the nose shape. You can

161
either use the HP punch first, on the flat end of the lead slug, forming a
broad flat-end wadcutter with a large cavity, and then change punches
and wrap the nose around with the regular nose punch, or you can use the
regular nose punch first and then push a HP punch only part way into it.
Pushing a bullet all the way to the bottom of the die would totally change
the nose shape into a flat-end hollow point wadcutter.
The way you get consistent, partial-insertion shapes is to back off the
punch holder, moving the external punch higher, and then use that set-
ting with the end of the stroke. Do not try to get good results by guessing
how far to raise the press ram on every bullet. I can’t do that either. You
need to have a fixed reference point for the end of the stroke, because that
positions the internal punch face precisely the same, so you have the
same volume between it and the external punch face on every stroke.
The second way to make a HP cavity is to get a custom punch with
the HP probe and nose cavity combined in one punch. This kind of punch
can have an adjustable HP depth if the probe is straight (rather than ta-
pered), so you can adjust its position by changing a screw depth in the
punch head. The end of the punch can be tapered, but if you adjust this
part back into the punch body, lead will flow up around the taper and
make a nipple on the end of the bullet.
The advantage of a custom HP nose punch is that it can have adjust-
able depth and still form the entire nose in one stroke, without changing
punches. The two drawbacks are increased cost for this more complex
punch, and the limited size of the hollow point diameter. It cannot be
made very large because if so, the probe that forms it would take up
nearly all the room in the punch cavity. This would cause two problems:
1) the lead would probably stick in that narrow gap between the punch
cavity wall and the probe, and 2) lubricant would build up in the tight
space and prevent complete forming of the nose. Better to use a separate
HP punch and two strokes per bullet when you need a very large HP
cavity.

Gas checks and half jackets

For gas checks and half jackets, the lead slug that you use for the core
must fit inside the jacket or gas check before it is swaged to final size. The
jacket should always be slightly smaller than the final bullet diameter, so
it will fit easily and expand upward, creating a snug fit on the lead when
you release the pressure. If the jackets are, for instance, 0.3575 inch di-
ameter and your die has a bore of 0.3570 inch diameter, all you get is
difficulty forming and loose cores or gas checks that pull off from base
drag on their way to the target.

162
 On the other hand, if you use half-jackets or gas checks that measure
at least 0.001 inches smaller than the desired bullet diameter (and bore of
the die), they will be expanded nicely and then spring back slightly when
you release the swaging pressure, gripping the lead tightly, coming out of
the die easily, and preventing the lead from turning inside the jacket.
You can use jackets that are as much as .005 inches smaller than the
bullet without any problem. Some jackets can be even smaller, depending
on their strength, temper and wall thickness. Corbin jackets are correctly
sized for the caliber, but some jackets from other sources are not because
mass production techniques for making bullets do not always follow the
same procedures that you would. I once purchased a large quantity of
bullet jackets that turned out to be too large to fit into the correct caliber
swage dies. The jackets were used by a company that made the bullets
oversized and then drew them down in a final operation (which can leave
the jacket a bit loose on the core because of the difference in springback).
I had to find a buyer who wanted them all, and then make him a jacket
reducing die to bring these jackets down a couple of thousandths before
using them. But I learned that there are major bullet makers who do not
make bullets using the high precision techniques proven by early benchrest
bullet makers, namely the “up-swage” principle expounded by Biehler
and Astles in the 1960’s. This is the principle upon which all modern
bullet swaging is based, and it requires a jacket smaller than the final
bullet diameter.

Base GuardsTM
Base-Guards are conical disks with a hole in the middle, like a very
wide washer. The hole is usually about 1/8 inch in diameter. The Base-
Guard is normally made of copper, about .030 inches thick. Because they
are conical, they will expand when compressed and become the exact
size of your swage die. Any surplus metal will be extruded forward to
form a burnishing tool edge, because one side is backed by the steel punch
and the other side only faces soft lead. This scraper edge will engage the
rifling and push fouling out ahead of it, making it unnecessary to use any
bullet lubricant, up to reasonable velocities of 1,200 to 1,400 feet per
second.
The best way to make a Base-Guard bullet is to first swage the lead
slug into the bullet shape using either a flat base punch or the special BG
punch, which has a shallow depression in the exact center. Then eject the
bullet, drop a Base-Guard disk into the die with the cone tip facing out,
toward the bullet, and swage the bullet again.

163
 This double-swaging process does two things for you. First, it assures
that the base is already square and flat before the Base-Guard disk is at-
tached, and thus prevents the Base-Guard from having to bend and shape
itself to a rough or uneven lead core prior to attachment. Second, it helps
to adjust the weight and get the nose formed perfectly before worrying
about the correct pressure needed to extrude the lead stem through the
hole in the Base-Guard and form a good rivet head in the punch depres-
sion.
If you use cast cores, they are probably already flat on the end and
you can swage all in one step with just about as good results as double-
swaging. If you cut lead wire, there is always a shear angle to the cut,
which tends to tip the Base-Guard disk and can result in a few bullets
being made with the disk at an angle or pushed up along one side of the
bullet. However, try it both ways and decide for yourself the best combi-
nation. This should not be taken as a criticism of cut cores, though. Lead
wire is far easier and faster to use than cast cores, and it is generally much
more consistent in density than scrap lead, so the minor issue of a shear
angle on the end does little to detract from the benefits. If you seat the
core into a jacket, this is of no consequence except with hollow point
punches. My solution is to press them flat with a flat-end core seating
punch and then perform any other operations.
To order or add the BG capability to any LSWC-1 die, just order the
internal punch with the specification “BG”. We’ll know exactly what you
mean. You can add the Base-Guard capability to any set of dies, by the
way, although for the RBT or “Rebated Boattail” base, the disk has to be
embedded in the bullet and the boattail formed as a separate piece, which
requires some custom punch and die work. But for any flat base die set,
just order the internal core seating punch as a type “BG”, and if you use a
point forming die, also order an external punch for it in the type “BG”,
because the little lead rivet head would be smashed paper-thin and prob-
ably would not hold well if you used a regular flat punch on it when
forming the step-less nose in a point forming die.

Paper-patched bullets
For paper-patched rifle or handgun bullets, nothing special is required
except that you may wish to use a cup-base (CB) internal punch, instead
of the usual flat base punch. There are actually three standard base cavity
shapes that Corbin produces (as well as any custom dimension you wish,
of course). These are: 1) Dish Base (DB), 2) Cup Base (CB), and 3)
Hollow Base (HB).

164
 The Dish Base is a shallow curve that extends from one side of the
bullet to the other, with no flat “margin” on either side. It is used to slightly
force the edges of the bullet against the rifling so that moderate loads of
slower burning powder will quickly expand the bullet into the bore and
prevent early gas leakage. It is used when the pressure is fairly high (hot
loads) and cup or hollow bases might become flared excessively from the
muzzle gas pressure.
The Cup Base is a deeper curve with margins on the sides, designed
to hold moderate muzzle pressures in blackpowder rifles and in modern
target handguns firing typical target loads. The curve is less than one
caliber in depth (typically 0.02 inches). It is very useful in paper-patched
bullets as a place to tuck the extra paper gathered at the bullet base, and
can help fit a standard diameter bullet to various bores during firing.
The Hollow Base (HB) is the deepest curve, with margins that are
designed to hold muzzle pressure so the base won’t expand excessively
when the bullet pops out of the barrel. The design is to shift weight for-
ward and lighten the bullet for its length. Air gun pellets, shotgun slugs,
and muzzle loader bullets that are made to slide down the bore and then
expand into the rifling on firing generally work best with this design. It is
not usually employed for paper-patched bullets, but there is no particular
reason why you should not do it if you want to. Just order the internal
LSWC-1 punch with “HB” designation. (Usually, the top or external punch
is the nose, and the base is inside the die or internal.)
Of course, the big difference between a paper-patched bullet and a
lead bullet is the diameter of the die. With a paper patched bullet, you
would want the die to be smaller than the groove-to-groove depth of the
bore by four times the thickness of the paper. To illustrate, suppose you
wanted to make a .45-70 paper patched bullet. If the bullet were to be a
Base Guard, gas-checked, or have lube groove or knurling rolled into it
with a Corbin HCT-3 grooving tool or HCT-2 knurling tool, then you
would want the die to be .458 diameter.
But for paper-patched bullets, that would leave no room for the paper.
The most generally used fit is to have the paper take up the space left by
the rifling grooves, so that the bullet sits on top of the rifling or fits the
actual bore of the barrel, perhaps even loosely if you use black powder. A
commonly available cotton bond paper is 0.0025 inches thick (and pull-
ing or stretching it will make more than 0.0005 inches difference in its
thickness, so it isn’t terribly important to have “precise” paper).
The paper patch is usually cut to be the length of the shank (parallel
sided portion) of your bullet, plus enough extra paper to form a wrap
around the base and tuck into the cup base cavity. This might be roughly
an inch, in a 1-E ogive 450 grain .45-70 bullet. So you would first cut

165
some of your 0.0025 thick cotton bond paper into inch-wide strips. Then
you would take one of the strips and wrap it around the bullet so that it
made two complete turns, bringing the outer edge exactly matching the
position of the inner edge so the paper didn’t have a lump from any extra
overlap.
You’d mark that point on the strip with a pencil, and then slice the
patch with an angle of anywhere from 30 to 45 degrees across both ends,
so that you start with a narrow tip, wrap the paper around the bullet, and
when you get to the last of the paper, the edges just butt together with
one layer between them. Some people wet the paper and wrap it, and
some dip it in a lubricant such as Corbin Dip Lube, which helps hold it on
the bullet and reduces friction when it goes down the bore.
The important thing for our purpose is determining the swage die
diameter to make the right sized bullet. With a typical .45-70 barrel, such
as a Shiloh Sharps or other quality replica, the rifling plus bore measures
.4580 across. Four thicknesses of paper (two complete wraps around the
bullet) is 0.0025 times 4 = 0.010 inches. Subtract that from 0.458 and
you get 0.448 inches, which is exactly the standard size of swage die
most people use.
You can use a 0.451 or a 0.452 swage die, which happens to be the
right size for a jacketed or BG style pistol bullet for most .45 caliber hand-
guns. To do that, you would want a different paper thickness. Working in
that direction, subtract the bullet diameter from the desired rifling plus
bore diameter, and divide by four. This would be 0.458 - 0.452 = 0.006,
divided by 4 = 0.0015 inches. So you would want to use a very thin
onion skin or perhaps the high grade linen or abaca fiber paper found in
the computer industry for polishing hard drive surfaces. If you did this,
you would be able to use one set of dies for both handgun and rifle cali-
bers. Should I be telling you this? Now you only need one, instead of two!

Hard lead alloys

In the Hydro-Press you can swage moderately hard lead in a LSWC-1-
H die that is designed for the job. Be careful to use the orange press-fit
guards around the die, however. The pressure that it takes to extrude the
lead is very high, thousands of pounds, and can build up before the lead
extrusions finally move through the bleed holes. When they do let go,
they can fly out at fairly high velocity. They are generally light and not
very aerodynamic, so they lose velocity quickly and are easily stopped.
Stopping them with your body could be painful when using hard lead,
because of the higher pressure, and the guards work much better.

166
 Never put your face down close to the die when you are swaging! If
you should happen to exceed the breaking point of the die by applying
too much pressure, generally there is a loud pop and the die either falls in
two (or three) fairly even pieces, or it cracks without any apparent change,
and is held together at the threads.
Sometimes, though, there is enough lubricant or air under pressure in
the die to blow a piece of lead or broken die at high velocity in any direc-
tion. If it hits you in the eye, it could blind you. This kind of thing has
never happened in the years of my experience, but it is possible, so wear
eye protection and keep your face back from the die while swaging.
With hard lead, the pressure required to make the metal flow can be
considerably greater than the pressure that makes pure lead flow. Some
dies may not be suitable for use with hard lead, if they were designed
using normal soft lead. You need to let us know in advance, if you plan to
use hard lead. We can make the bleed holes larger in those dies which use
bleed holes, and we may be able to do other things to either reduce the
required pressure, or to build the die even stronger than usual. Some of
the techniques used to make a die stronger are fairly expensive, because
they may entail special metals that machine with more difficulty, use up
tooling faster, and need special time consuming heat treatment processes.
Rather than force everyone to pay more for their dies, when they don’t
need this additional pressure, we offer custom dies to those who do.
How hard is too hard for a standard die? That depends on the caliber
and the bullet shape to a large extent. If the die cavity is very long and
narrow, as with sharply pointed spitzer bullets, the pressure required to
force hard material into the nose will go up quickly. The same material
might form a round nosed bullet in the same caliber with relative ease.
Soft lead is 5 on the Bhn scale. Each integer increase is a square function
of hardness, so going from Bhn 5 to Bhn 10 is not twice as hard, but more
like four times as hard. My experience has been that the pressure is related
to the increase in hardness with most materials, including gold, silver,
lead, aluminum, brass, copper and other commonly swaged materials.
(Yes, we have made both gold and silver bullet swaging equipment for
clients! The purpose of such bullets is not generally to be shot, but for
decorative purposes...though there is a small market for silver werewolf
ammo that could actually be fired, believe it or not!)
If a die has a breaking strength of 150,000 psi, and pure lead flows in
a given shape completely at about 20,000 psi, then you can see that rais-
ing the pressure four times probably will work but going up eight times
would blow up the die. Therefore, if you increased the hardness to Bhn
20, the die would probably crack before the metal formed into proper
shape. There is no hard and fast rule about hardness. The die wall thick-

167
ness helps increase strength, of course, but eventually the tensile strength
of the die material is reached, and then the thickness hardly matters. Any
die can be broken with enough pressure. The pressure required to form
even moderately hard lead can be too much for the smaller -R dies, so
they are warrantied only for use with soft lead.
The larger -S dies generally work with up to Bhn 8 to Bhn 10 hard-
ness, but even this depends on the shape and the operator. If you jerk the
handle quickly, you can blow up nearly any die from the combined shock
and pressure. A positive, smooth application of pressure only builds pres-
sure from the straight math involved in the force divided by the cross-
sectional area to which it is applied. But a rapid jerk of the press handle
adds both inertial resistance to flow and kinetic energy from the velocity
times the mass of the moving parts. The sum or end result of this, plus
the static pressure, is what we call “shock”. It is similar to what happens
when you pull the trigger with a load of fast burning powder and a heavy
bullet. The pressure soars to a high peak and then drops off to a lower
level as the bullet starts to move. This sudden pressure peak can far ex-
ceed the breaking point of the die, and is also one of the few reasons why
anyone would break a hardened link pin.
Some operations (including point forming and core swaging) which
work best if you have a constant smooth stroke, not a jerky motion with
a lot of stops and starts. Making the stroke very slow can increase the
friction, because moving lead generates a small amount of localized sur-
face heat and lowers the pressure required to move the lead. As lead be-
comes warmer, it flows more easily. This is obvious from the logical con-
clusion that if you warm the lead up to its melting point, it takes no more
pressure than its own weight to make it flow! But something below the
point where the heat would destroy the temper of the die (below 250
degrees F.) is certainly desirable. Therefore, if you move the handle in an
assured, smooth stroke with the timing of saying “one-thousand and one”
from start to finish, you’ll probably have the right idea. That puts the mild
internal heating from friction to work for you, while avoiding the inertia/
momentum conflict of too high a stroke speed.
Don’t take this as meaning you have to be a master of timing to
swaging anything. Most operations work over a very wide range of stroke
speeds. But as the hardness of the material goes up, the speed plays of
bigger part. And very fast or jerky motion is never a great idea, if only
because it jars your equipment and loosens the settings, and doesn’t give
you any time to notice a punch that isn’t aligned with the die before you
smash them together in an energetic manner.

168
Fit of the external punch
You should be able to put the external punch into the die by hand, so
long as the punch is clean and lightly oiled. It may take a little gentle
turning and pushing with some cavity-shaped punches, since the cavity
area will expand slightly after usage and fit itself snugly in the die. But if
you cannot push the punch into the die by hand even with a moderate
amount of force, don’t put it in the press and push it in! Send back the die
and punch and we’ll adjust the diameter by lapping and honing. Don’t
take sandpaper or a file to it, or turn it down in a lathe. Some punches are
designed to be very snug fits, in order to protect their thin edges from
expanding and cracking under pressure. The die wall supports a thin
wall, but only if there is very little clearance, perhaps almost too hard to
put in by hand. But not quite.
The internal punch can become too snugly fitted to easily remove by
hand, because the three lead extrusion holes may still have a bit of lead
in them from the last job. These little plugs of lead are bearing firmly
against the side of the punch, and can make it hard to move by hand.
The fact that it is already in the punch means you can safely assume it is
the right diameter. If you try to put a different internal punch in the die
and it won’t go by hand, that is a different matter. Clean it very well, oil
it, and gently turn it back and forth while applying a modest amount of
pressure by hand. If it still won’t go in, probably it is the wrong diam-
eter: don’t force it with the press.
The fit of a nose punch (with a cavity) is critical in a LSWC-1 die. If
you try to use a punch that was not specifically built to work with that
die, there is a good chance that the fit of the punch will be just enough
undersized so that the punch will expand slightly and crack. This is only
true with punches that have a cavity and therefore thin walls. The pres-
sure of swaging the bullet works against the inside of the cavity, pushing
the thin walls against the die. The die supports the punch if it is a close,
handmade fit. Otherwise, it may not. A hairline crack may occur as a
result. Using the wrong size punch would not really be a warranty issue,
since it is a user option. Punches for LSWC-1 dies are usually marked
with the caliber and a “W” code that stands for “semiWadcutter” (we
already used the “S” code for a core Swage die).

Internal or external?
As a technical matter, it doesn’t really make any difference if the
external punch is the nose, or the base. But since people normally change
the nose more frequently than the base, and the external punch is faster
to change, we generally supply the nose as the external punch, and the

169
base as the internal punch. Since we’ve done it this way for decades, our
inventory and job planning is set up to continue it. You can have it the
other way around, but from that point on you must specify any future
additional nose or base punches for that set as being external or internal.
Left without specific instructions to the contrary, you’ll get external nose
punches and internal base punches.
In the Pro-Swage for the reloading press, we reverse this because re-
loading presses are so poorly aligned that it is important to protect the
edges of the punch that has the deep cavity (nose punch). Making it inter-
nal gives it the protection of the die walls. The external punch may get
damaged if you smash it into the die face, but it is more sturdy and will
take more abuse than the nose punch.

Jackets that cover the bleed holes

A note about jackets that cover the bleed holes in the die: if you want
to use a 3/4-length or full jacket, you are welcome to try it in the -H dies.
Chances are it will work unless the jacket is too thick or hard. Lead will
simply blow a hole right through the jacket wall and you’ll have three
tiny, shiny dots of lead showing through that lock the core into the jacket.
If you try it with the -M or -S dies, you are taking a risk of die breakage or
at best hard ejection as the jacket bulges into the bleed holes but does not
let the lead pop through. In large calibers such as .40 to .45, the die walls
are thin enough that you will probably break the die if you keep this up
very long, and die breakage from overpressure is not a warranty problem.
(If you do break a die, send back the punches and we can make just the
die body, thus saving you a fair amount of the total die cost.)
Jackets drawn from thin material, with walls of 0.018-inches or less at
the point of the bleed holes, probably can be used in a LSWC type of die.
The pressure will usually pop three tiny discs from the jacket wall and
push them through the bleed holes along with the lead. But if you try this
with a thicker jacket wall, it probably won’t work until the pressure has
done bad things to the die. Note that jackets can be tapered from as little
0.010 at the mouth to as much as 0.050 at the base. The only thing that
matters is the thickness where the bleed holes are located. You can have
as thin a jacket mouth as you wish, and it has no effect on the thickness
further down, since the taper can be whatever the jacket was designed to
have. (Actually, the jacket cannot be any thinner, further down...so there
is at least some relationship between the mouth and the rest of the jacket
wall).

170
Pistol jacket length and terminology
Most half-jackets are from 0.25 to 0.35 inches high. Most 3/4-jackets
are from 0.437 to 0.560 inches high, and most of the pistol caliber full
jackets are about 0.70 inches high. A point of confusion seems to be be-
tween half-jacket and half inch jacket. A half-jacket is just the common
name given to the shortest length of jacket for a caliber, which normally
goes about halfway up the shank of a normal weight for that caliber. A
half inch jacket length could well cover the entire shank, and thus would
be called a three-quarter jacket (because the shank is normally about 3/4
of the total bullet length). Hey, if firearms terminology was easy, every-
one would be using it!
You can use Base-Guards to replace both gas checks and half-jackets.
They work better and are cheaper, easy to apply and don’t require that
your lead core is much smaller than the final bullet since you don’t have
to put the core inside the jacket. Base-Guards replace 3/4-jackets and full
jackets as long as the velocity remains somewhere below 1,400 feet per
second and the gun has a fairly good bore, and the bullet fits the bore
closely. If you need to use either 3/4-jackets or full jackets, then the LSWC-
1 type of die is not the best one for your bullet. Instead use a two-die set
consisting of the CSW-1 and CS-1, or a three-die set that adds the PF-1 to
these. Swaging the lead core first, in a core swage die (CSW-1) and then
seating it in a die with no bleed holes, which is the core seating die (CS-1),
means that the core can be precisely adjusted prior to insertion in the
jacket. Then the bleed holes are in no way affected by jacket length. I will
cover this in more detail in the chapter on jacketed semi-wadcutter bul-
lets.

171
 12. Jacketed Semi-Wadcutters
If you need to make a jacketed bullet, and the jacket must cover most
of the bullet’s shank, then the LSWC-1 style of die won’t work because it
has bleed holes to adjust the bullet weight right in the side of the die. The
long jacket would block them. Instead, graduate to the next level of equip-
ment, where you swage a lead core in one die, at a diameter that will fit
into the jacket for your caliber, and then seat the core into the jacket in
another die that makes the bullet full diameter.
These two dies are called the “Core Swage” and the “Core Seat” dies.
The Core Swage (CSW-1) must be large enough to accept the lead core
wire or cast core by hand, and not so large that it produces a finished core
too big to fit all the way to the bottom of the jacket you wish to use.
Different jackets may have different wall thicknesses and internal tapers,
so changing the jacket might require a different size of core swage die.
On the other hand, core swage dies don’t have to be any specific size
so long as you can get the core into the jacket easily and the core isn’t so
thin that the weight of bullet you make requires the core to be so long it
sticks out of the core seating die. This means you can save some money
by getting one core swage die for a smaller caliber and using the same die
for larger calibers that are close enough in weight to permit such use.
A .40 caliber jacket, for instance, normally uses a .340 inch diameter
lead core. While we would usually provide a core swage of about .370 to
.380 diameter for a .44 or a .45 caliber bullet, you could use the .340 core
swage on all but the heavier bullet weights. A .38 Special and .357 Mag-
num both use .357 inch bullets, and a 9mm, .380 ACP, .38 Super, and
several other 9mm calibers use .355 inch bullets. All of these can use a
.312 diameter cast or cut wire core, which swages to .315 in the core
swage die. This diameter fits most of the .38/9mm jackets available.
The same core swage die would work for .358 rifle and even .375 rifle
(assuming the same jacket wall thickness), except that we normally make
the head of the internal punch longer for pistol length cores and may have
built the swage die itself somewhat shorter than you need for heavy rifle
bullets. If the swage die is long enough, we can just provide a different
internal punch, so that the punch head is shorter and lets the punch slide
back further into the ram. This gives you more usable space to make the
heavier rifle cores.
When we build a core swage and core seater as a matched set to pro-
duce jacketed semi-wadcutter style bullets, we call this combination a
“JSWC-2-” set (with -M, -S, or -H added to indicate which kind of press
and die diameter). The JSWC-2 set is 2/3 of the next level: add a point

172
forming die (PF-1) and you will have built a FJFB-3- die set that makes
full jacket, open tip bullets. But there is a slight caveat regarding the di-
ameter of the core seating die, which needs to be understood clearly.
An external punch (usually with the nose shaped cavity) made to fit
the typical core seating die probably will be slightly smaller than the proper
nose punch to fit the same caliber of LSWC-1 die, unless the core seating
die was specifically made for producing the finished bullet rather than
preparing it for completion in a point forming die. This difference in di-
ameter is usually small, designed to allow the seated core and jacket to fit
into the point forming die. But when an external nose punch is used to
complete the bullet in the same core seating die, that punch should fit
properly in the die. A typical core seat die for a .357 caliber might pro-
duce a .3568 bullet diameter, whereas a typical lead semi-wadcutter die
for .357 caliber would actually produce a .3570 bullet.
The difference is normally insignificant as far as the effect on accu-
racy, but it does mean that the punch built to allow your 3-die set to make
3/4-jacketed or lead pistol bullets without using the point forming die
will be undersized for use in a lead semi-wadcutter die that you might
purchase later.
If the core swage and core seating die were built specifically for mak-
ing .3570 bullets of the jacketed or lead semi-wadcutter style, then of
course the nose punch would probably be identical to one for a .3570 lead
semi-wadcutter die. So it isn’t strictly correct to say that all core seat dies
are slightly undersized for the caliber, since a few of them could be made
to produce the finished bullet instead of preparing it for the point forming
die. But most CS-1 dies are a couple of ten thousandths of an inch smaller
than their matching PF-1 dies, and most point forming dies make the
final bullet diameter desired.
You can see that if you purchase a point forming die later, to expand
the JSWC-2 set and make it a FJFB-3 set, and the core seater currently
makes bullet of, say, .3570 diameter, it is likely you will need to get a
point forming die that has a .3571 to .3572 diameter cavity in order to
maintain the principle of always swaging “up” in diameter. This is further
complicated by the fact that different jacket materials have various amounts
of “springback”, so that the actual bullet diameter and the die that pro-
duces it will probably be different. So, to make things simple for you, as
a bullet maker, if you send a few sample seated cores and jackets from
your existing core seating die along with your order for the point forming
die, we can use them to determine the actual die cavity size rather than
guessing what it ought to be.

173
Building sets from simple dies
We’ll discuss point forming dies in another chapter, but just be aware
that once you get past the LSWC-1 type of die, all the dies build to make
the next set in capability. The various combinations are just putting to-
gether the same few basic types of dies in different ways, to make certain
kinds of bullets, the way Taco Bell puts the same few basic ingredients
together in different ways to offer you all sorts of menu options. The
LSWC-1 die doesn’t build toward any other sets because it is a combina-
tion itself of the core swage and core seat into one single die.
The LSWC-1 is really a core swage die fitted with the nose and base
punches you want, and made in the final bullet diameter. A CSW-1 is the
same thing made in a diameter that produces a core, rather than a finished
diameter bullet, and is fitted with flat ended punches. The CS-1 is like-
wise a straight cylinder die, made in final bullet diameter or just slightly
under (perhaps .0002 to .001 inches smaller), but it has no bleed holes for
lead weight adjustment.
Because the CS-1 die doesn’t have bleed holes, you can build up con-
siderable pressure inside it, enough to form all sorts of elaborate hollow
cavities, deep hollow base skirts, and fancy nose shapes. Ridges, teeth,
hexagon shaped hollow points, and much more, can be formed because
there is no pressure escape route through bleed holes.
The LSWC-1 does not let you make certain shapes completely, be-
cause thin or long sections of lead may take more pressure to form than
the pressure needed to spurt lead through the bleed holes. Once you be-
gin extruding lead, the pressure inside the die can’t go much higher. All
you do by trying is to make lead come out faster, leaving partly finished
noses or partly filled-out skirts on deep cavities. For this reason, we some-
times suggest a two-die JSWC-2 set even though you might be making
an all-lead bullet which in theory could be formed in the LSWC-1.

Making bullets in sets that use the CSW-1 core swage die
Cut or cast a piece of lead to approximately the right weight, plus a
few grains. Put an empty jacket in the scale pan, and set the scale weights
for the final bullet weight you want plus about three to five grains extra.
Snip off a length of lead about equal to the jacket length or longer if you
plan to make a semi-wadcutter. You can do this by trial and error the first
time (measure a bullet length of the weight you want, as a starting point).
Once you get the weight right, you can save one core as a gauge and use
it to set the tools next time.

174
 Lubricate the cores lightly with Corbin Swage Lube. You can roll them
on a lube pad, handle them with a little lube on your fingers, or roll them
in a tumbler with some lube added. Whatever suits you is fine. The lube is
to keep the dies in good shape and reduce the amount of force and wear.
It is removed before you put the cores into jackets or shoot the bullets.
Swaging lube is not the same as bullet lube: it isn’t for reducing fouling in
the bore, but only for reducing pressure and friction in the dies.
Put the CSW-1 die and its internal punch in the press ram, and put the
external punch in the press head (in the FPH-1 floating punch holder). A
retainer hex-bushing holds the punch in the long, threaded punch holder.
(The FPH-1 punch holder looks like a reloading die and is sometimes
confused with a die by beginning bullet makers.)
Put the lubricated core into the die, and run the ram up so that the
external punch slips into the die mouth. Make sure that the core is com-
pletely inside the die before any pressure is needed, and that the core is
small enough to drop easily into the die. Also make sure the external
punch is the correct one: it must fit easily into the die by hand, but be a
close enough fit so that if it were not for the bleed holes you could pull a
vacuum inside the die with the punch. Swage one core, weigh it, and
adjust the punch holder position so that you get the desired core weight.
The core weight plus the jacket weight should be exactly what you want
for the final bullet weight. You should be bleeding off from three to five
grains minimum. A little more does not hurt anything. Do not try to
extrude it too fast, though. A gentle firm push that takes a full second or
two is about right. Rapid extrusion can build pressure and generate ex-
cessive “shock”, which is just another term for transient high pressure
surges. Enough of that can crack a die that would normally handle the
load applied at a slower rate.
For the maximum benchrest precision in core weight, double swage
the cores. Swage them all once, and then put them back into the die
without changing the setting and swage them all again. If you are using a
hand press, try holding the pressure at the top of the stroke for just a
second or two. If you are using a Hydro-press, set the dwell time for a
second or so, and make sure that the pressure is high enough to extrude
immediately, with no apparent delay. For the ultimate in precision, use
the FPH-2-H Positive Stop Punch Holder. It eliminates any drift in ram
position, and enforces an absolute stopping point by actually stalling the
ram, using the pressure-reverse feature of the Hydro-press to automate
the procedure.
Make as many cores as you need, then remove the CSW-1 core swage
die and install the CS-1 core seating die and punches. For 3/4-jacket
handgun bullets, you want to use an external punch that fits into the die

175
closely, with a cavity in the end of the punch shaped like the bullet nose
you desire to form. The normal handgun set comes with either a 3/4-E
round nose or a Keith SWC nose punch. You can specify other shapes,
standard or custom.

Seating the core

Seating the lead core into the jacket is a bit of an art: you need to learn
how much pressure expands the jacket to the size of the die, and how
much more would be hard on the tooling. Normally, once the jacket ex-
pands to the diameter of the die, you are done. Higher force only stresses
the die, and does not give you a better bullet.
I like to seat the core gently and see if the core and jacket stay in the
die, or if they come back out on the punch. If they stay in the die, odds
are good I have expanded the jacket enough to make it press against the
die walls, and that is about all you need to do. If you get lead bleeding
past the punch with light pressure, it just means that your core seating
punch is too small. You cannot develop enough pressure to expand the
jacket to correct diameter with an undersized core seating or nose form-
ing punch.
You can make a lighter bullet in a longer jacket by using either a plas-
tic “bullet ball” to take up some of the space in the bottom of the jacket,
or filling the bottom part of the jacket with compressed cornstarch. Corn-
starch can easily be compressed into the bottom of a small cardboard pill
box, using the lid of a telescoping box to hold the powder and the bottom
as a piston to compress it.
This firm layer of cornstarch will take up about a quarter of the origi-
nal height. You can then use the jackets like cookie cutters, pushing them
down into the firm layer to insert a specific amount of material into the
jacket. One, two or three “cookies” can be pushed into the jacket, as needed
to take up room without adding much weight. Then the lead can be seated
on top. Your bullet will have the length of a heavier projectile.
You can also make a heavier bullet in the same jacket, just by making
a longer nose, less of a hollow base (switch to cup or dish base to make
the bullet heavier in the same length), or by letting some of the lead core
extend past the jacket at full diameter. This is not necessarily the best
design, because lead touching the bore will cause fouling at some veloc-
ity, eventually. You can even telescope two jackets end to end over a
single core, squeeze them in the core seating die with a wadcutter nose
punch, and make a fully jacketed bullet that is longer than any available
single jacket

176
 With any Semi-Wadcutter design of bullet (which also covers
wadcutters), it is very important that there be at least a tiny amount of
lead extending past the end of the jacket. The reason is that there is no
way for the jacket edge to jump over the punch edge. If you expect the
punch to last, it has to be made with a minimum of .020 inches of thick-
ness at the edge. Otherwise, the force of moving the punch after applying
tons of swaging pressure to the bullet would simply expand the thin edge
against the inside of the die, and rip it off. You would have about .020
inches of edge thickness, but it would be rough and broken. Better to
machine it neatly where it would normally break anyway.
This edge means you cannot make the jacket curve away from full
bore diameter in the LSWC-1 or CS-1 die (both of which use the punch
cavity to form the entire bullet nose). Hence, both kinds of straight wall
dies, using a punch cavity to form the nose, are restricted by physics to
making lead nosed bullets with a shoulder. Below the shoulder, it doesn’t
matter if you have a jacket or not because either lead or a jacket will
expand nicely against the die walls.
If you try to make a bullet that has too light a core for the jacket
length, the nose punch will compress the lead until the punch edge con-
tacts the jacket edge, then proceed to crush the jacket. Making the lead
core heavier solves this problem. If you want to make the same weight of
bullet, you can use a hollow base, cup base, hollow point or a light filler in
the jacket. Any of these methods will displace some lead, cut down the
weight (or keep it the same, depending on how you look at it) and move
the core forward so it has room to fill the entire cavity in the nose forming
punch.
If your bullets have an angle or uneven spot on the nose, it probably
means that the core isn’t long enough to fill the entire nose cavity in the
punch, or the lead is too hard to flow at the pressure you can safely apply
with that die, or there is trapped lubricant between the punch cavity and
the end of the bullet. Normally you won’t have this problem with the
JSWC-2 die set, because swaging the core in the first die makes the end
square and smooth, so it flows evenly into the nose punch in the next
operation.
But, if you should have these symptoms, use pure lead just to see if
your supposedly soft lead is really not so soft after all. Hard lead is much
more difficult to flow than pure lead. Alloys that seem soft to you might
actually be fairly hard compared to pure lead. A rule of thumb is that each
2 point increase in Brinell hardness number (Bhn) will just about double
the pressure required to fill out the bullet completely. Soft lead is Bhn 5
and Linotype is about Bhn 22. Most wheelweight metal ranges about Bhn
10-15. Going from Bhn 5 to Bhn 7 may double the pressure needed to

177
make the edges form completely. This is fine if your dies will handle the
pressure. The type -M dies can only handle pressure designed for Bhn 5
to Bhn 6 hardness of lead, especially in the .40 to .45 caliber sizes. Type
-S dies may handle up to Bhn 10-12 alloys, and type -H generally handles
any lead you can put into them (but that does not mean the dies will
never break, no matter what you do: they can be broken from applying
too much pressure or applying it too fast, just like any other die).

Changing nose and base shapes

You can use more than one nose punch on the same bullet, to achieve
special effects such as various diameters and depths of hollow points.
Thousands of shapes that are not exactly the same as either of the punches
can be created by remembering one thing: after you have once applied
the force needed to expand the jacket fully, you don’t have to apply that
level again. This means you can push the next punch into the die as lightly
or as short of full contact as you wish, and only partially make the bullet
nose reform to the new shape.
The most versatile way to make a hollow point, for instance, is to use
two punches. First, form a giant hollow cavity by seating the core only
with the HP punch, which has a conical projection on its tip. You have just
made something like the famous old Webley “Man-Stopper”, excellent
short range defense bullet for revolvers, which might not feed in some
autoloaders.
Now, pick out a second punch, be it round nose, or Keith, or any other
shape of cavity (wadcutters are not as effective). Push this punch only
partly into the die, lower the ram, and examine the bullet. Adjust the
punch holder so that the punch consistently forms the desired shape at
the very end of the ram travel, so you don’t have to guess how far to raise
the ram (just go all the way up, with the punch holder set high enough to
prevent full pressure and complete reforming).
Play with the punch holder position, using the end of the stroke each
time, and see how many interesting different bullets you can make with
only two punches! Change back to the hollow point punch and see how
reversing the order of use makes a completely different shape bullet, even
if both punches are used to the same relative depth of insertion. In fact, if
you have a cup base or hollow base punch (internal), try using a flat or
wadcutter punch to push the base into the die, forming the nose against
the internal punch, then reversing the bullet direction for a second pass
with the punch holder set higher.

178
 This is a source of fun in bullet making: you get instant results, some
good and some bad, but all of them interesting. You don’t have to spend
any more money on tools to make these bullets, but just use your imagi-
nation and the adjustment of the punch holder and order of different
punches in the operation.
One of my favorites is the large HP punch, followed by a Saber punch
(as in the Saber-tooth Tiger). This punch has a number of saw-teeth cut
into the steel of a concave curved surface. You get a sort of buzz-saw
bullet that zips through targets. It is a crowd-pleaser, assuming the crowd
is not made up of attacking wolves or feral pigs. Put a few of those on
your table at a gun show and see how fast they are picked up by handload-
ers!
Six teeth is the optimum number for this kind of punch, because eight
makes the teeth too thin and they won’t stand up very long to the high
end pressure. You can nick the edge of the jacket (on purpose) with these
teeth, to help it start expanding, but don’t try to actually cut down into
the jacket material very far. This will soon overstress the sharp edges and
break them. As long as most of the Saber-teeth are formed from the lead
extending beyond the jacket, this concept works very well.
We’ve also had good luck making the curve almost a half ball, cutting
six teeth into it, and pushing it down against a jacket that has lead seated
even with or below the mouth! The jacket buckles inward slightly, and the
thin sharp teeth slide under the jacket, crimping it like a blank cartridge
case mouth. This lets it fold further inward, so that the jacket take on the
half-ball shape of the punch end.
This is the only instance I have seen where it actually is possible to
make a full-jacket bullet in a straight-walled die. The crimped-in grooves
strengthen the jacket to impact along the edge, so that feeding difficulties
disappear, yet cause stress lines that help the bullet peel back from a di-
rect nose impact. All together, the design is a great defense bullet (espe-
cially when the core is not solid lead, but swaged number nine lead shot).

Minimum and maximum weight limits

Core seating and core swage dies have a maximum and minimum
weight limit, related to the length of the core and jacket. The heaviest
possible weight is reached when the core and jacket are so long they do
not let you put the external punch at least a full caliber length into the die.
You need at least one caliber length along the external punch to be sup-
ported and guided by the die cavity before any pressure is encountered.
Otherwise, the punch may be driven off to one side so that it is damaged
by striking the die mouth, or pressure in a nose forming cavity or rebated

179
boattail cavity may build up to the bursting point of the thin punch walls,
since they are supposed to be supported by the solid steel die walls when
pressure is applied.
The lightest core and jacket that you can make, and hence the lightest
bullet, is determined by the minimum volume left in the die, between the
internal and external punch faces, when the ram is all the way forward
toward the die. The length of the head on the internal punch determines
the minimum and maximum weight for a given die. By using two or
sometimes three different punches, with the same overall length but with
a different punch head length, you can swage the widest possible range of
weights. Here is how that occurs:
In a reloading press die, the threaded die holder body is machined to
accept a die in one end, and a quarter inch diameter knockout rod in the
other end. The internal punch has a head, half inch diameter, which keeps
the punch from falling out of the die.
In any of Corbin’s swaging presses, the threaded die holder is replaced
by the ram itself. All the dies screw directly into the ram, so they do not
need an adapter. The ram is machined so there is room for a 3/8 inch
diameter head on the internal punch to slide back and forth for the length
of the die. The part of the punch which fits into the die must be the same
length as the die or you could not eject the bullet fully. The overall length
of type -M or type -S internal punches must be the same, or the stop pin
would not push the punch forward to the right point for ejection.
But the head of the punch can be different lengths. It is a larger por-
tion of the punch that keeps the punch from dropping out of the die. The
back edge of the punch head contacts a shoulder in the ram, regardless of
the kind of press. This shoulder and the head length together determine
exactly how far back the internal punch will slide before it is stopped. The
shoulder inside the ram takes all the force applied when you swage the
bullet, so there is a minimum necessary thickness or length to the head.
However, by varying the head length, the amount of protrusion into the
die is also varied.
To swage a heavy core, you would want an internal punch with a
short head length, so the punch would slide back as far as possible inside
the die, offering as much volume to fill as possible. But if you used this
punch to swage a light core, the external punch might travel past the
bleed hole location, blocking the bleed holes. Then you might crack the
die by trying to extrude lead through those holes, because no matter how
hard you push, no lead can come out.
If you want to make a light core, very gently try to swage it and
watch to see if the external punch goes into the die so far that its face
would cover the bleed holes. You can easily determine this by holding the

180
punch beside the die, in the same position as it would be when swaging.
Align the face of the punch just below the bleed holes, so they would be
open if the punch were inside. Use a marker pen or grease pencil to put a
line on the shank of the punch, where it would just line up with the die
mouth.
Now, when you try to swage the first light core, notice whether or not
the mark you made disappears into the die mouth. If it does, you cannot
swage that short of a core with the internal punch currently installed. You
need an internal punch with a longer head, so the punch is held further
into the die, closer to the die mouth. Then, the light core would be con-
tacted before the external punch could cover the bleed holes.
You will also find this true of other dies besides the core swage. A
shorter head is used with heavy weights, and a longer head is used with
lighter weights. Normally the range is great enough so that the division is
roughly between “pistol” lengths and “rifle” lengths. Weight alone does
not tell the story: you need to know the caliber and the weight to deter-
mine whether it is a light or heavy core.
Generally, two punches will allow you to make any practical weight.
Sometimes it takes three to cover special purpose light cores such as
triple or double core or partition-style bullets using split cores. When you
order, let us know the heaviest and lightest bullet or core you want to
make, and we can determine how many core swage or core seat internal
punches it will require.

With the -H dies, you can use the bottom electronic position sensor
(one of three adjustable sensors mounted along the press head on a stan-
dard) to set the point of ejection. A single steel ejection bar slides through
a slot in the ram and rides up and down with the ram. On the lower part of
the down stroke, this bar comes to rest on the mounting plate for the
press head, and stops moving down. The ram continues down. The die
and internal punch go with the ram, but the internal punch head comes
up against the top of this ejection bar and thus must stop moving. The
die and ram continue down, which pushes the bullet out of the die mouth.
Longer bullets and cores use a shorter head on the internal punch.
Shorter bullets and cores use a longer head. The adjustable ejection posi-
tion, as well as adjustable stroke length of the Corbin Hydro-Press and
Hydro Junior, allow you to use one height of ejection bar. The manual-
powered Corbin Mega-Mite only ejects at a fixed position at the bottom
of its stroke. Thus, different heights of ejection bars are provided with the
press. The height of the ejection bar plus the punch length (from tip to
head, full measurement of the punch) must be the same for whatever
combination you use.

181
 That is, a short punch uses the tallest ejection bar. A medium length
punch uses the middle height bar. The longest punches use the shortest
height of ejection bar. If you set them alongside each other, they would
all measure the same total, combined length when properly paired. If you
should use the wrong height ejection bar with a punch, in the CSP-2 Mega-
Mite (manual) press, you would not get good ejection of the bullets, or
the punch would project beyond the end of the die on the down stroke
instead of just coming even with the face of the die.

182
 13. Full-Jacket, Flat Base Bullets
In the previous chapter, we described a 2-die set called the JSWC-2
using a CSW-1 Core Swage and a CS-1 Core Seater. This set could make
jacketed or lead bullets, but the bullets could not have the jacket curved
inward away from the shank because a step was required between the
nose and the shank. The edge of the jacket would strike the edge of the
nose punch, and be crushed, if you tried to make too light a bullet or force
the jacket into the nose punch. By adding one more die, we can eliminate
the shoulder.
If you take the JSWC-2 set, and add a PF-1 “Point Former”, you have
just built what we call the “FJFB-3” set. We call this a “Full Jacket Flat
Base” set because that is the main or basic bullet design that it makes.
Using various techniques, this set builds both rifle and pistol bullets. It
can make open base military-type full jacket, or closed base open tip full
jacket bullets. In the closed base full jacket style, it can produce both open
tip and soft point bullets, with some limitations on the sharpness of the
soft point (which are overcome by adding a fourth die).
Everything that applied to the JSWC-2 set still applies here, except
that we can build the ogive or nose on the jacket, if we wish. The PF-1
point forming die has a cavity shaped just like the bullet we want to make,
instead of forming the nose in a punch cavity. This eliminates the edge of
the punch, and thus eliminates the need for a shoulder on the bullet.
In bullet swaging, we refer to “open tip” and “hollow point” as two
completely separate features. The open tip (OT) is made by pushing a
lead core into a jacket, so that the core is shorter than the jacket by enough
to allow the point to form and leave the core short of the bullet tip. The
core just stops and the jacket continues, leaving an open space inside the
tip. You can fill this with a plastic “Bullet Ball” or leave it open. This is the
open tip. It is made with an open tip core seating punch, supplied as a
standard item with rifle caliber 3-die sets. This punch fits the inside diam-
eter of a particular jacket, at a certain distance from the mouth, and seals
the pressure at that point to let you seat the core.
The hollow point (HP) is made by pushing a conical-shaped projec-
tion machined on the core seating punch down into the lead core. You can
do this regardless of the length of core compared to the jacket. If the HP
punch fits down inside the jacket, then you can make an open tip bullet
that is also a hollow point. We call that OT-HP in our terminology, which
means Open Tip Hollow Point.

183
 If the HP punch is made large enough to fit the die bore, instead of
going into the jacket, then it requires a lead core longer than the jacket
after seating. The lead projects beyond the jacket, so it will form a soft
point with a hollow point cavity. The hollow point punch supplied by
default is the soft point variety, and is most often used with pistol calibers.
If we don’t know whether you intend the set to be rifle or pistol, we
normally provide an open tip core seating punch. If we are sure it is for a
pistol and you don’t specify anything to the contrary, we would probably
provide a HP punch that is a soft point type, which fits the die bore.
It is not uncommon for people to use the term “hollow point” in refer-
ring to what we call “open tip” bullets. That is fine unless you are ordering
equipment. Be sure you understand the difference and order what you
really want to make. You can make an open tip hollow point, an open tip,
a lead tip, or a lead tip hollow point. It would not be possible to make an
open tip lead tip: those two terms contradict each other. Either the lead is
longer than the jacket (soft point or lead tip) or it is shorter (open tip). It
cannot be both.
Technically speaking, you can seat the lead so it comes to exactly the
same length as the jacket after the ogive is formed. But this is just a little
bit too fine an argument to create a new name, because in order to ac-
complish this, the core will be seated below the jacket in the open tip
style prior to forming the ogive. The lead always moves forward to some
extent, and this is just a matter of setting the open tip style so that the
lead moves right the jacket edge when you process it through the PF-1
die. Call that a “flush tip” if you like. Nosler calls that design a “Protected
Point” since the lead is more or less protected by the jacket.

Jacket and core seating punch fit

Now that we are putting the lead and the external punch down into
the jacket during core seating, a new consideration arises: fitting the punch
to the internal diameter of the jacket at the point where the lead will be
seated. Most jackets are tapered inside, getting thicker toward the base.
Copper tubing jackets are usually not tapered. You can probably use the
same core seating punch with almost any weight of core, when you build
your own copper tubing jackets. But drawn jackets require that the punch
diameter fit closely to the jacket I.D. at the point where the lead will even-
tually come to rest.
With a tapered jacket, you will need different diameter core seating
punches if you plan to make both light and heavy bullets in the same
jacket. Some latitude is possible. The limits are reached when a punch
lets too much lead spurt out around it (reducing pressure below that re-

184
quired to expand the jacket), or sticks tightly in the jacket, possibly plow-
ing up jacket material. Usually there is enough range so that two or three
core seating punches will make every practical range of weights with any
jacket.
If you change jackets, going from a thin one to a thicker one, you will
also need to change core seating punches (to a smaller diameter, in this
case). If we build a set of dies and test it with 150 grain open tip bullets,
and you decide to make 125 grain open tip bullets, the odds are good you
will want a smaller diameter core seating punch for that. Likewise, if we
build the set for 100 grain bullets and you try making 140 grain bullets,
you may find the punch is too small at that point in the jacket.
Again, the Bullet Balls can come to the rescue by moving the lead
forward, so that a large diameter punch still fits at the same point in the
jacket even with a shorter lead core. Corn starch does the same job. Any
light material that is stable under swaging pressure can be used to take up
volume without adding much weight. Bullet Balls are good because they
are very accurate in weight and size, so you can depend on them to give
you consistent bullets.
However, in practice you have enough weight range so that a small
amount of the bullet weight can be shifted (plus or minus 10 percent)
around the core seating punch’s perfect point of contact. If the punch is
just a little small, or just a little large, it either lets an insignificant leakage
of lead around it or it makes a very tiny amount of jacket displacement,
and will probably release from the jacket if there is some lubricant on the
punch and you expand the jacket so it firmly contacts the die walls.
A very tapered wall with sharp angle will allow less adjustment of
weight without changing punch sizes. A shallow taper will allow a great
deal more. You can only tell by trying it. If the lead leaks around the
punch and the jacket won’t expand to the same size as a lead slug does, in
the same die, then probably you need either a shorter core, a thicker jacket,
or a larger diameter core seating punch.
If the punch sticks into the jacket, or the jacket comes out shorter and
not expanded enough in diameter, it probably means that the punch is
too large. This can stop the punch too early, so that there isn’t enough
pressure developed in the core to expand the jacket properly. You then get
tapered, undersized bullets in the point forming operation, which is the
same thing that happens if the punch is too small.
A punch that is too small, or too large, will prevent you from develop-
ing enough pressure to expand the lead core during core seating, and this
in turn makes the jacket and core undersized for the point forming die.

185
When you form the ogive on the bullet in the next die (point former), the
base expands to contact the die wall, but the undersized shank probably
will not expand evenly.
Instead, it may expand near the contact point on the ogive, and be
curved inward like a Coke bottle in the shank area. The amount of curve
is very small, usually just the difference between the original seated core
and jacket diameter and the final bullet diameter at its largest point. But it
can cause the bullet to be a loose fit in the case neck after you load it. This
may not be a problem in a single shot, but in a repeating rifle or magazine
fed handgun it may cause trouble in feeding. In a revolver it may cause
the bullet to slip forward during recoil and lock up the cylinder.
The answer is to experiment with the particular jacket and core length
combination you are using, and if you are having any of these problems
with expansion, make sure that you are using a punch that fits correctly.
To correct the problem, use a different core length, a different jacket, put
some filler behind the core (such as a bullet ball or corn starch), or get a
new punch that fits your combination correctly. There is no wrong or
right punch by itself: each punch is only right or wrong for the particular
length of core and jacket wall thickness.
Corbin offers the VB (Versatile BenchrestTM) jacket design, which has
a thin, parallel-wall (constant ID) mouth section, joined to a thicker, slightly
tapered shank and heavy base. This design lets you use the same diam-
eter core seating punch over a wider range of weights (from the mouth to
the junction between the thin and thicker sections of the wall). If you
trim the jacket shorter or seat the core below the parallel-wall mouth
section, then you will need a smaller diameter punch to fit and seal the
small inside diameter in the bottom portion of the jacket.

Making a lead bullet without a shoulder

Point forming dies can also be used with just a core swage to make
lead bullets which do not have the semi-wadcutter shoulder. Paper-patched
bullets or lead pistol bullets can be made either in the LSWC-1 type of die
(in all but reloading presses) or in a combination of CSW-1 and PF-1 dies.
In theory you could put holes in the side of a point forming die and
make the core and the ogive all in one operation, but in actual practice the
lead tends to flow up the ejection pin hole about as fast as it extrudes
through the weight-adjustment holes. We can build a custom point form-
ing die with bleed holes and an adjustable ejection pin designed to seal
off the end of the die. This custom die trades an increased cost of tooling
for a faster production rate by eliminating one step and finishing the lead
bullet in one stroke.

186
 The ejection pin in a point forming die pushes the bullet out by its tip.
This means that a bullet with a blunt or flat tip probably will look good,
with perhaps a small circle where the ejection pin pushes on the lead tip.
But a sharp spitzer tip bullet isn’t practical with the PF-1 die as a final
step, because the ejection pin crushes the tiny point. In the next chapter
we discuss the LT-1 lead tip die and how it is used to solve this problem.
Custom point forming dies with adjustable length ejection punches
can be ordered instead of the lead tip forming die. The ejection punch has
an adjustable length and a larger than usual diameter, with the curve of
the die wall machined into a cavity in the tip of the punch. The punch is
adjustable in length so that tiny variations in different press rams can be
“tuned out”, allowing the die wall curve to smoothly match the curve in
the punch tip. The advantage of using this custom point forming die is
higher production speed, since you do not need to follow it with the lead
tip forming die in order to get a perfect lead tip. The disadvantages are
somewhat higher cost, and less versatility (the end of the bullet must take
its form from the shape of the ejection punch, and cannot be varied un-
less this special punch is replaced by a different one).
A standard point forming die costs less to make, and allows some-
what more flexibility in how the tip will be formed (smaller or larger, as
you adjust the punch holder to push the bullet material further or less far
into the die). However, it does require the LT-1 lead tip die, as a final
operation, if you wish to make perfectly formed lead tip bullets. This
adds one more operation, which may be significant enough in regard to
production time to justify the cost of a custom point forming die. There
is no right or wrong way: it depends on the individual circumstance and
design of the bullet, as well as the variations in design that you wish to
make.

Full metal jacket bullets

Full metal jacket (military style) bullets can also be made by turning
the jacket backward, so the base faces the cavity of the PF-1 die, and
actually seating the lead core into the jacket in the PF-1 instead of in the
CS-1 core seater. The pressure changes the flat jacket end into a pointed
shape, conforming to the die outline. But the base is still wide open (the
lead core should come just about 1/8 inch below the jacket mouth).
To make a proper base, eject the bullet, turn it over and push it back
into the point forming die. But use a special “base-turning” punch that
has a shallow concave face. This punch doesn’t do anything a flat punch
wouldn’t do at this point, but it will in the next step and it saves you from
changing punches yet again. You want to just barely push the open end of

187
the jacket into the ogive portion of the PF-1 die, so it acquires just the
start of a curve. Then, eject the bullet and turn it over one more time.
Press more firmly this time, using the “base-turning” punch. Because the
jacket edge has already been curved inward, it will contact the face of this
concave punch closer to the center than the very edge, and will be curled
inward and nearly flattened.
Press firmly enough so that the jacket takes on a radius that matches
the curve of the punch face. Process all the bullets this way and then
change to the normal flat-faced external point former punch. Put the bul-
let into the PF-1 die one last time, and press firmly with the flat punch
(against the almost-flat base). This finishes off the base, rolling the edge
firmly over against the lead core.
If you made the core length just right for the jacket length, the base
will be flat and even with a silver circle of lead brought cleanly to the
surface, aligned perfectly with the jacket surface at the base. No extra lead
will spurt out and be flattened unevenly across the base. No folding or
wrinkling of the jacket near the base will occur from lack of sufficient
filling of core. Chances are it will take you a couple of trys to get this
ideal combination, and the weight may not be precisely what you in-
tended (a grain or so either way usually makes the base come out per-
fectly).
To use a standard length jacket, and still make whatever weight of
FMJ bullet you desire, you can use Corbin’s plastic Bullet Balls in the tip,
or you can fill part of the jacket with compressed corn starch to adjust the
weight and maintain proper core length. If you just made the open base
in one step and shot it, the gas pressure at the muzzle would flare the
jacket open, and you would be shooting a bullet that had an asterisk shaped
base, easily determined by looking at the ragged holes in a paper target.
You might be able to skip the final, flat-faced punch operation if you like
the appearance of the “base-turned” bullet, but you should never skip the
“base-turning” step.

Bullet tip closure and ejection pin size

Point forming dies have an ejection pin that is designed for the mini-
mum tip closure possible, consistent with long punch life and proper ejec-
tion. If the ejection pin is made smaller than the optimum design diam-
eter, it becomes very weak in relation to the required ejection force for the
caliber, ogive shape and material. You will experience bent ejection pins
too often in that case.

188
 There is no problem with making the ejection pin too large except
that you cannot close the bullet tip any smaller than the ejection pin
diameter. If you want to make flat or blunt round nose lead tip bullets, a
big pin is actually desirable since it has less tendency to penetrate and
mark up the soft lead nose. Using a die designed for the sharpest possible
spitzer tip and minimum jacket closure on open tip bullets to make lead
tip bullets can be a problem, since the ejection pressure might exceed the
strength of the jacket or lead tip. In that case, the pin will penetrate into
the bullet instead of pushing it out of the die.
If you feel the need to close the tip smaller than the standard ejection
pin diameter for the die, we can either build a custom point forming die,
or you can use the lead tip forming die to gently nudge the tip of the open
jacket closer together. Remember, though, that the minimum tip pos-
sible is twice the jacket wall thickness! Sometimes it is better to go to a
lead tip if you really want a sharp point without any special expense or
trouble. If you want a harder tip, drop a chilled lead shot into the open
jacket and swage that into a lead tip. A bullet ball can be put into the tip of
the jacket, if you allow enough open space between the core and the end
of the jacket to hold the ball once the ogive has been formed (rather like
a ball-point pen design).
Each caliber or range of calibers is matched to a standard size ejection
pin, which is based on the industry standard sizes of oil-tempered spring
wire. There is nothing about a .080 diameter ejection pin that would make
any practical difference from the standard .081 size, for instance. It would
be wasteful of your money to specify small differences, since that would
put your order into the custom category, require special non-stock dies
and additional labor, and if you needed replacement parts, the margin for
error is tremendous unless you specify exactly what you have (whereas
we would know from experience and the standard charts what size to
send you if you had a standard caliber and left it to us to determine the
pin size for it.
Ejection pin sizes usually vary in 0.010 inch increments, as that is
about as small a difference as makes any significant difference in strength,
and it is also the standard differential size in readily-available spring wire
stock. We match the caliber to the nearest wire size that would make a
reliable ejection from the die, assuming that most people will want to
close the tip as small as it is practical to do without having to put up with
too many bent pins or penetrating the core if you forget to use enough
swage lube. Naturally, the smaller the pin size, the less area is supporting
the ejection force under its tip, and therefore the greater the chance for a

189
“dry” bullet to stick in the die and cause the small pin to push into the
bullet core, penetrating it and possibly even going through the jacket
base.

Removing a stuck bullet

If a bullet should stick in the point form die, don’t panic! The first
thing to do is to stop, take the die out of the press, and gently turn and
pull the ejection punch out of the die. If it is stuck too hard to pull out, it
may have to be driven out by pushing on the wire tip, but usually you can
twist and pull carefully, and free it from the stuck bullet. The next thing to
do if you want to ruin the die and buy another one, is to get out a drill or
tap extractor or a torch, and drill, tap, or melt the bullet out. This is the
best way to insure a good retirement income for the die-makers, because
it normally ruins the die surface or temper of the carefully heat treated
die. It seems to be the first thing inexperienced bullet-makers do, other
than panic and break the ejection punch by continued attempts to eject
the bullet.
The right way to get the bullet out is to push it in further! Leave the
ejection punch on the bench, and put the die back into the ram without
any internal punch. Use the normal external (top) punch to push the bul-
let down just a tiny bit further, which closes the hole in the bullet, pushes
the jacket edges at the tip closer together, and gives the ejection pin (if it
were present) something to push against. Then unscrew the die from the
press, and use a short piece (about an inch long) of the same diameter
wire as the ejection punch to drive the bullet out of the die.
If you have a micrometer and can compare the ejection pin size to a
small nail or other suitable round wire, you can probably locate an inch-
long bit of the right diameter material. If not, contact us and ask for a bit
of the same diameter spring wire as your ejection pin (if it is a standard
die, we know by the caliber what size to send, but if it is custom, with a
special ejection diameter size, you need to let us know what you have. Do
not pound an oversize wire, nail, or hex key wrench into the hole! You
probably will just make the problem worse in that case.
Once you have obtained the right diameter of wire to use, set the
mouth of the die over a hole that will let the bullet drop free of the die,
and put the wire into the ejection pin hole (at the threaded end of the die).
Then use a small hammer to tap the wire into the hole and either drive the
stuck bullet out, or drive the wire into the bullet but leave at least a quar-
ter of the wire length sticking out of the die. If the bullet comes out, the
job is done. If the short wire simply penetrates the bullet, you have more
work to do.

190
 Grasp the end of the wire that you did not drive entirely into the die
with a pair of Vise-Grip pliers, or clamp the end of the wire in a bench
vise. Turn and pull the die to remove it from the wire. In some cases a flat
screwdriver blade inserted between the top of the die and the device grip-
ping the end of the wire may serve to pry the wire free. Once the wire is
removed, put the die back into the press (without the internal punch) and
push the bullet back firmly into shape, closing the hole in the tip. Try not
to extrude material too far up the ejection pin hole, so that there is no
room to put the wire back into it. If this happens, you may have to care-
fully drill out a short length of the ejection pin hole using the same size
drill as the ejection pin diameter or slightly smaller.
Remove the die from the press, put it over a hole in the bench or the
slightly opened jaws of your vise, and insert the short wire again, and
drive it in part way. If the bullet does not come out, you may have to
repeat this sequence over and over again, until the jacket gets fatigued
and loses its grip on the die. If you have two or more short wire pins, you
may be able to drive the first pin all the way through the bullet with a
second one, then remove the second one, and thus bit by bit reduce the
volume of the bullet as you push it back into the die and then drive the
pins through it again and again. Eventually, this tedious-sounding pro-
cess works and the bullet almost falls out of the die. Sometimes is actu-
ally falls out, after sufficient cycles of pushing it in and poking a hole
through the middle.
Of course, you are always welcome to just send us the die and punches,
and we will remove the bullet for you at no charge other than the return
shipping and insurance cost. Sometimes, I must admit, we do drill a hole
in the bullet and screw a self-tapping screw into the hole, and then use a
pry to pull the screw and bullet out. You may be able to do that without
harming the die, but if the drill or screw is forced against the highly pol-
ished die wall, and causes a mar in the finish, it is not a warranty problem
(unless we do it ourselves, in which case the die-maker will quietly spend
all night making you a new die at his expense and you’ll never know he
screwed up). I would at least try the push and short pin method first. It
has very little risk, and almost always works in two to five cycles.
If you should happen to push an empty jacket into the point forming
die, or if the bottom should break out of a jacket, then there may be no
core left to push against. You may be able to insert another seated core
and jacket, with plenty of lube on it, and use this to collapse the empty
jacket into a ball, which in turn provides material under the ejection pin
tip for ejection.

191
Matching the bullet and die length
A point forming die contains a semi-blind cavity, which is full diam-
eter at one end, has a parallel section that must be longer than the longest
bullet you want to make, and then has a curved ogive section that comes
down almost to a point, joining a small ejection pin hole that passes through
the turned-down and threaded shank of the die. The longest possible bul-
let that can be formed in this die is primarily limited by the length of the
parallel section of the hole.
If you try to push a straight cylinder (the seated core and jacket) that
is, say, 1.30 inches long, into a die that has a 1.20 inch straight section,
there will be 0.10 inches of unsupported bullet sticking out of the die
mouth at the moment the open end of the jacket encounters the start of
the ogive curve. The main resistance in the point forming operation comes
from forcing the full diameter cylinder into this ever-smaller tapered hole.
Unsupported, the jacket base may start to mushroom outward in size
from the pressure.
If this happens, either the base will be damaged as you try to force it
back into the die cavity, or you simply won’t be able to push it any further
without severely expanding the base (we call it “nail-heading” the bullet).
If you don’t mention the weight or length of bullet, you will get a die that
makes the normal range for the caliber. This die may not make the ex-
treme heavy (or light) end of the scale. If you specify a very heavy bullet,
and we know you plan to do that, we can make a longer die (up to the
stroke limitations imposed by the press) and we can bring the cavity as far
toward the threaded end of the die as strength and safety margin permits.
Sometimes, with very long bullets, we can push the envelope (or de-
sign limit) of the press just a bit, by using a quick-change punch holder.
This lets you slide a punch in and out of the holder quickly, so that you
can put the long component into the die with the punch removed, then
slide the punch into position behind it. Normally, the press stroke has to
be about 1.54 times the length of the component in order to allow for
loading, alignment of the punch into the die, and forming within the die.
In other words, if the press has a 2-inch stroke, then a 1.3-inch bullet
could be put into it and formed, provided the die and punch were made
for this length. Another way to figure it is that the stroke times about 0.65
is the maximum bullet length for that press.
But if you can put the component into the die without having to add
most of its unsupported length to the formula, then you could reasonably
make a bullet just a little shorter than the press stroke (some stroke is
needed for compression of the material and some for alignment of the
punch prior to any pressure being generated). Alignment and compres-

192
sion reasonably use about 0.25 of the stroke, so we are left with about 75
percent of the stroke for bullet length. That means a two-inch long press
stroke might, under ideal circumstances, form a bullet of 1.50 inch length,
with the quick-change punch holder.
Some of these numbers are “soft”, in the sense that they can be sub-
jective to the extent of how much alignment is deemed necessary for the
punch prior to any force being delivered, and how much a given caliber or
material might compress in expanding to proper diameter. Therefore, we
cannot state with authority that they are exact and will always apply to
each instance. But we can use them as a general approach, until the spe-
cific tooling and bullet lets us refine them more exactly.
The Corbin CSP-2 “Mega-Mite” press uses a 3-inch swaging stroke,
which means that with a normal punch holder you can get up to a 1.95-
inch long bullet and with a quick-change punch holder, a 2.25-inch bullet.
Again, these are subject to some variation depending on the caliber, ma-
terial compression, and the distance used in alignment. A hollow point or
base might limit the bullet length whereas a rebated boattail might allow
it to be slightly longer (provided most of the punch is supported inside
the die before any pressure is generated).
Rebated boattail bullets, and bullets that form the nose in a punch
cavity (such as a lead paper-patch bullet), require the thin punch edge and
walls to be well supported inside the die cavity prior to generating any
pressure. If you make longer and longer bullets in these dies, eventually
you will reach a length where the punch is not adequately supported by
the die cavity, and it will expand and crack from the pressure (even if
some of the punch is inside the die when the pressure is generated).
Another cause of broken punches is using the wrong diameter of punch,
just small enough to let the punch expand along with the bullet so that
the punch cracks. The extremely close fit of a nose punch into a lead
semi-wadcutter die means that the same punch probably will be just a bit
too large for the same caliber of core seating die. And a nose punch de-
signed to make semi-wadcutter bullets with a core seating die may fail if
used in a LSWC-1 die, because of the very small difference in diameter
(core seaters usually are 0.002 or more smaller than the final caliber, as
they anticipate using a point forming die to finish the bullet).

Relationship of die bore to caliber

Point forming dies are not designed by making the die a certain cali-
ber, but by making sure that the materials inserted will expand and then
spring back slightly to a specified final dimension. The same die that makes
perfect .3080 bullets when used with the specified materials (such as .035

193
wall annealed copper tubing) may produce a .309 or .307 bullet when you
use a tapered-wall commercial gilding metal jacket, or hard copper, or
brass.
Changing materials, core seating dies, and sometimes even the weight
beyond a certain range can affect the bullet diameter. A point forming die
is part of a closely-integrated package or system, designed to work to-
gether. It isn’t something you can make in isolation and expect to work
correctly with any kind of material. This is another reason why so few
die-makers offer bullet swaging equipment of high precision.
The client and die-maker need to work closely together on the design,
and make sure that everyone understands the weights, materials, and pro-
cesses that will be used. Then, it is possible to deliver tooling that forms
truly outstanding bullets. Otherwise, you may be headed for a frustrating
experience because the bullets will stick, come out tapered or in the wrong
diameter. Yet the dies may be excellent, when used with the right mate-
rial, weight range, and style of bullet.
If your bullets come out smaller than you wish, make sure that the
materials you are using are the same as those for which the die was built.
Using copper tubing when the dies were built for tubing jackets is a start,
but you still need to match the temper, wall thickness, and diameter. Of-
ten a set of dies that works nicely with a standard hard-drawn 1/2-inch
diameter tubing that varies only .003 inches in diameter and has walls of
.035 with a tolerance of .002 inches, may fail to produce the right diam-
eter, have stuck bullets, or other problems when the tolerances or temper
vary more than this.
The key to getting the proper diameter and operation of the dies is
making sure that you send us samples of the same materials you plan to
use, or else use materials that we furnish (or exact equivalent). We find
that most problems are traced to misunderstanding, rather than material
or design defects. The person having a problem believes that his material
is the same, when in fact it may be quite different by the close standards
of swaging. A shooter new to the sport might protest that he won the
match because he hit the target every time, not realizing that “hitting the
target” really means putting them all in the X-ring when you get to the
championship level. Likewise, a person who is positive that his lead is
“soft” when in fact it is Bhn 10 hardness rather than Bhn 5, is both right
and wrong. He is right that it is soft by casting standards. But by swaging
standards it is hard.
I recall a Woody Allen film in which a psychiatrist asked the girl friend
how often she and her partner had sex, and she complained, “All the time!
Three times a week!”. Then later, he asked her partner the same question,
and he complained “Hardly ever: Three times a week...”. So it is with

194
many perceptions. People tend to look at issues in light of what they
prefer or what is convenient. If a material is easy to get and plentiful, and
the basic dimensions are close, then it must be the right thing and any
problem has to be something else. In fact, if the dimensions or other
parameters are close but not close enough to work with the tools as they
are delivered, there is still a good chance that by making some modifica-
tions in the tools, that plentiful source of material may still be used. But it
is faster and cheaper to do it the first time, using samples of that material.
Samples, by the way, need to be in enough quantity to actually make a
number of bullets. One inch of the material isn’t going to help very much.
Usually it takes at least a few feet, a meter or so, to build enough jackets
and bullets for a good trial.
Sometimes sample material comes in such bad condition that it is
useless for building any dies and punches. If the material is tubing or
strip, and it is put into an envelope without much padding, it will prob-
ably be so bent, smashed, scratched and otherwise mutilated by the ship-
ping and handling that we will be lucky to determine its original dimen-
sions at all. Package samples with plenty of padding, in a tough enough
package so that the ends won’t be broken out or the sides torn through if
a former quarterback decides to hurl the box into a truck and then pile
several hundred pounds of smashed computer monitors marked “Fragile”
on top of it.

195
 14. Lead Tip Bullets
The LT-1 lead tip forming die is available in type -R, -S, or -H sizes. It
is similar to a CS-1 core seating die, in that the die has a straight hole all
the way through, and punches that are full bore size of the die. However,
the diameter is just slightly larger than the finished bullet, whereas the
core seater is slightly smaller. The internal punch has a cavity machined
in the end, shaped similar to the ogive curve of the bullet you wish to
form, but with a slightly wider angle.
To make a large round or flat tipped lead nose bullet, you may not
need this die. You can just seat the lead core so that it projects beyond the
jacket you are using. Then, form the nose in the point forming die, and
you’ll be done. If the point forming die is designed especially for lead tip
bullets, we will have made it with a larger than usual ejection punch. This
spreads out the force of ejection over a wider area, and reduces the visibil-
ity of the mark which the punch makes in the bullet nose. Normally it is
acceptable even if you can see a little circle where the ejection pin pushed
against the lead nose.
However, if you wish to make a sharper lead tip, the strength of the
tip might not be enough to avoid being mushroomed as the bullet is
ejected from the point forming die. This is where the lead tip forming die
comes into play. Go ahead and eject the bullet and accept the deformed
blob of lead that comes out of the point former die. You want that lead to
be enough so it will fill up the cavity in the lead tip forming punch, in the
next operation.
The lead tip forming die has a slightly different curve than the actual
bullet it is designed to form. We catalog LT-1 dies by the bullet ogive,
such as 6-S or 8-S, but the actual curve in the punch might be 5.5-S or
7.5-S instead. This lets the punch meet the jacket at a slight angle, so it
can shape the tip before the edge of the punch contacts the jacket and
presses a ring into it. This slightly broader angle also lets you use the die
to push the tip of an open tip bullet closer together.
Lead tip bullets require that you leave the jacket open sufficiently so
that the tip is connected to the main core by a substantial stem of core
material. If you try to close the jacket down to a tiny tip, in order to make
a very small lead tip, you will push the two jacket walls so close together
that nothing is left to hold the tip to the core. It can actually fall off the
bullet when you try to load it into the cartridge case, or even when the
gun cycles and pushes the cartridge out of the magazine.

196
 To illustrate this, just subtract twice the jacket thickness from your
bullet diameter at the end of the jacket, after forming to a small tip. The
difference is all that holds the tip to the core. As an example, imagine that
you want a tiny lead tip on a .308 bullet, but you want this bullet to be
made with a .035 inch thick copper tubing jacket for big game hunting.
This is quite reasonable, if you reconsider what “tiny” means in such a
lead tip design.
The two jacket walls together measure .070 inches in width, so this
means no matter how hard you push, you will never succeed in getting
the tip smaller than .070 when completely closed. A lead rod that is .050
inches thick can be twisted apart fairly easily by hand pressure, so you
would probably want at least 0.100 inches of lead joining the exposed tip
to the lead core.
Add the two jacket walls to the minimum practical stem of lead, and
you have a tip diameter of 0.170 inches where the jacket ends. The lead
itself can be shaped to a needlepoint beyond the jacket, as long as the
diameter across the position of the jacket end is 0.170 or wider. The moral
of this story is simply to make sure that you leave a nice, wide opening
with plenty of lead protruding from it in the point forming die, so there is
both plenty of lead to shape in the tip forming die and also a nice thick
stem to hold it onto the core. In other words, don’t forget about the jacket
wall thickness and how it takes away from the core diameter at all points,
including the tip.
The LT-1 die helps do one other operation: it not only shapes exposed
lead tips into factory-finished appearance, but it also sizes the base por-
tion of the bullet to minimize the “pressure ring” at the base. This is a
very subtle amount of sizing, not the same as removing body taper from
a mass production operation by shoving bullets through a ring die (which
tends to loosen the cores). It is useful in hunting rifles and autoloading
handguns because it helps keep the case neck snug and parallel to the
bullet.
Lead tip forming dies can be added to any set that uses a PF-1 point
former. Added to the FJFB-3 set, the combination is called the “LTFB-4”
which simply stands for “Lead Tip, Flat Base” four die set. It can still
make open tip or full metal jacket bullets, of course, just as it did before
you added the fourth die. Only now it can also make better quality lead
tip bullets.
We have not yet discussed the RBTO-4 set, but that will be covered
soon. It stands for “Rebated-Boattail, Open Tip” four die set. It uses a core
swage, and a point form die, but instead of the usual core seater it has two
other dies. One is a boattail preformer, and the other is a rebated boattail
finisher. A four die set, then, is not always a lead tip set. If you added a LT-

197
1 die to the RBTO-4, you would create a five die set capable of both open
tip and lead tip rebated boattail bullets. It would be called the “RBTL-5”
five die set.
Please keep in mind that any die set having the “L” as part of its
catalog number just means you have got an extra die to make nice lead
tips. It does NOT mean you can ONLY make lead tips. Any such set can
also make open tips and full jacket bullets as well as lead tip bullets. The
LT-1 die just adds one more thing you can accomplish.
There is another kind of five die set. We left the normal flat base core
seating die out of the RBTO-4 and also out of the RBTL-5 sets. These
two sets make only the rebated boattail base. Suppose you wanted to add
the normal core seater (CS-1) so you could also make flat base bullets?
Fine, that would be the “FRBO-5” or the “FRBL-6” package of dies. You
can probably guess that “FRBL-5” stands for “Flat base, Rebated Boattail,
Lead tip” five die set. The “FRBL-6” means you can do everything in
regard to “Flat base, Rebated Boattail, Lead tip” with those six dies.
Adding the “F” for flat base does not mean some strange combined
flat and boattail base: it means you can make either kind of bullet. The
same is true of the “L”, which means you have an extra die that can
produce nice lead tips. You can still make open tips, full metal jackets, and
anything else that you made with sets having less dies in them. Also, a six
die set does not require that you use all six dies on one bullet. It means
you might use two, three, four, or possibly even five dies.
You could use two dies (CSW-1 and CS-1) to make a Keith nose pistol
style bullet, with the appropriate nose punch. You could use three dies
(CSW-1, CS-1, and PF-1) to make an open tip, flush tip, or full metal
jacket bullet with a flat, cup, dish, or hollow base, jacketed or lead. If you
made a lead bullet, you could probably skip the CS-1 and just use the
CSW-1 and PF-1.
You could also use the CSW-1, BT-1 and BT-2 dies (more about these
later: they form the RBT-2 pair), and the PF-1 to make open tip, rebated
boattail bullets. Finally, in the most complex operation, you would use
the CSW-1, BT-1, BT-2, PF-1 and finally the LT-1 to form a rebated boattail
lead tip bullet. Each step is similar to the others in how you install the die
and punches, how you adjust and work your way up by applying pressure
in small increases and inspecting your work to see how it is going, and
finally how you lock down the setting of the punch holder and process as
many pieces as you need for the next stage.

198
Changing ogive shapes
The LT-1 die itself is made in a specific caliber (diameter) but the
ogive or nose shape can be changed by getting a different internal punch.
The internal punch in the LT-1 die has a cavity that matches whatever
lead tip shape you desire. If you want a semi-spitzer shape, this means
the ogive is a spitzer but the lead tip ends with a very perceptible radius.
If you want a spitzer tip, then the lead tip cavity will end with a small
radius. Generally, we find it best to make spitzer lead tips with a small
radius. This helps the lead fill out to the same consistent length. Lubri-
cant buildup can sometimes block a very sharp cavity, so that some tips
come out needle-sharp and others come out with a poorly formed end,
either angled or flattened. Unless given other instructions and drawings
with dimensions, the spitzer lead tip punch ends with a tiny radius.
To order a different lead tip shape, specify the ogive of the point form-
ing die that you will be using to make the bullet and then tell us if you
want a flat tip, semi-spitzer, or spitzer shape, or some special shape. If
you want a flat tip or special shape, we will need a drawing with the
dimensions or a few samples. One sample is fine except that it doesn’t
give us any idea of the tolerance range. In the absence of any other in-
struction, we will use our standard practice as a guide.
All you do to change shapes is change the internal punch. Some people
have suggested using a larger LT-1 die for smaller bullets, such as form-
ing a .284 lead tip using a .308 die. It isn’t a good practice, because the
bullet can be randomly expanded and the tip may not be perfectly cen-
tered with the axis of the bullet. It comes under the heading of “Things
You Might Get Away With Sometimes”. And often, not.

Tip Closers
A tip closing die is a lead tip die equipped with a special hardened
punch made of a tough, wear resistant steel alloy. The cavity in the punch
is made so that the tip of the open jacket will contact it first, and the force
will move the jacket tip inward. Sometimes the jacket will be strong
enough to allow the tip to be almost completely closed in this manner.
Usually the jacket only allows a reduction in the open tip size, not com-
plete closure, because the jacket will collapse, fold, or take on the edge
shape of punch and thus create a shoulder on the ogive.
We designate this die as a LT-1-SC or LT-1-HC, with the “C” meaning
custom and indicating that the punch is custom made to close or reduce
the opening of an open tip bullet. The die is exactly the same as any
other lead tip forming die, other than this special punch being provided.
You can add the punch to an existing standard LT-1 die any time.

199
ULD METAL TIPS
The ULD or “Ultra Low Drag” bullet design was first made by Corbin
back in the days of the Viet Nam conflict, for long range sniper rounds. It
combined a rebated boattail with a relatively heavy bullet having a secant
ogive with a 14-caliber radius offset 0.014-inches from tangent. For any
given weight and caliber, this shape provided the best compromise be-
tween ballistic coefficient and accuracy within practical recoil and pres-
sure levels.
Fast forward a few decades, and the ULD design has been copied un-
der a half-dozen other names, but all retain most of the features found in
the original design (except for the rebated boattail, since so much equip-
ment, advertising, and customer conditioning has been put into the con-
ventional boattail by this time, and the conventional boattail base is easier
to load in automatic equipment than a flat or RBT base). But two new
features have been developed, tested, and are now available to handloaders
and bullet makers.
The first additional feature is a blending of the secant and tangent
ogives in a “hybrid” design, which reduces the slight chance that a sec-
ondary shock wave might be momentarily generated at the ogive-shank
junction under exactly the right combination of velocity and air density.
This improves the BC by a very small amount for a given weight and
diameter of bullet. (Remember, BC is reduced by the square of the diam-
eter, and increased directly with weight, so you can always get higher BC
by making the same design and caliber of bullet heavier or using the
same shape and weight in a smaller caliber -- if the internal ballistics and
the firearm mechanics safely permit it. Keep in mind also that BC and
accuracy will always go in different directions at some point, if you try to
increase BC beyond certain limits by making the bullet longer and heavier.)
When you order a standard “ULD” point forming die from Corbin
today, you get the hybrid style ogive rather than a conventional secant,
although it may be hard to tell much difference by eye. The main differ-
ence is the blending of the angle or junction between shank and ogive.
The second additional feature, which is optional and requires some
special equipment (different kind of point forming die, extra punches) is
the “ULD TIP” design, using a CNC-machined high precision metal tip
insert having a needle point. The conventional ULD point forming die
cannot seat this tip properly. A special PF-1-ST or PF-1-HT tip seating
and ogive forming, with two different ejector punches used in sequence,
is employed.

200
 In addition to the ULD TIP point form die, with its two special
punches, there are also special punches used in the core swage die and in
seating the lead core into a jacket. The purpose of these punches is to
create a center hole or alignment dimple in the core that is exactly cen-
tered, and then to use this to insure that the lead core is pressed into the
jacket in a manner that creates a deeper hole to accept and eventually grip
the grooved stem of the ULD tip insert.
The tip inserts are little cones with the precise angle of the ULD ogive
as it approaches the centerline of the bullet. This angle is the same for all
ULD ogive bullets regardless of caliber. Therefore the same tip inserts
can be used on a wide range of calibers, limited only by the diameter and
length of the tip compared to the rest of the bullet. At this writing, two
different tips are available, the TIP-50 and the TIP-30.
The TIP-30 is made to fit into calibers around the .308 size, usually
from about .284 (7mm) up to around .323 (8mm). The limiting factor is
appearance and balance on the smaller caliber side: the tip can be too
much of the total ogive if the diameter of the bullet is too small. The
limit on the upward side is the thickness of the bullet jacket at the open
end, which typically is much heavier in larger calibers. The difference
between the diameter of the stem on the insert, and the base of the cone
to which it is attached is twice the wall thickness of the jacket, or more.
If there is, for instance, .015 inches between the stem and the edge of
the cone (start of the actual metal nose projecting from the bullet), then it
means the maximum possible amount of jacket thickness that could be
used with this tip insert is .015 inches at the end of the jacket. Another
limitation is the appearance and ease of assembly. From about .338 up to
.510 caliber (50 BMG), the TIP-50 is more satisfactory than the TIP-30.
There may at some future time be smaller sizes, for .277, .264, and
other small centerfires. However, at this time, the cost of producing them
quickly enough, in high enough volume, in the required high level of
precision, prices them out of reason for civilian applications. They can be
made, of course, but not on the high speed CNC lathes that allow high
enough unit production to keep their cost in line with what you’d feel
comfortable paying, considering their benefit for long range shooting. The
basic reason is that practical materials will bend or deflect too much when
turned with the forces needed for high production volume, making accu-
racy unacceptable. With the larger two sizes, this has been solved by
using specific alloys with the proper strength so that high precision and
high production are simultaneous. For now, the ULD TIP design is lim-
ited to calibers from .284 to about .510 (or slightly larger).

201
 To produce these special, high BC bullets, you would want a RBTO-4-
S or RBTO-4-H die set. Lead tips are of course not feasible or desired
here, and flat bases defeat the idea of the highest practical BC. You can
either order the RBTO-4 die set with the special ULD TIP point forming
die instead of the standard point former, and the special ULD seating and
core swaging punches instead of the standard ones, or you can add these
items to an existing set (in the same caliber, of course).
Remember, though, that the standard ULD ogive bullet cannot be
made using the ULD-TIP point former, and the ULD-TIP bullet cannot
be made using a conventional ULD point former. These are separate,
non-interchangeable concepts, which use different tooling. The ULD-
TIP point former has a large ejection pin, much larger than the typical
.081 to .091 diameter pin on a standard .308 ULD point form die. And it
doesn’t just have one: there are two used in sequence.
There are also two special punches, one for the core swage and one for
the RBT dies. The core swage punch is an internal punch, with a “center
punch” design. It can be used instead of a conventional flat internal punch
in any standard core swage die made for this jacket and caliber, even if
you don’t make a ULD-TIP bullet. It puts a perfectly centered alignment
hole in the end of the lead core.
The second special punch is a ULD-TIP core seating punch, which is
made to fit your specific jacket diameter near the mouth area, and has a
longer “probe” machined on the end. This extension or probe finds the
center hole in the core, when you seat the core into the jacket. It then
makes a centered cavity or open tip hollow point in the core. This cavity
can also be used as a normal hollow point, if you should wish to use the
same punch to seat cores used in any other conventional point form die
of that caliber. But the real purpose is to create a hole for the stem on the
tip insert.
These two special punches cost the same as the normal flat end
punches, and can be substituted for them at no extra cost when you get a
new die set. If you have an existing die set, you can simply add these two
punches, plus the ULD-TIP point form die.
The jacket and seated core, which now has a cavity formed in it, is put
into the ULD-TIP point form die and the die itself is installed in your
press with the first ejection punch, which has a small probe or tip ma-
chined on the end of a fairly large ejection punch (for example, some are
made at 0.210 inches, but this is determined for the actual caliber). You
form the ogive up to the point where the jacket just comes up against the
larger diameter of the ejection punch, which forces the lead core to form
around the smaller machined portion of the punch and create an exact
depth and diameter of hole.

202
 Then, you would eject the bullet, make sure it is formed as desired,
and process the rest of your run of bullets through this stage. Then un-
screw the ULD-TIP point form die, and change the ejection punch for the
one having a cavity in the end, shaped like the reverse of the tip insert.
Since this punch faces upward in the Corbin press, once the die and punch
are back in the press ram you can place the pointed end of the tip insert
into this cavity, and it will stay there. Or, if the instructions sent with
your particular set don’t indicate otherwise, you may put the tip insert
into the end of the bullet by hand or with a simple pushing tool (to avoid
sticking your fingers with the sharp end of the insert).
Once the tip is set in the punch cavity, or pushed lightly into the
bullet, you can then put the bullet into the die and raise the ram, adjusting
the punch holder for the base punch (a RBT base punch, usually) to push
the bullet just far enough into the die at the top of the stroke so that the
tip is seated securely, the jacket is formed to a smooth seamless junction
at the base of the tip’s cone, and thus the lead in the jacket is squeezed
into the little grooves machined around the stem of the insert, holding it
securely.
This method both secures the tip, aligns the tip precisely on axis with
the bullet, and finishes the ogive curve into a smooth transition with the
tip, in one stroke. The bullet is now assembled and is ready to shoot.
Since this concept was introduced, the ULD-TIP bullets have been
used around the world in innumerable matches and long range shooting
situations (some having to do with paper targets, others involving targets
with an additional two dimensions). The feedback has been overwhelm-
ingly positive.
In very rare instances, the accuracy was not acceptable because the
bullet was too heavy for the spin rate of the barrel used. This is no differ-
ent from any other long, heavy bullet. At one point we had tried alumi-
num alloy for the TIP-30, and this reduced the bullet weight just enough
so some marginal load combinations did shoot well in the same twist that
failed to stabilize the steel alloy tips. However, the aluminum tips did not
have the bending resistance in the .308 caliber size to allow them to be
produced on practical, high speed CNC machines at a fast enough rate,
and time is indeed money when it comes to commercial production.
The TIP-50 can have a heavy enough stem so that an aluminum alloy
works nicely and can be produced at practical cost. The TIP-30 uses a
higher strength steel to get reasonable production speed. If you adjust
the bullet weight slightly downward, or use a slightly faster twist barrel,
the accuracy is restored assuming it was compromised from the weight

203
difference in the steel versus aluminum TIP-30. This is merely a matter
of how long a bullet you can spin in, for instance, a 1-10 twist versus a 1-
9 twist and achieve stable flight.
The ULD design, with or without a tip, is not a universal cure for
every load, caliber, and twist rate. It is simply the highest practical BC
design regarding the bullet shape, incorporating about 15% higher poten-
tial accuracy due to the reduction in muzzle gas redirection caused by
conventional boattails (both flat base and RBT base bullets tend to blow
the muzzle gas away in an expanding ring, where as the boattail tends to
focus the base or at least some of it into a ball in front of the emerging
bullet, causing some buffeting with the turbulence created right in front
of the bullet). The conventional boattail has slightly higher BC, but the
RBT makes up for that with a bit more potential accuracy or at least
partial elimination of a source of bullet dispersion brought about by the
boattail.
We’ve discussed BC at length, and it should be clear that so long as
accuracy is acceptable, higher BC is better. But at some point the factors
that create ever higher BC reach a level that will adversely affect accu-
racy. Once you have the most efficient possible shape, such as the ULD-
TIP design, then in a given diameter of bullet, all you can do to further
increase the BC is to make the bullet heavier. This can be done by using
higher density material (tungsten, gold, silver, osmium, uranium, and so
forth) instead of lead, or it can be done by using more lead.
Obviously, if you use enough lead, your bullet gets too long to be
stable in any practical twist rate. Let me know if you ever find a rifle that
will fire the 3-inch long 350-grain .308 and I’ll be happy to give you odds
that the bullets will not group within one zip code, much less on a foot-
square target over 100 yards distant.
But what a fantastic BC that bullet will rack up! Dial this down to
something people might actually try, and you can see that somewhere
along the sliding scale of BC and accuracy, the two part company. Don’t
become obsessed with BC for its own sake. It means nothing if you can’t
hit the target. If I put them all in one hole at the desired range, I couldn’t
care less about the BC. Now doping the wind -- that’s a tale for another
day.

204
 Rebated Boattails
A flat based bullet is formed by seating the lead core into a jacket
using a CS-1- core seat die. The jacket base is flat. It pushes against a flat
punch and stays flat. A rebated boattail refers to a bullet having the base
of the jacket formed in a truncated conical shape, with a small step or
shoulder between the shank of the bullet and the start of the boattail
angle. A conventional boattail bullet has no step. The boattail angle,
usually from eight to twelve degrees relative to the centerline, just starts
at the end of the shank and tapers back to a smaller flat base about sixty
percent of the bullet diameter.
There are two purposes for a boattail. The most important is to re-
duce the amount of drag that occurs when air rushes back to fill the void
left by the moving bullet. Turbulence occurs when the sharp right angle
of a flat base bullet passes a given point in the air, and the molecules of
air rush in a chaotic way to equalize the pressure back to normal atmo-
spheric levels. In a simplified way of looking at base drag, you could say
that moving the bullet through the air creates a vacuum behind the bullet
that “pulls back” on the bullet.
An angle on the bullet shank near the base, shaped like a boat prow,
helps the air to smoothly flow back together. In effect, this reduces the
amount of vacuum or turbulence and thus cuts down on the “pull” at the
base of the bullet. As a result, you get less loss of speed over the same
range, and more energy on target, plus a flatter trajectory.
A second purpose for the boattail base is to help get the bullet into the
case neck without catching the case edge and bending it. A slight bevel
would do as well, but these would not have as much effect on reducing
drag.

Theory behind base drag reduction

A conventional boattail base is most useful when a bullet is fired over
very long ranges, or when a bullet is fired at speeds below that of sound.
As soon as a bullet breaks the first sound barrier (about 1130 feet per
second at sea level under standard conditions), it compresses air mol-
ecules so rapidly that they don’t have time to get out of the way, and they
form a dense V-shaped pattern of highly compressed air that seems to
travel along with the bullet.
This big V-shaped cone of packed air molecules is constantly leaking
off at the edges and picking up new molecules, transferring energy from
the bullet to the air at a high rate. The shock wave, which is the extended

205
V-shaped cone, acts like a big extension of the bullet itself. In effect, you
are dragging along the outline of a much larger bullet. The velocity at
which this happens varies depending on the density of the air, because it
is essentially caused by the mass and thus the inertia of the molecules
that make up air.
Even something as small as a nitrogen atom has some mass, which
means it has inertia. Air is mostly nitrogen, with some oxygen and other
gasses. The average inertia of this thin soup we breathe every day varies
with temperature and atmospheric pressure. Sound travels as vibrations
through the air, at a speed that depends on how close together and thus
how much effective inertia the air has. When a bullet moves faster than
sound, the air cannot pick up speed fast enough to maintain a normal
density. The molecules that are struck by the bullet are accelerated so fast
that they jam into other molecules and those have enough inertia so they
are not gently moved aside, but jam into yet others.
At some distance from the bullet, the speed of the molecules and
atoms has slowed down enough to let them move adjacent ones more
gently. The result is a normal whiz of sound. But if your ear happens to be
in the path of the highly compressed shock wave, you hear a very loud
and sharp CRACK! The distance you can hear this very loud noise gives
you an idea of just how big a cone of compressed air is being moved
along with the bullet.
When the bullet goes supersonic, it feeds energy to the air so fast that
the base drag is a small portion of the total loss. The base drag is just as
big a loss as ever, but now the bullet has something much bigger to worry
about. Since you can’t do much about the shock wave except to make the
bullet as streamlined as possible (which shapes the shock wave to be more
streamlined as well), you can work on the base drag.
At high velocity, the base drag component might cause up to 15% of
the total loss of velocity, but when the bullet slows down to below the
speed of sound, the base drag may cause up to 40% of total velocity loss.
Pistol bullets, which travel much closer to subsonic speeds, and rifle bul-
lets for muzzle loaders, benefit far more in total drag reduction from a
boattail design than would a high velocity rifle bullet.
On the other hand, a high speed rifle bullet generally is used at longer
ranges. This means that even though the boattail benefit is much smaller
than for slower bullets, it has a long time to act, or at least a longer range
over which crosswinds can work on it. A 40% improvement in ballistic
coefficient at 100 yards would only be a few inches of vertical distance on
the target. A 15% improvement in ballistic coefficient in a 1000 yard
bullet might mean hitting the target or missing it.

206
Disadvantages of the boattail base
The boattail adds some length to the bullet, and makes a cup or hol-
low base ineffective for sealing the bore. Very light short bullets might
not be able to use a boattail base without losing their small bearing sur-
face. Boattails also contribute to inaccuracy in two ways. First, they tend
to direct muzzle blast gasses into sharp focus like the central post of a
water nozzle directs water into a stream. The result is that instead of the
expanding ring of gas that you get from a flat base, a ball of turbulent gas
is blown around the bullet and breaks up just as the bullet flies through it,
adding from 10 to 15% more dispersion than a comparable flat base bul-
let would experience.
Second, the boattail angle tends to focus hot gas in the bore toward
the junction of the rifling and the bullet, as gas pressure, acting at right
angles to all surfaces containing it, is vectored at 90 degrees to the BT
angle and attempts to peel the boattail and barrel junction apart. If suc-
cessful, the gas compresses the boattail portion of the bullet slightly, pulls
the bullet jacket slightly away from the bore, and lets more gas rush past
the bullet along the rifling bottom, cutting the bullet and eroding rifling.
This gas-cutting factor can be plainly observed by making a 45 cali-
ber pistol bullet with a boattail angle and firing various loads, then recov-
ering the bullets and examining the edges of the rifling grooves under a
medium power lab microscope. The edges typically have solidified drops
of previously molten copper deposited along them, showing where hot
gas has rushed past the jacket along each rifling groove. A flat base bullet,
or a rebated boattail bullet, of identical weight and shape, fired with the
same velocity in the same gun with the same loads, shows little or none
of this gas-cutting.

Advantages of the rebated boattail base

If the angle of the boattail is interrupted by a small but fairly sharp
right angle, just as the boattail joins the rest of the bullet shank, both the
gas cutting and the muzzle blast focusing effect are greatly reduced, even
eliminated. The shoulder acts as a “spoiler” to the laminar flow of muzzle
gas, which tends to follow the bullet outline because of the smooth boat-
tail shape, just as the air follows it in the other direction.
The shoulder also changes the gas pressure vector angle inside the
bore, from the complement of the boattail angle to one acting parallel
with the bore. This vector has no “leverage” to peel the jacket back from
the bore. It can only push gas past the jacket if the jacket is undersized or
fouling cuts a groove in the jacket, or the bullet is driven so fast that it
“skids” over the rifling and opens a wider than usual engraved path for gas

207
to leak out. In other words, the RBT design captures some of the inherent
advantages of the flat base, long considered more accurate for 100-yard
benchrest shooting.
A minor advantage to the RBT design over the BT is that the exit
from the muzzle effectively takes place much faster. How so? Because a
boattail exiting the muzzle is like a tapered cork being pulled out of a
bottle of sparkling wine: it releases gas slowly as the gap widens little by
little, and any slight difference on one side of the gap changes the pres-
sure acting on the bullet and shifts the bullet path slightly.
The RBT is more like a flat base bullet, in that the moment the rebate
edge passes the muzzle, the restriction drops away instantly to a smaller
“cork” and gives the gas a much larger orifice for escape. This gives less
time and lower pressure for a slight angle or dent in the muzzle area to
direct gas unevenly around the bullet, and helps to insure consistent straight
exits from the barrel.

Corbin’s precision RBT technique

To build a good rebated boattail bullet, we use two dies. Instead of
seating the lead core in the jacket using a straight cylinder die (CS-1), we
use a die that has a boattail angle toward the bottom. The normal flat
jacket can be used, because it will be shaped by internal lead pressure just
like it is in the point forming die.
We cannot use a rebated boattail shape in this die, because the shoul-
der in the die would catch the bottom edge of the jacket. The jacket
would be ripped or crumpled. First, we form a conventional boattail. Then,
in a second die, we get the base of the bullet past the RBT shoulder and
expand the jacket into the shoulder at 90 degrees, again using lead pres-
sure with a second core seating operation. We are using the internal pres-
sure of the “fluid” lead, at room temperature, to shape the jacket outward
into the die wall and receive the desired shape.
To maintain the shoulder during point forming, we make an external
punch that has a cavity matching the boattail angle and depth. The cavity
depth is important: too short, and the boattail will be compressed and
buckled, too long and the shoulder will be torn or forced forward. If the
angle is not perfect, the bullet will have two boattail shoulders instead of
one, adding unnecessary drag. This RBT external PF punch is included
with the two RBT dies.

208
 The RBT die package is called “RBT-2” and can be ordered as an add-
on to any conventional flat base set. Any set of dies that includes the
letters “R” or “RB” in the catalog number includes these dies and the
external PF RBT punch.
If the jacket is thin enough so it will expand into the first boattail die
(called the “BT-1”), then you simply use the regular core seating punch
and seat the lead core in this die instead of using the CS-1 flat base core
seating die. But if the jacket is copper tubing, it normally will be too thick
to flow nicely from internal lead pressure and will not form a good boattail
angle before the end opens up.
In that case, we provide a punch shaped like the boattail core. It is
used inside the jacket, without a lead core, to shape the boattail angle.
Then, the core is seated as usual in the BT-2 die with the regular core
seating punch. If you are using copper tubing jackets and commercial
drawn jackets in the same dies, you will probably need the boattail form-
ing punch only for the tubing jackets. Seating the lead core in the drawn
jackets will work much better to form them because they have a solid
base that can stand more pressure and because they are thinner and can
expand more readily.

Adjustable seating punches

Soft copper tubing makes a fine jacket, but it may flow forward when
you try to form the RBT. The thick tubing material extrudes toward the
only point of relief for the pressure: the open, unsupported space ahead
of the jacket mouth. If the jacket only grew longer as a result, you could
live with that (by allowing for it or trimming it). But the material comes
from the base section, which gives up material and becomes thinner, until
eventually it separates. And that no bullet maker can live with!
To avoid breaking out the base when forming a RBT bullet with soft
jacket materials, such as copper tubing, you can use a shouldered punch.
The shoulder blocks off the only pressure escape route in the die by press-
ing against the end of the jacket. Now the jacket cannot flow forward,
cannot grow longer, and will not separate. But a solid machined shoulder
on the core seating punch only allows one specific depth for seating the
core. You probably will want to make more than one bullet weight. Rather
than buying an assortment of core seating punches with shoulders of
different lengths, you could use a single, adjustable shoulder punch.
Adjustable punches are made in two pieces. The shoulder turns on the
threaded tip, so that the amount of tip that extends beyond it can be
precisely set to any position. The hardened precision honed parts that
make up the adjustable punch are more time consuming to make than a

209
solid punch. The cost of one adjustable punch is less than four solid punches,
so if you are certain that you will never want to make more than three
weights or lengths of bullets, the solid punches are more cost effective. If
you think you may want to make four or more weights or lengths, the
adjustable punch is a better buy.

Available RBT die sets

Rebated boattail die sets are made in the type -S, and -H dies, but not
in type -R because of the fragile point forming punch edges and relatively
poor alignment of the slotted reloading press ram and head. If you want
to make RBT bullets, you are getting serious about swaging and need a
real swaging machine.
The die sets that make rebated boattails include the RBTO-4 (Re-
bated Boattail Open tip four die set), the RBTL-5 (Rebated Boattail Lead
tip five die set), the FRBO-5 (Flat and Rebated Boattail Open tip five die
set), and the FRBL-6 (Flat and Rebated boattail Lead tip six die set).
These would need the final die type designation of -S, or -H for a com-
plete catalog number.
Because the boattail base angle is formed in a tubing jacket by putting
a steel punch all the way to the bottom of the jacket, and pressing it into
the BT-1 die, it is not practical to make a partition style tubing bullet
using a rebated boattail. The partition is formed by pressing both ends of
the jacket against a shoulder on each of two punches inserted inside them,
inside a straight-walled core seating die. Once the partition has formed, it
is impossible to put the boattail punch to the bottom of the jacket.
A better answer than partitioning the jacket is to use Corbin Core
Bond and make a bonded core. Since bonded cores are formed by melting
the core in the jacket, and then seating the core after the jacket has been
cooled and cleaned, it may be necessary in some cases to seat a short core
first, at the base of the jacket, in the BT-2 die, just to form the RBT base.
Then the rest of the core can be inserted by hand, bonded, and finally
swaged again in the same die. This would only be necessary if the jacket
material and thickness made it difficult to expand the base once the full
core had been inserted and bonded.

Rebated boattail pistol bullets

A short pistol bullet such as the .45 ACP can sometimes be made as a
rebated boattail by seating the core in a truncated conical (TC) shape
point form die, just as you would to make a FJM bullet, but then using a
Keith nose punch to push the bullet backward into the same die, open end
first. The solid end of the jacket, having already been formed into a fairly

210
good boattail shape, fits down into the Keith punch well enough so that it
can expand sideways and take on the shoulder. The open end takes on the
shape of the point forming die.
This simplified, low cost way to make a RBT bullet does NOT work if
the ratio of bullet length to diameter is much over 1.7 to 1. That is, a .452
inch bullet that is less than .7684 inches long probably will form a reason-
able boattail without too much taper in the shank portion. But an inch-
long .458 probably will not. This is a short cut method, which doesn’t
always work, but is worth a try anyway. If it works for your particular
bullet, you’ve got a cheap and easy way to produce RBT bullets. Other-
wise, no harm done and you just need the right equipment.

211
 16. Shotgun Slugs and Airgun Pellets
Shotgun slugs are just bigger calibers to the bullet swager. Everything
I’ve said about other bullets applies to them. You can make jacketed slugs
using 3/4 inch O.D. copper tubing or pipe caps for jackets, or you can
draw jackets from strip copper. You can make lead slugs of conventional
or exotic designs. But regardless of what you make, if the slug is 16 gauge
or larger, it will require -H type dies and one of the larger Corbin presses.
The more simple shapes, in soft lead, can be swaged in the Mega-Mite
hand press, even as large as 12 gauge. Small shotgun slugs, such as the
.410 gauge, are below .458 diameter and can therefor be swaged in the S-
Press.
The 20 gauge, 16 gauge, 12 gauge, 10 gauge, 8 bore, 6 bore and even
the huge 4 bore can all be made rather easily using any of the hydraulic
presses that accept type -H dies. We can even build special dies that make
helical fins on the slugs, to spin them from the muzzle blast gas flow and
keep them spinning all the way to the target. These use punches with
built-in ejectors, not a standard set of tooling by any means, but entirely
practical. A number of successful businesses have been founded on the
use of these tools. You can find their products in mail order catalogs and
on the internet, as well as in some better-equipped gun stores.
Lead cores for such big bullets can be made using special single cav-
ity core moulds or three-cavity adjustable moulds. Lead wire isn’t usually
practical because it is too large to coil and hard to cut. Lead shot or thin
coiled lead wire wound around a spool and then swaged into what ap-
pears to be a solid slug makes interesting fragmentation bullets.
In most cases, you would want to swage the core in a CSW-1-H core
swage die, then put it into a CS-1-H core seater and form the special
features such as a post in a hollow base (keeps the wad from being blown
inside the cavity) or a Saber-tooth hollow point. Finally, you might put
this into a PF-1-H point form die to shape the ogive.
A simple style of slug such as a hollow base round nose or wadcutter,
with or without hollow point, can be made in a single step in the LSWC-
1-H die. Slugs that carry a payload in a hollow cavity are formed by
making a deep cup in the CS-1-H die and then filling it with material to be
delivered to the target, and finally rolling the walls around in an ogive
shape in a PF-1-H die. We have made airfoil-stabilized (finned) slugs this
way with good success. The usual cost of special shotgun slug dies hav-
ing fins and other fancy features is from 2 to 3 times the price of a stan-
dard three-die set. Compared to the selling price of these slugs, it can be

212
a very profitable investment: such slugs often sell for 400 percent more
than they cost to make, because it is a special and limited market without
a lot of competition.
There is a great deal of similarity in design between certain shotgun
slugs and air gun pellets. In regular -S dies, the air gun pellets can dupli-
cate the slugs. But the airfoil-stabilized design is just too delicate to work
in a scaled-down version. The parts become far too fragile compared to
the required swaging pressure (works fine on paper, however). Dual diam-
eter pellets offer excellent performance in a design similar to a Foster
type shotgun slug, but with a short Keith SWC nose.
A dumbbell or “diablo” style shotgun slug can be swaged by using a
split sleeve around a lead core, the assembly of which goes into a CS-1-H
die. The larger head and base are swaged to the diameter of the die, and
the split sleeve maintains a smaller waist in the middle. After forming and
ejecting the slug and sleeve, a thin-edged tool is used to pry apart the two
halves of the sleeve, revealing the slug with the hourglass shape. This
does not work for small calibers because the sleeve becomes too fragile
for the pressures, but it works well enough for shotgun slugs.
Airgun pellets differ from other lead bullets in respect to the propel-
ling pressure and velocity, which is generally much lower than with either
modern cartridge guns or blackpowder muzzle loaders. Pre-charged high
power airguns are moving toward these levels, however. Today, we make
dies for airgun projectiles that fit .25, 9mm, .45, and .50 caliber airguns.
Most of these larger bore airguns carry compressed air in a reservoir that
is filled from SCUBA tanks, with pressures of 2,000 to 5,000 psi and higher.
The main concern of the airgun pellet designer is obturation with
minimal friction. Working with relatively low pressure, the airgun pellet
must put as much of it to work as possible. Sealing the bore immediately
against any pressure leaks around the pellet (obturation) is critical, but so
is minimizing the amount of friction produced by forcing the pellet through
the bore. Because the pressure is relatively low, the pellet typically needs
to be light weight for the diameter. These design parameters point toward
a deep hollow base with thin edges.
Two designs have proven themselves in international match compe-
tition, and the choice between them is a subject for debate. One is the
straight-sided hollow base with a thin base edge, having a fairly sharp
internal angle near the base that joins a more gentle angle as the walls
become thicker, toward the nose. The shape of the hollow cavity can be a
radius at the end, a flat, or even a sharp point (for heavier pellets).

213
 The sharper inside angle near the open base helps direct the air pres-
sure to push the thin “skirt” of the pellet into the rifling quickly, so that
very little air pressure escapes before the base is sealed. Making the angle
too sharp reduces the effective area and thus decreases the total force
pushing the skirt outward, whereas making the angle too shallow or blend-
ing it into the same angle as the rest of the hollow base cavity vectors the
air pressure force closer to the axis of the bore, so that a point is reached
where the total force acting to expand the skirt at the open edge is again
reduced, and air pressure escapes around the base.
The ideal shape is subject to mathematical analysis to find the best
angle, balancing the area against the force vector acting to push the skirt
outward. But even so, there are compromises with skirt thickness versus
muzzle pressure at exit, which might flare out a very thin skirt, and issues
of bore roughness or fouling versus tearing off portions of a very thin
skirt in the bore. Debate and opinion still reign over strictly scientific
methods, partly because there are so many variables that it is impractical
to factor them all into the equation. Even changing from one brand of
gun to another, in the same caliber, can shift the point of maximum re-
turn. A thicker skirt and sharper angle in one gun might prove more
accurate, whereas in another gun a thinner skirt and a shallower angle
might add a few feet per second to the velocity without changing the
accuracy.
Fortunately, airgun pellet swages are inexpensive experimental tools
compared to exotic shotgun slug shapes. A simple LSWC-1 die and low-
cost base or nose punches can be tried without undue cost, and the best
design for each gun in one’s arsenal can be determined experimentally.
The simple, single diameter pellet that is essentially a lead semi-wadcutter
hollow base projectile may work best with the flat tip, round nose shape
or even the truncated conical (or Keith) nose.
Regardless of the hollow cavity and nose shape, the diameter is ex-
tremely critical to obtaining best results. The ideal diameter of pellet
varies with the pressure, as well as the rifling depth and bore size. Unlike
most of the cartridge gun calibers, there is a considerable variation in
bore diameter and rifling depth among makers of airguns. Commonly
used calibers, such as the .177 and the .221, typically depend on a bore-
riding projectile that can be as small as .169 for the .17 caliber, and .214
for the .22 caliber. The thin skirt expands almost immediately into the
bottom of the rifling (this is the purpose of the design, at least) and causes
both obturation and engagement of the rifling at the rear of the bullet,
while the rest of the pellet expands less or not at all, depending on the
pressure.

214
 Airgun pellets represent a challenge to the person ordering their dies
in this regard: diameter is entirely up to you. There is no way the die-
makers can guess what will be best for your gun. Even with the same
brand and model, there are enough variations in manufacturing to void
any suppositions about what might prove to be the most accurate diam-
eter. Generally, the best starting point for a custom die would be the di-
ameter of an existing pellet that seems to work well in it. It is not uncom-
mon for a custom pellet maker to order two or three different diameters
of dies for a given caliber of airgun pellet, since some guns will work best
with one diameter and other guns with another.
One solution is to order a set of tools for the largest suitable diameter,
and then to get bullet reducing dies to bring this size down for guns that
work better with a smaller pellet. The cost of a good bullet reducing die is
the usually close to or the same as the cost of a simple swage die, but if
one has a large number of nose and base punches fitted to a given die,
then reducing the pellet is far less costly than duplicating all the punches
in another diameter. This is especially true of the second kind of pellet,
which is also very popular: the dual diameter pellet.
Dual diameter pellets are made either in two dies (the standard LSWC-
1 as described above for the single diameter pellet is the first operation,
followed by a DDS-1 dual diameter sizing die), or in one special pellet
forming die that combines the weight adjusting features of the LSWC-1
with the dual diameter features of the DDS-1. This is called the DDS-1-
SC or DDS-1-HC, depending on which press it is made to fit. The custom
die has both weight adjustment, and adjustable ratio of the length of the
two diameters. A special adjustable length internal punch controls the
position of the nose within the die, which in turn controls how long the
minor diameter section will be compared to the major diameter or skirt
section.
The dual-diameter pellet is designed to sit atop the rifling for most of
its length, engaging the rifling with the larger diameter band at the base.
Whether it is first swaged in the LSWC-1 die at full diameter, or formed all
at once with both diameters in the custom DDS-1-SC or DDS-1-HC type
die, the end result is that you can adjust the height of the driving or
rotating band, and the over-all length of the bullet to make a bullet that
has exactly as much obturation and engagement as you wish. You can
change the length of the bullet (and thus its weight) as well as the length
of the major diameter section.
This design does not depend on chamber pressure for the amount of
obturation and friction, since the skirt is designed to be at rifling depth
before pressure is applied. By making the walls of the skirt section thicker
than with the conventional single diameter pellet, the amount of addi-

215
tional expansion is controlled or stopped entirely, so that regardless of
the pressure (up to a reasonable point) the pellet will still engage the same
amount of rifling along its length, that being the length of the major
diameter driving band.
In this respect, the dual-diameter pellet is much like a conventional
artillery shell with a driving band (which is raised, and made of a softer
material such as brass or copper, compared to the bore-riding body of the
shell which is made of steel or iron). Whether the additional cost of the
dual-diameter die is worth the results is a matter of debate. Some shoot-
ers say that it is, because it gives a more consistent engagement with
variations in air pressure. Others say that hardly matters, because varia-
tions in air pressure are going to change the point of impact as much or
more than the amount of rifling engagement. It is likely that some guns,
with a closer fit to the pellet, benefit from the dual-diameter design more
than others, depending on how well they match the bore dimensions.
My best advice would be to try the lower cost solution first. Experi-
ment with weight, nose and base shapes, and then with diameters. When
the best combination of these factors is found, see if the results are good
enough or if a possible improvement in bullet design would actually have
a noticeable effect on the score. If you are already shooting 499 out of
500 possible, and are fairly sure that sometimes you throw a shot by
improper technique, then it may be a waste of money to try to make a
better pellet. If you are getting lower scores and are fairly sure that your
own ability and technique would deliver better ones if it were not for the
unexplained flyers now and again, perhaps a different bullet design will
prove to be useful.
I know when I shot on a military pistol team, my practice sessions
almost always resulted in very slight improvements in score, even when
I thought I had done badly or just the same as last time. The improve-
ments were small, steady, and usually a surprise, because I concentrated
upon whatever it was that made some of the rounds miss the x-ring, and
tended to forget about all the ones that went almost through the same
hole. Working to improve put the emphasis on the shots that were not
right, so by the end of the session, those thoughts were the only ones
which stood out. The aggregate score just marched along on its own,
seemingly oblivious to whether I felt good or bad about one particular
practice. When it leveled out, I felt that my equipment or load needed
work, and usually, it did. As long as I was improving, I didn’t change the
tools!

216
 17. Bullet-Makers’ Tools
Some of the dies and equipment that bullet makers use are not neces-
sarily part of a basic swaging set, but are used to make special features in
the bullets and may be used with several kinds of basic swaging sets.
Features such as the dual diameter, or serrated jackets, or cannelures, can
be added to nearly any style of bullet. New ideas are constantly being
developed, so there may well be other tools now which are not described
in this book. But here are the ones currently being made as I write....

Dual diameter sizer die (DDS-1)

This die is made for all of the Corbin presses, in type -M, -S, and -H.
The purpose is to form a bullet that has two diameters. The nose or ogive
section of the bullet rides on top of the rifling to align and guide the
bullet with very little friction, while the rear portion of the bullet is left
full diameter to engage the rifling.
This is a much better design than a tapered bullet, which only aligns
properly at two points. A dual-diameter bullet aligns full length, first in
the bore and second at the bottom of the rifling grooves. Compared to a
tapered bullet, it is far more stable in the bore, giving consistent friction
from shot to shot without as much affect from the “upset” of the bullet
caused by its inertia when the charge goes off.
The DDS-1 die is a final step. It is used with other dies, not by itself,
except in special custom versions for pellets and lead bullets. You first
make the bullet at its major diameter. Then you push it into the DDS-1
die to whatever length you wish to have reduced. You can reduce nearly
the entire bullet, or just a little of it.
An internal punch, with a matching cavity to the bullet nose shape,
ejects the bullet. You can change the internal punch for different nose
shapes of bullets in the same caliber. The base punch can be the same one
you would use in the final point forming die, but generally a special punch
with a stop shoulder is used, so that you cannot accidently push the punch
into the smaller section of the die bore and ruin the punch or crack the
die.
A typical use would be in making an air gun pellet. First, a LSWC-1
die forms the basic hollow base SWC style bullet. Then the bullet is pushed
into the DDS-1 so that most of the bullet is drawn down to slide on top of
the rifling, leaving only a small driving band. Another example would be

217
a heel-type bullet. In this case, the bullet is pushed backward into the
DDS-1, and the internal punch matches the base shape while the external
punch matches the nose.
To make a DDS-1 die, we need to know four things: (1) the major
diameter (bore plus twice the rifling depth), (2) the minor diameter (bore
size), (3) nose shape, and (4) base shape. A few sample bullets are impor-
tant, so we can test the die with your materials and make sure the base
and nose are proper, and for jacketed bullets, that the jacket springback
has been considered in the size of the die cavity.

Jacket trimming die (ET-2)

The ET-2 die makes it possible for you to precisely trim a long bullet
jacket to shorter lengths. High quality bullet jackets are expensive to pro-
duce and stock, making it more likely that a company could stay in busi-
ness by making the longest practical jackets for each caliber and stocking
them, than by investing in every possible length in each caliber. You can
easily trim the longest jacket to make any shorter length, using the ET-2,
making it unnecessary for you or the jacket company to tie up money in
more than one length per caliber. You may be able to get enough of one
length to break into the discount volume, and the jacket company may be
able to stay in the jacket business (most of them have dropped out of it
for economic reasons).
The ET-2 comes in -S and -H versions, for any Corbin press. To use it,
adjust the internal punch length so that it leaves the desired length of
jacket in the die. A simple polished rod and collar with a little thumb-
screw come with the die, and act as a transfer gauge. Set the collar on the
rod so that one end of the rod is exactly as long as you want to make the
bullet, then insert the rod in the die mouth and adjust the punch so it will
drop back exactly that far when the press ram is raised. The punch has a
head that rests on the internal shoulder within every Corbin press ram.
When the shoulder is exactly the same distance from the die as it
would be in the press ram, the body of the punch can be screwed up or
down in relation to the shoulder (which in -S dies is a self-locking hex nut,
and the end of the punch is fitted with a hex wrench cavity so you can
hold it easily with the provided Allen wrench).
The -H type die is really the -S with an adapter kit for use in the larger
presses. You can get one adapter and several -S dies, and use them all in
your -H type press. The external punch is a very fat, rapidly tapered short
punch that fits into the floating punch holder directly. It screws in, replac-

218
ing the normal retainer bushing. The die is raised all the way up with the
ram, to the end of the stroke. The punch holder is then screwed down
until the punch just touches the die mouth.
A jacket is then pushed down into the die (by hand). It should fit
easily. If the jacket requires much force, it is too large and needs to be
reduced (by passing through an appropriate size jacket draw die). Corbin
jackets will be the correct size and will fit easily by hand. In order to get
the jacket into the die, the ram will need to be raised part way, dropping
the internal punch.
The portion of the jacket that will be trimmed off projects out of the
die mouth. The ram is raised until the pilot or reduced guide section on
the external punch enters the jacket mouth. The jacket needs to have a
wall thickness that allows this to happen: if you have a jacket with such
thick walls that the pilot will not fit into it, then the ET-2 cannot be used
with it. A different punch may solve this, but such thick jackets might
require a modified die set as well.
Run the ram up to the end of the stroke. Chances are the jacket will
expand and perhaps split in the portion to be cut off, but will not be
cleanly trimmed yet. Adjust the floating punch holder down, very slightly,
to increase the contact. The jacket will be pinched between the hard die
mouth edge and the tapered hardened punch so only a very thin film
holds them together. They can be separated easily by tumbling, or a light
twist with the fingers or small pliers.
The ET-2-S and ET-2-H are for moderate to light use, for the home
bullet maker and for prototype runs. For high production use in a custom
bullet business, the ET-2-HC is recommended. This is very similar to the
ET-2-H in appearance, but the materials are considerably harder and more
time consuming to machine, and the heat treatment takes considerably
longer. This makes the ET-2-H more expensive to build, which is why if
you don’t really need high production we offer lower cost versions that do
just as good a job but would not last as long if you started making, say, a
thousand bullets a day.
We even make a jacket trim die for use on a reloading press: the ET-2-
R. This is a different design, upside down to suit the press design. The
trim die is in the press head, and is not self ejecting (a plunger pushes the
bullet out). The trim punch is in the ram. Therefore, this kind of die only
works with reloading presses that have a design to the RCBS Rockchucker.
If you have something else, you probably need to consider getting an
actual bullet swaging press.

219
Cannelure, knurling, and bullet grooving tools
Cannelures are serrated grooves rolled into a jacketed or lead bullet,
either to help identify the bullet, to strengthen the jacket, to use for crimping
the case mouth, or just to tighten the bullet’s grip on the case. The word
is pronounced “CAN-a-loor”, which might make a good name for a Cana-
dian Fishing Lure company. There are two kinds of Corbin cannelure tools.
The Corbin Hand Cannelure Tool, HCT-1, handles calibers from .172
to .458. A new version introduced in July 2002 has an extra set of holes
for the pivot shaft, which are raised to allow the caliber range to extend
beyond .458, all the way to a .72 caliber, so long as the bullet length
doesn’t interfere with the crank handle. You can assembly the tool with
the upper section hinged by either set of holes, for two ranges of overlap-
ping calibers.
It can put adjustable depth and adjustable position cannelures on
copper or gilding metal jackets as well as hard or soft lead bullets. The
HTC-1 Hand Cannelure Tool uses a roller V-way to support the bullet,
and a padded handle that pivots a U-shaped channel down over the bul-
let, and presses a hardened roller wheel against the bullet shank. Turning
a crank shaft rolls the cannelure into the bullet in one or two turns. I can
usually do four or five bullets a minute with one.
A special version of the hand cannelure tool is used to make a waffle-
pattern or knurled surface on lead bullets, which holds far more lubricant
than a ring. This tool is called the HCT-2 Lead Knurling Tool. The main
difference between it and the HCT-1 is that the HCT-2 has three diamond
pattern knurling wheels instead of a pair of smooth V-way rollers and a
single cannelure wheel. A number of firms have used this pattern, includ-
ing Hornady and Buffalo Bullets, in their lead swaged bullets.
Another version of the hand tool is the HCT-3 Bullet Grooving Tool.
This tool rolls two grooves at a time onto the bullet. The grooves are
wider than those on the cannelure tool, which is really made for jacketed
bullets or straight pistol cases. I like to swage a lead bullet in a die that is
a little smaller than the final caliber, or even just in a core swage die, knurl
or groove it, apply bullet lube, and then swage it to final size in a core
seating or point forming type of die. This maintains perfect lube grooves
with no air pockets in the lube, compressing them slightly and bringing
the lube right to the surface of the bullet so it looks like it was machined
instead of squished in.
When you roll a groove into a bullet, the material is moved, not re-
moved. It has to go somewhere. The volume of lead displaced from the
groove usually shows up as two higher rings around the groove (in other
words, if you make a groove that is .020 inches deep, you will probably

220
have two .010 high rings around the groove). If you know this, you can
either use the grooving or knurling process to increase bullet size depend-
ing on how you set the depth, compensating for it by buying a smaller
swage die, or you can handle it by reswaging or drawing back to precise
diameter again. Reswaging works reasonably well. Using two diameters
of dies is even better, because you always push the diameter straight out
rather than pushing it back, as with drawing or reswaging in the same die.

The PCM-2 Power Cannelure Machine can process up to 50 bullets a

minute, as fast as you can feed them into one side of a rotating wheel.
This production-quality machine features a 120 volt 60 Hz or 240 volt
50/60 Hz motor coupled through a heavy shaft mounted in a strong thrust
bearing. The unit weighs about 23 pounds and is about a foot high with a
six by eight inch footprint. Cooled by forced air, it is designed for continu-
ous operation.
The PCM-2 uses different diameters of wheels to cover the range
from .19 to .510 caliber. Custom wheels and back plates extend the range
up to 4 bore (.998 inches). Knurling wheels in the same range of calibers
as the cannelure wheels put diamond-pattern knurls on lead bullets.
Multiple grooves can be rolled by ordering the cannelure wheel built
to order. If you don’t specify, the wheel will come with a standard .050-
tall straight knurled groove. (Actually, the wheels have a raised ridge that
creates a groove in the bullet.) The PCM-2 processes bullets so quickly
that many commercial bullet makers incorporate it as part of their pro-
duction line, with their own automatic feeder dropping bullets into it.
To increase the reliability of automatic drop feeders, we do make a
carousel device that supports each bullet individually and keeps it from
tipping over. This is a “spider” design with a number of notches in a
thick, round metal plate, with hard steel rods or pins that project down-
ward, parallel to each other, from holes beside each notch. A bullet can be
dropped into the notch, and the steel fingers will support it as it moves
through the canneluring track (a half circle gap between the backing plate
and the cannelure wheel).
The PCM-F feeder is not a complete automatic feed device, but a
manual feed guide that greatly reduces tipping, falling, and speeds up the
process of feeding bullets, especially bullets that are very long for their
caliber or have boattails. Any bullet that tends to fall over easily can be
fed much more rapidly by slipping the proper caliber of PCM-F over the
shaft of the PCM-2. Each feeder device is made for a given bullet caliber.
However, if the difference in diameter is but a few thousandths, such as a
.355 or a .357, the same device could be used. It wouldn’t work to use a
.308 feeder with .277 bullets, for example, while it might work with .284

221
and would probably work reliably with .300 diameter. If you tell us in
advance what you plan to use with it, we may be able to fine tune the
dimensions to give you more versatility. After all, these are hand made
tools.

Heat treatment oven

Melting lead cores for bonding to the jacket, and heat treating either
jackets or lead itself can be done in the HTO-2 Heat Treatment Oven,
which features a digital control with thermocouple sensing and feedback.
The oven normally runs on 120 volts AC, but can also be ordered in a 240
volt model. Capable of up to 2100 degree F. temperatures, the HTO-2
offers gunsmiths and tool makers a convenient, fast-heating furnace that
can melt gold, aluminum and lead alloys or heat treat tool steels. The
furnace has a cavity size of about 4.5 x 5 x 6 inches deep. It has a low
thermal density ceramic liner that allows rapid heating and fast cycling
time, and is highly desirable for fast cycle time so you can process a lot of
jackets in a hurry at low operating cost.

Flameless heat gun

A handy way to generate up to 1000 degree temperatures at low cost
without flames is the Flameless Heat Gun, FHG-1. Like an overpowered
hair dryer, the FHG-1 uses a fan and electric heating elements to blow a
stream of superheated air for annealing, bonding, and heat treatment. It is
slower than a propane torch, but also heats more evenly without risk of
going over temperature and burning the parts. The heat gun runs on 120
volts AC.

SDD-1 Serrator Draw Die (full length)

The SDD-1 is a “crown-of-thorns” draw die, with small, sharp adjust-
able points projecting inward. A bullet jacket is typically placed over a
drawing punch and pushed through the die. The points cut a fine, shallow
groove in the outside of the jacket, so that it will tend to separate and
peel back in evenly divided petals along these stress-relief lines.
Typical applications include making fragmenting bullets, which have
limited penetration. These might be used in security and police work, as
for example in a prison where a ricochet is almost certain among all the
concrete and steel with conventional bullets, or in varmint hunting, where
the bullet needs to disintegrate when it hits the ground to avoid skipping
off over the horizon and punching a “cancel” hole in the shooter’s wel-
come ticket to that particular farm.

222
 The design of the SDD-1 is similar to a jacket drawing die, except
that it usually does not reduce the jacket diameter. The serration points
raise a slight ridge which would cause problems fitting the jacket into the
core seating die, except that the SDD-1 has a close-fitted reducing section
near the top, where it redraws the ridges back to normal size, pushing the
material back into the groove so that the grooves are just barely visible
and cause no problem with obturation or gas sealing by the bullet.

SDD-2 Serrator Draw Die (adjustable, partial length)

Sometimes, a person wishes to make a bullet that opens quickly and
reliably with good even expansion, but then stops expanding about mid-
way or just past the ogive. A jacket thick enough to resist expanding may
also resist opening, especially at lower velocities (which may be the result
of long range impact or perhaps just a low muzzle velocity). Subsonic
rounds with boattail bases and blunt round noses may fall into this cat-
egory. So do many conventional hunting bullets.
The answer is to serrate only the forward portion of the jacket. This
can be done two ways. A special broaching punch can be made to cut into
the jacket from the inside, as you push it down from the open mouth
toward the base. This works if the jacket is thick and tough enough to
withstand the force, without collapsing in front of the broach teeth. Most
copper tubing jackets can be serrated this way.
But thinner, more conventional drawn jackets would accordion fold
from the necessary cutting force. To make precise serrations, the jacket
needs to be cut from the outside. The SDD-1 has no provision for ejecting
the jacket, and must push the jacket all the way through the die. The
SDD-2 is built more like a core seating die, and fits into the press ram.
Usually, the core is seated into the jacket first, in the conventional CS-1
core seater, or the rebated boattail core seating set. Then the jacket is
pushed mouth first into the SDD-2 die.
The distance that you push the jacket into the die determines how
much of the ogive will be serrated. This is precisely set by the floating
punch holder position. A flat-ended punch within the die (internal punch)
pushes the bullet back out again, and irons the ridges flat. This die, like
the SDD-1, is made for a specific diameter of jacket rather than a caliber
of bullet, except that in cases where it is made to fit the jacket after a core
is seated, it is very close to accepting the final caliber size. The SDD-1 on
the other hand accepts the jacket prior to seating a core, which means the
die bore is usually several thousandths of an inch smaller than the final
caliber.

223
 The six hardened steel points are individually adjusted for depth when
the die is built and tested. They are replaceable, and adjustable, but un-
less there is good reason it should not be done. Without an alignment
probe, which fits the bore and has a reduced section held concentric with
the bore against which the points can be gently run to set them, it is
difficult to get the points set the same depth. Some people try to set the
depth to cut further into the jacket, but this is not wise because the metal
displaced by the cut has to go somewhere, and the force and wear on the
points becomes much greater as you go deeper. There is no practical
advantage to cutting more than a shallow groove in the jacket, since even
a shallow cut will channel the impact force and concentrate it along the
stress lines.

DCD-1 Disk Cutter Die

The disk cutter die is used to make round disks out of flat strip. It can
be made to cut copper strip, cardboard or felt to make wads. The copper
disks are sometimes used as a seal, pushed to the bottom of a tubing
jacket to close off the little hole that may be left, for purposes of bonding
the core. Cardboard and felt may be cut into disks to make grease wads,
over-powder protection wads for lubricated bullets, or shotshell wads.
The typical disk cutter die is built for a given material thickness and
width. Some materials can be cut even with the power of a reloading
press, while others may require a Hydro-Press. The dies are similar in
design, however. They screw into the press from the bottom side of the
head, which is different from nearly all other kinds of dies. In other words,
you would hold the die below the press head, and put it up into the threaded
hole, rather than screwing it down into the hole from the top (the normal
way).
A slot is cut more than halfway through the side of this die, near the
bottom end. The material to be “coined” is fed in a strip through this slot,
which should be fairly close to the thickness of the material. A punch,
which fits the press ram, is carefully inserted into the hole in the bottom
of the die, and the press is operated so that this punch never has to drop
out of the hole. That way, there is no chance that you will accidently
smash the punch into the lower portion of the die and snap it off (since it
is only held on by one side, below the slot).
All the force of cutting is between the punch and the solid, threaded
top section of the die, above the slot. If the die were to be installed upside
down, with the solid threaded portion facing the punch, not only would

224
the wrong edge of the hole be used to cut the material, but the stress of
cutting would be against the part of the die that was separated from the
main body by the slot.
The remaining connection would be put under huge stress, like a hinge
that wasn’t meant to be opened. Sooner or later, the part of the die that is
now above the slot would snap off. So, to keep the die in one piece, install
and operate it in accordance with the instructions. It will punch out thou-
sands of disks for you, which will pass up through the threaded portion
and out the top.

BGK-1 Base GuardTM Maker

The Base Guard maker is similar to the disk cutter die, except that it
uses 0.030-inch thick copper strip, and the cutter punch has a small pin
projecting from the face which penetrates the strip just before the disk is
cut free.
The use of Base Guard disks has been covered in previous chapters. It
scrapes fouling from the bore with each shot, and helps keep the bore
clean, while sealing the chamber gas behind the bullet to prevent gas
cutting and leading. It is a sort of “super” version of a gas check, only it is
easier to make and uses slightly less copper, and helps clean the bore
instead of just protecting the bullet. BGK-1 dies can be built in type -R, -
S, and -H, for all types of suitable presses.
The BGK-1 die goes into the press from the bottom side of the top
plate or head, just exactly the same as the disk cutter die and for the same
reasons. Since you only need to punch through the strip and raise the disk
past the top of the slot, the stroke can be very short. Operating the press
so that the punch never pulls completely out of the die until you are
finished and ready to put it away is a good way to insure against putting
undue force on the face of the die, and breaking the junction between the
lower guide portion and the main die body.

BSK-1 Ball Swage Kit

The ball swage kit can be made in type -S or -H. It consists of two
dies, a CSW-1 core swage die with rounded concave punch ends and a
special hemispherical guided swage die. Each size of ball swage comes
with instructions that tell you the proper weight of lead to make a given
perfect round ball out of pure lead. You can adjust this weight slightly to
compensate for slight differences in lead density.
Once you have formed the proper weight of cores, they are lightly
lubricated and placed in the lower half of the hemispherical die. The die
is an assembly with two sliding halves, guided by a pair of rods. The top

225
part of the die screws into the floating punch holder (without the usual
retainer bushing) and the lower part screws into the press ram. Specific
instructions come with each die, and supercede any earlier printed mate-
rial, since it is possible that improvements and changes may be made
from time to time.
The press is operated up and down, according to the instructions, and
a round ball is formed between the two hemispherical halves of the die.
You can pick up the ball, turn it 90 degrees on a horizontal axis, and
swage a second time, to insure absolute roundness. If there is too much
lead, it will spurt out a tiny bleed hole or notch between the two hemi-
spheres. If there is not enough lead, the ball will not completely form and
you will probably see that it has flats or unfilled areas.
Balls from .25 caliber to 1-inch diameter have been made in various
BSK-1 die sets, with a degree of perfection seldom found in casting. The
speed of operation, even using three strokes of the press, far exceeds the
total time required to make an equal number of balls by melting lead, if
you consider the total project time and not just the pouring of hot lead
into the mould. With the BSK-1 you do not have to melt any lead, nor do
you have to wait for equipment to cool down so you can clean it up and
put it away. Even if it were not for the more perfectly formed, sprueless
balls, that would be enough to convince me!

FX-1 Bullet Fixer Kit

The FX-1 can be made in type -S or type -H. It is for the enterprising
person who has purchased a truck load of pulled military bullets of the
conventional lead-filled variety (not pyrotechnic or explosive rounds, nor
armor-piercing ones that have a core too hard to be moved around), and
wishes to make them more accurate, to remove or minimize the pull
marks, and to improve the appearance for resale. It is also for the person
who has a quantity of bullets that have been in some way damaged, such
as culls or pulled bullets from a commercial loading operation, who wishes
to fix them.
The bullet fixer can appear to perform miracles when circumstances
are right. Not every damaged bullet is repairable, but we have processed
bullets that have actually been fired, and made them shootable again with
reasonable accuracy. We have processed surplus 50 BMG bullets and
7.65mm bullets, not to mention 5.56mm, into nice looking accurate shoot-
ers, when they were badly marked with deep gouges and ridges, were
badly out of round, and had uneven, partly filled bases.

226
 The kit consists of two dies, a bullet reducing die (BRD-1) that may
or may not require a custom spring-loaded guide punch depending on the
bullet base design, and a high pressure two-piece die that forms a special
pressure chamber, applying tons of force through the bullet base, into the
core material, and pushing outward into the sealed vessel.
In order to build the kit properly for a give lot of bullets, we need half
a dozen samples of the worse damaged. There are special “tweaks” that
we make to the set depending on the bullet design and the nature of the
damage. In each case, the set first makes the bullet as round as possible,
and then squares up the base (with open base military boattails, it squares
up the material within the boattail while maintaining the boattail shape)
while pushing out any dents or depressions in the outline of the bullet.
The shape of the bullet can be changed, with certain limits, as well. In
some cases, the bullet can be completely reversed so that a full jacket
becomes a soft point (but this depends on the core material and bullet
jacket).
The FX-1 can be a complete business opportunity in itself, under the
right circumstances, but we should talk about it and get samples before
deciding whether it is worth going forward with a business plan! There are
some bullets such as hard metal core armor piercing designs that simply
cannot be reformed under any reasonable pressure, and others with pyro-
technic charges or explosive military payloads that would be too danger-
ous to subject to high pressures in a closed die.

Other Tools and Dies

Lead wire extruders, core cutters, and core moulds were discussed
back in chapter on making lead cores. Jacket and bullet draws dies were
covered, and so were the copper tubing and strip jacket drawing dies. Gas
checks and Base Guards were discussed. I think that only leaves one thing,
and it entails more of a service issue than merely a product discussion, so
I will save “Custom Dies” for a new chapter!

227
 18. Custom Tooling
Corbin also builds custom dies and tools. The published prices are for
standard calibers and nose shapes which are our own designs. We are glad
to make custom diameters and shapes of punches, which have an addi-
tional custom work charge because they are made individually to your
specifications by a die-maker, rather than programmed into our normal
production runs and made by the hundreds all at one time.

If you want to make a custom shape of bullet, send us a drawing with

dimensions indicated. Use our fax number or the mail, or send us a sample
of a bullet you want to duplicate. You can even make a model out of
wood, aluminum or plastic if you wish, or send us a photocopy of a pic-
ture from a gun book or article. However, it is time consuming and some-
times impractical for us to go find a certain picture of a bullet in a certain
book you happened to read, especially when we are picking up the phone
about as fast as it can ring all day long.
Making a bullet “just like the Hensley and Gibbs number such and
such” can be a confusing order, too, because specifications may change
over time. As an example, the H&G 68 shape has changed at least three
times that I know about over the last two decades, and our sample or
picture might be from a different time period than yours. Again, instead
of referring to something that we may or may not have here to look at,
send a drawing, sketch, picture, sample, or write down the dimensions. If
we can’t figure it out, we will make our own drawing of what we think
you mean and put question marks on it for the dimensions about which
we are in doubt.
Very often we receive custom orders that have mutually exclusive
dimensions indicated. Just the other day I got an order for a bullet that
was .577 diameter with a hollow base indicated. The client wanted the
width of the hollow base cavity to be .357 inches across, which is small
for that caliber but not remarkable.
In the accompanying letter, he also said that the skirts or width of the
base walls surrounding the hollow cavity should be 0.020 inches thick to
allow for easy expansion in the bore. Again, this is quite reasonable for a
black powder bullet with a long barrel and consequently low muzzle pres-
sure (a modern load might flare out the thin base walls upon exit from the
barrel).
But adding the two skirt dimensions together gives 0.040 inches, and
added to the width of the hollow cavity gives only 0.397 inches. Oops!
The caliber is not 0.397 but 0.577. Where did the client expect us to hide

228
the extra 0.120 inches? I called to find out. After a few minutes of vigor-
ously defending the skirt width and desire for a small diameter hollow
cavity, the client suddenly stopped talking. The phone appeared to go
dead.
“Hello?” I said. “Are you there?”
“Yeah, I’m here...”, the answer came back. “I meant to say 0.537, not
0.357. I have a lot of .38 pistols that are .357 diameter and I guess the
number just sticks in my mind.”
A commonly requested custom item is a 2-E or even 3-E nose shape
for a handgun. This almost never works out: the elliptical nose curve is
not practical for rifles at three calibers length, and certainly a two caliber
long elliptical nose curve is beyond the practical limit for most revolvers
and autoloaders. A 1-E nose is pushing it, for handguns.
On paper, long elliptical noses look good. But in three-dimensional
reality, so much weight is shifted to the nose that the bullet becomes
massively heavy and long. Elliptical curves are not measured in the same
way as spitzer (tangential ogive) curves. Elliptical noses are measured
along the axis. Spitzers are designated by the radius of the curve forming
the ogive. Big difference.
More is not always “better”. Sometimes it is impractical. This is just a
very simple example of something that looks good on paper but may not
be practical when you try to actually build it. The limits of tooling strength
in thin sections or small diameters, the great pressures needed to flow
metal perfectly through small areas, and the fact that the bullet has to
come back out of the die after swaging it to shape often cause design
issues that must be solved. And solving it is a service we offer in three
stages.

Three stages of custom design

First, there is the feasibility study, to make sure that the tooling has
any chance at all of working and that there isn’t already a better way to
accomplish the goal. Second, there is the research and development stage,
to work out the dimensions and the engineering math, possibly to make
some preliminary tests with mock-up tooling built to try concepts out
without spending any more than necessary for longevity or speed of op-
eration. Third, if the first two stages have not ruled out the idea for tech-
nical, economic, production speed, or some other reason, then there is the
actual production of the prototype tooling, testing and refining and possi-
bly some redesigning of it after testing, and the resulting final product.

229
What to expect
Our work is limited to developing the tooling that can produce your
design of bullet. We do not, cannot and will not make any promises or
guarantees concerning the performance of your bullet in regard to accu-
racy, marketability or legality. The performance of a bullet is subject to
massive influences by the shooter, the other load components, the fire-
arm, the conditions of firing and the kind of target struck. There are just
too many variables for us to guess which ones might not be exactly the
same as those we could duplicate here for testing, so we don’t even try.
Marketability includes such issues as whether someone else has a simi-
lar design, a patent (which gets into the legality aspect as well), or whether
we think there is a great market for your new idea. I may or may not think
so, and if you ask I will give an opinion that is strictly just that, an opin-
ion. I will not make any guarantee or warrant that your bullet will be a
good seller, will not violate any laws or patents, or in any way be held
responsible if for any reason you cannot sell the bullet. All I can do is
guarantee that if we make the tools, the bullet can be built using them. Of
course, if I am convinced that the idea has been done before or is pat-
ented or if I believe that the product itself would be illegal to make or sell
without proper licenses, I would certainly mention it.
You are entirely responsible for obtaining the proper licenses, patent
releases and permissions, and for complying with state and federal laws
regarding the making, using and selling of the bullet. We will not know-
ingly help anyone break the law, nor will we do it ourselves. There are
products which are legal to make, possess, and sell to the right people if
the proper licenses and permissions are obtained. It is up to you to obtain
them, and to make sure your clients also meet the requirements for legal
purchase.
We are not a law firm, and can offer no legal opinion. Go to a lawyer
for legal advice. If we think the product is likely to be misused or might
reflect badly upon us, regardless of whether our opinion is correct, we
reserve the right to decline the order. I would rather lose the sale than risk
our reputation or help someone get into trouble with the law.
If I believe that the bullet would be a colossal failure, in regard to not
performing as the client believes it will, then of course I would try to talk
the client out of making it. But I want to make it perfectly clear that, just
because I do not bring up any objections to developing the tooling, it
does not mean I am making any guarantee that it will sell, be legal, not
infringe another person’s patent, or perform to the expectations of the
client. I may think it has a good chance, or I may think it has no chance,
and that is all I can say. You have to proceed based on what you think, and
not rely on my opinion. Reasonable and prudent people will never pro-

230
ceed based on one person’s opinion, but should study the field and deter-
mine for themselves the likely competition, applicable rules and laws,
probable market and then never invest more than they can afford to lose.
I expand so many words about this because, in decades of doing this
work, there have been a few people who are so blinded by the brilliance of
their idea that they cannot see past the imagined riches it cannot possibly
fail to produce. I am reminded of Thompson’s Seedless Corn. There wasn’t
much of a market for instant cobs, with the advent of toilet paper. (I
made that up, by the way.) Thompson’s Seedless Grapes worked out OK.
Too bad about the Skinless Watermelon, though, not to mention the pa-
thetic sight of the Boneless Chicken slithering around the barnyard. I won’t
mention backpacker’s dehydrated water packets.
I have been browbeaten by clients who can only hear the future ka-
ching of cash registers, not the present reasons why the idea is too similar
to a dozen cheaper alternatives. When it becomes obvious that there is no
getting through the exuberance to the core logic, and there is even a chance
that the idea may in fact do something remotely similar to what the client
expects, who am I to crush the dream, darken the rainbow, snatch away
the promise of a life of luxury and ease? I’ll probably give up trying and
do the project. And who knows, it may actually be as good as the client
said all along! It has happened before. I’m not omnipotent in matters of
judgement. Ask my wife. My opinion is not a guarantee.
What we guarantee is that finished tooling will make a bullet that is,
within standard practice in our industry, to the dimensions ordered. If
you order tooling to make 160 grain .333 diameter 7-S spitzer bullets
with a 12-degree boattail base, then the tooling will be able to make those
bullets if operated according to instructions. We do not guarantee that
anyone can create a match-winning, trophy-elk killing bullet with toler-
ances beyond NASA lab specs using this equipment. We only guarantee
that the equipment makes the bullet shape and weight you ordered, within
our normal tolerances, when operated properly.
If you send us specifications that say “must produce groups within
0.1 inches at 100 yards” or some other silly, out-of-our-hands specifica-
tion, then you might as well forget placing the order, because there is no
way any reputable and honest die-maker will make any kind of guess
about what some other person with their own gun and load will do with
any bullet, even if the same bullet just won the Nationals last week. Oth-
erwise, why bother to hold matches at all? Just buy the bullets and claim
the prize, because obviously they are guaranteed to win anyway.
Those kinds of ideas are not silly, of course, when taken as goals
rather than specifications. They are the reason you want to make a special
design of bullet in the first place. But it is your design, and the die-makers

231
cannot guess how it will perform other than in a general way. Any reason-
able design can be highly accurate, or not, depending on how carefully
you make the bullet, the quality of material put into it, and the matching
of the bullet with the rifling twist, velocity, range, and a myriad of other
technical and personal skill factors.
The silly part is in expecting the die-maker to bless the whole opera-
tion up to and including the target. Often, we could get away with doing
that, because so many of our clients do have excellent ideas, and we
make excellent dies. Still, I cannot rely on someone else’s skill or ideas for
our reputation. If you win the nationals, you deserve all the credit. If you
lose, guess what? Either way, the tools you use are going to be the same
quality.
People around the world know we deliver tooling that does what it is
supposed to do. Whether or not the bullet does what you think it should,
based on your design ideas, is entirely within your realm and outside of
ours. If it wins the match or gets the trophy, you get full credit. Our credit
is that it makes the dimensions you specified, whether or not those di-
mensions add up to a success for a certain use. Here is a breakdown of
what you might expect if you called about building a custom product:

Feasibility Study
This could be as short and sweet as my pointing out some error in
design that would prevent the bullet from being formed or from perform-
ing, in my opinion, as you expect. I won’t guarantee it will perform any
certain way, and I won’t say that it absolutely cannot perform that way,
either, but I will give you my best estimate of whether it has any chance
of doing what you want.
This is NOT a guarantee of performance. I’ll proceed if you are con-
vinced it will work, unless I am convinced it is dangerous, or perhaps that
something about it lies too far outside our field of expertise, such as re-
quirements for some kind of machine work that we are not equipped to
perform. Also, if we have too much work pending to give you delivery
within a time you consider reasonable, I may have to decline the work.
In the case where you just want some other angle or shape of nose, or
a different kind of hollow point that really doesn’t vary all that much
from what we’ve done before, then of course the word “study” is overkill.
I can just say “Yeah, we can do that.” We’ve probably done hundreds of
previous studies and made that custom design or something close to it
before, so we can dispense with any formal work that requires billable
hours to come up with the answer.

232
 Here are some of the things I will need to know in order to go forward
with a feasibility study:

1. Physical dimensions with maximum acceptable tolerances.

2. Samples of the material to be used, if we do not provide it.
3. Minimum acceptable initial rate of production.
4. Maximum acceptable initial cost per unit.
5. Acceptable time for project completion.
6. Available budget for development, and for equipment.

If you say, “OK, go ahead and let me know if it is feasible or not,” then
we ask for a deposit for two hours at current shop rate. This is a consulting
fee, some of which may be applied to the next stage if the project looks
feasible after some study. The worst that could happen at this point is that
we will spend two hours and discover some reasons why the design can-
not be made, and produce a report for you outlining those reasons.
The report could save you hundreds or thousands more dollars, be-
cause you might see from the report exactly why the idea is not practical.
The reason might be economic: perhaps it could be done, but the tooling
would be more than you said you wanted to spend. It might be technical,
such as too great an ejection pressure or short tooling life. It might be
production related, such as the only way to do the job would be with too
many steps. Perhaps we could not possibly deliver the development and
the production of tooling within your time limit, once we know what it
will require.
You can see that there are many reasons a project might not work out
for you, and some of them have nothing to do with the actual bullet
performance. The most important ones are usually economic, either for
initial tooling cost or for the production rate within your investment limit.
But until someone spends the time to think of various ways to produce
your bullet, and then calculates the approximate production rates and
estimated costs, it is all just a wild guess. You don’t want to proceed or
stop on a wild guess.
Like going to the doctor and paying $200 to find out nothing is wrong
with you, it is a mixed blessing to find out your project is not feasible. But
hearing that you do not have a fatal disease, after all, is worth something,
is it not? So is knowing that a typical contract die shop might have charged
hundreds or thousands of dollars to make tooling that, in the end, prob-
ably would not have worked.

233
 But let us assume that, after having tried hard to find anything that
might jump out and bite us, we have not found anything. Then we can
write a proposal for you with an estimated cost and suggested starting
point for tooling. You can decide whether to proceed or not, based on the
estimations.
If you decide to proceed, then we go to the next stage. If there is
unused time from the feasibility study fee, this will be carried forward to
the next stage.

Research and Development

The R&D stage starts with the proposal from the feasibility study.
Payment for the estimated development cost, as outlined in the proposal,
will launch this stage. Having decided that it is practical to try to build
the tooling, after a careful study of your production, cost, and time re-
quirements, and of the physical parameters of the bullet, we begin the
engineering and construction of initial models, try out the ideas, see if
they turn up any problems that were not evident before, and work on
solving them.
Changes in methods or tooling design, or perhaps suggested changes
in the bullet itself, may come about as a result of this stage. Of course,
every standard product we produce has gone through weeks, or months,
or sometimes even years of the R&D stage before being offered for sale.
The R&D stage really never stops for our standard products, because even
after a successful tool or die is developed and sold for years, new materials
and techniques may come to light, new ideas may be developed, which
could improve the product.
Usually, this stage is immediately prior to production, and flows into
it. If the idea is successful and substantially is the same cost and design as
the proposal suggested, with only minor changes, then the next thing you
hear is the doorbell when the delivery man brings your new tools.
If the R&D turns up some problems, or suggests more substantial
changes which could modify the price or procedures in ways that you
need to approve, then the next thing you would receive is a report with
this information, asking if we should proceed based on the new informa-
tion. At this point, the doubt is largely gone, and you can be fairly certain
that the tooling can be built to make your bullet. Now it is just a matter of
getting through all the prior orders in the queue. I don’t know how long
that takes, because most of those jobs are like yours, unique. Ask a re-
searcher how long it will take to find a cure for some disease. He doesn’t
know because it hasn’t been done yet. I don’t know how long it takes to
come up with excellent solutions to two or three hundred design prob-

234
lems and then manufacture the dies for each of them, until they are done.
That’s about how many orders we probably have pending at any given
moment.
On the other hand, some of these ideas do use similar machine set-
ups, and so we do get openings where we can finish a year-old order and
do at least part of the work for a current one on the same setup. This
doesn’t put the other orders behind, and it speeds up some orders by
months. But it is quite unpredictable, because people do change their
minds and what was planned may become different in an instant.
The bottom line is, I do not know how long an order takes. It takes
however long it takes. If you need a time, figure three years. That ought
to cover it. But if you really do need it sooner, and do not mind the over-
time cost, I can ask the die-makers if they would give up their weekend
and finish your order instead. That almost always takes less than 45 days,
sometimes as little as a week.
You can expedite an order to “rush overtime” basis at any time. The
order will then be guaranteed to be finished by a certain date, depending
on how many other rush orders are scheduled and how many die-makers
are available to do your work on a given weekend. We close during the
Christmas season for a two-week period, so this would not be the best
time for a rush order. But it is always possible that your order might be
ready soon enough in the regular order queue. If we doubled the prices,
we’d still be charging less than shops with far less experience in bullet
swaging, and I’d be able to hire more die-makers and get the orders done
sooner. But you see, you can already have faster delivery for that price.
Hiring more die-makers would take away the lower priced option (50%
discount, if you want to look at it that way).
Now assume that we launched the second stage, spent hours working
out the math and designing the tooling, built some test models and tried
it, and found that it almost worked, but something popped up that no one
expected. The project came to a screeching halt, while we tried to work
around the issue. Maybe it was a hollow point cavity so large that the
material left was too thin to support nose ejection, or maybe the shape
you wanted sticks fast in the nose die because there isn’t enough of a draft
angle. In reality it would probably be far more obscure than these prob-
lems: these are ones I can already think of, so we would have covered
them during stage one.
So we spend a few more hours studying and testing other ideas, and
we come up with a few, but all of them violate one or more of your initial
criteria for cost or production speed. We have put considerable time into
the project, because it appeared to be feasible. But now it turns out to be
otherwise, according to your criteria. What do we do?

235
 We contact you, and give you a report. If you decide not to pursue the
project, then we refund the payment except for the actual hours used in
reaching this point. For example, let us say our shop rate at the time of
your initial order was $80/hour. The first stage, or feasibility study, was
for two hours or $160. But after only 1 hour we could find nothing further
that looked like a problem, and so we had $80 in the first stage cost. The
proposal estimated that the development cost would be $2000. You had
$80 credit left, so you signed a development agreement and sent the dif-
ference, $1920.
So now, after spending four hours working hard on the development
stage, we are at a decision point. If you decide that the cost of additional
tools needed or the lesser production rate that the tools will produce is a
stopper, then of the $2000 advance, we have only used $320 in shop time
and materials. You get a report of what we have done, any prototypes or
test parts that might be useful in case you wanted to pursue it further on
your own, any samples produced, and a check or bank card credit for the
unused balance of $1680.
No one believes that their project could possibly fail. Everything is
simple and obvious until you start to cut metal and apply pressures of
30,000 to 100,000 psi. Then things happen that were not obvious. Mate-
rials start to behave in ways that they never did in a drawing. And some-
times, a potentially great idea just does not work out in real life. If you
know this is possible from the start, then it is not quite such a blow. But if
you are already planning how to spend your first million from sales of
your new product long before the ink is dry on the sketch, it becomes a bit
more traumatic to bring the project to a halt.
Fortunately, by the time we get to the development stage, most of
the potential problems have been solved, or else they will be solved by
experienced engineering. So, it is extremely rare to see a project stopped
during R&D. I only mention it because it is possible.
It is also possible that we may discover a faster or lower cost way to
do the job. In that case, we would make sure the new method does not
compromise any of the initial criteria established in our proposal. The
R&D stage ends as soon as the best design is developed, any decisions
that would cost additional amounts to implement or would violate any of
the original criteria are resolved, and the project is either ended or is ready
for production. At this point, you receive a report of what we have dis-
covered, and usually a quote for production of all the necessary custom
tooling, including the supplies and standard equipment that you will need.
If you get a quote for production, you might say that you have gambled
and won. It means we are fairly sure we can build the tools to make your
bullet design, and we know what it will cost and are willing to guarantee

236
the production for that price. You do not have to proceed. You may want
to use this report and quotation as the basis for selling your idea to some-
one, because they now have independent verification that the production
is practical under written terms. It is no longer speculation whether the
bullet can be made with practical tooling of known cost.
If the research turned up reasons not to proceed, you have gambled
and perhaps won in another way. Now you have reasons why the idea
could not proceed, based on concrete evidence and specific criteria. The
report may even have turned up ways to work around the problems by
changing certain criteria. Perhaps you cannot initially use Kryptonite cores,
at least until you can find some. Perhaps using tungsten or even lead will
work in the same design. Or maybe the cost is too high but if you change
one of the features, it drops. Now you know it, while others would have
to spend time and money to discover it. What you do with the knowledge
is up to you.

Production stage
In this stage, there are many drawings made, with material and people
allocated for the various operations to make the components. We have a
very good idea of what should work best. The amount of work put into
planning, buying materials, making calculations and drawings for the die-
makers, and recording the results of experiments and tests is, by this
time, extensive. The price quotation included a certain amount of nonre-
fundable deposit to cover some of the work that would not be readily
marketable to someone else.
I mention this because, rarely, a person will call during the production
stage and say they had a run of bad luck, got a divorce, or fell off a
horse—for some reason they would like to cancel now and get a refund.
But actual expenses have been incurred, and must be deducted. The non-
refundable deposit has in most cases been used by now and there is noth-
ing left to refund. It may be better to go ahead and finish, if the idea had
any income potential. The temporary problems will go away, but the
earning potential of a good idea only gets better as you develop the mar-
ket.

Semi-Custom Tools
Some items are only slightly different from our regular, stock produc-
tion, and do not require the full custom development cycle. For example,
changing the ogive from the standard 6-S to a custom 8-S or 10-S shape
does not require any feasibility or development time. All it takes is a set
of reamers and laps, which we build by hand, in order to cut the die cavity

237
and finish it with diamond powders. This means a few hours work making
the tools, but we’ve done it a thousand times before and know it will
work. You pay a custom price for the die, which is already established, to
help cover some of the cost of the special tooling to make it.
Likewise, a specific shape of nose or base, or a specified boattail angle,
or a certain shape of hollow point cavity that is different from our stock
on the shelf will require a custom charge because it is far more expensive
to make just one part to order than to build a quantity of them for stock to
our normal specs. Part of the cost will be the time to make dimensioned
drawings with tolerances, since this time is used entirely for the one cus-
tom part, whereas our stock parts are made from a quick photocopy or
computer printout of a standard design drawing, and the time is amor-
tized over hundreds or thousands of identical parts.
Then there are those stock items which are more time consuming to
produce than a similar stock item, so they cost more. These would in-
clude adjustable punches, saber-tooth punches (which put a series of teeth
on the edge of a hollow point bullet), and commercial versions of the
draw dies, jacket trim dies, or other dies that are built with harder than
usual materials, which cost more to machine and use a more expensive
heat treatment process, but are only necessary for heavier production
work. These items are not really custom, but they are a bit more than
standard. I guess you could call them “semi-custom”. At least, that seems
a good way to classify them.
This category of custom items has a listed price, and does not require
any development or other experimental fees. Examples are priced catalog
items which end with the letter “C”, which can stand for “Custom” or
“Commercial Grade”, meaning that if we offer two versions, one with the
“C” prefix, then you have a choice of two levels of strength, wear-resis-
tance, and durability. Why not just make one with the toughest design,
material, or heat treatment? Well, it is a matter of value.
Value is the benefit for a given cost. If an item costs less for the same
benefit, then the value is higher. It is a simple math ratio, with admittedly
subjective overtones. The problem with spending far more time and ef-
fort to build something even tougher than it needs to be for a given amount
of work is that the price goes up as a result. Something that takes two
days to machine and heat treat probably is going to cost almost twice as
much as a version that only takes one day. If the lower cost version will
do the job for you, and last as long as you will probably use it, then it is
better value. But if your application is for so many bullets per day that a
tougher version, costing perhaps twice as much, would last three times as
long, then it is the better value for you.

238
 It is nice to have a choice. I do not want to force anyone to buy a more
expensive version, if the lower cost one will do just as well for a given set
of circumstances. None of the lower cost versions are built in a less satis-
factory way. They are more than adequate for the vast majority of our
customers. But every so often, someone has a higher volume require-
ment, where the life expectancy of the standard tool isn’t enough to give
good value. That is why there are commercial versions of a few tools.
The rest are already tough enough so that the need has not come up for
anything tougher. If it does, we’ll make it!

239
 19. Lubricants and Chemicals
Corbin offers a number of chemical products, from lubricants to clean-
ers, that we feel are better values or more suited to the swaging field than
somewhat similar retail products. These are not available through chain
stores or distributors.

Corbin Swage Lube

This high pressure, clean lubricant washes off easily with hot water
and soap, yet withstands tons of pressure to protect the die surface from
fouling and galling.
Each operation, from drawing a jacket to seating a core, requires a
thin film of CSL to reduce friction and improve the surface finish. No
other lubricant is guaranteed to work the Corbin Swage Dies; some may,
but we know from decades of experience that CSL does the job correctly.
Application is simple: touch your finger tip to the lube and spread a
thin film on your thumb and fingertip. Then when you handle the jackets
or cores, just roll them slightly back and forth as you pick them up. That’s
all it takes. Wipe your fingertip over the punch as you swage each bullet.
Once you have swaged cores, clean them in hot water and detergent
and dry them, then put them into clean jackets with clean hands before
you begin seating cores. This keeps lubricant out of the jacket insides,
where it does not help accuracy., and keeps it on the outside, where it
extends die and punch life, lowers friction and pressure, and prevents foul-
ing of the dies. It is NOT a bullet lubricant and should not be left on the
bullets when you load them. It can be left on bullets that are to be stored
for a long time, unloaded, because it prevents corrosion.
Although the ingredients in CSL are medical grade cosmetic compo-
nents, a few people may have a reaction to them such as a rash or itching.
If this occurs, wash immediately and use rubber gloves. This would be
extremely rare but possible. Most people will find that handling CSL ac-
tually softens hard skin and is beneficial in preventing hangnails. Corbin
Swage Lube comes in 2-ounce and 16-ounce containers, Cat.No. CSL-2
and CSL-16.

Corbin Bore Cleaner

Used by top shooters at Wimbledon and Camp Perry for many years,
long before recently introduced and heavily marketed cleaners became
popular, Corbin’s Benchrest Bore Cleaner is treasured by a select group of

240
shooters, and virtually unknown to the rest. We have only made small
lots for top shooters and our own clients, which includes police, profes-
sional gunsmiths and the military. It works by mechanical scrubbing: leav-
ing it in the bore will not cause rusting or corrosion.
Millions of tiny (20 micron) flat plates of synthetic sapphire crystals
align with the bore under pressure, and shear off any projections such as
rust, powder, lead, plastic, or even the rough edges of machine marks left
in the bore. It is an oil-based product, which contains no ammonia or
corrosive salts.
One pass on a cleaning cloth wrapped around the next smaller size of
bore brush does the job: move forward two inches and pull back one inch,
until you reach the muzzle. Then follow up with a cloth patch dipped in
either Corbin Dip Lube or Corbin Five-Star Gun Oil, to remove the bore
cleaner and the particles it has loosened.
Do not repeat this more than three times: that is more than enough to
remove anything that needs to come out. If that doesn’t do the job, you
may need to use Corbin Bore Lap instead. Corbin Bore Cleaner is avail-
able in 4-ounce, 16-ounce (pint), and 128-ounce (gallon) containers as
catalog numbers CBC-4, CBC-16, and CBC-128.

Corbin Dip Lube

Also known as “liquid jacket” because it forms a tough, clear film of
hard wax on the surface of lead bullets, which helps reduce leading and
friction and prevents corrosion, Dip Lube can be applied by dipping or
spraying. This product has been completely redesigned as a non-flam-
mable, water-based solution that is safe to handle, ship, and will not burn.
Dip Lube can be applied to wood or metal to repel water and protect
the surface. It drys to a slightly foggy finish. I also pour a little of it in the
seam between the sold and upper leather of my hunting boots to water
proof them, use it on wood screws in fences and gates where it eases
entry and helps prevent splitting of the wood as well as retarding rust,
and as a carrier for mixing with molybdenum disulfide powder. This latter
mix is messy but gives excellent anti-leading protection to a gun barrel:
coat the bullet with it and fire the bullet after it drys.
Corbin Dip Lube is available in 4-ounce bottles, pints and gallons,
as catalog numbers CDL-4, CDL-16, and CDL-128.

Corbin Bore Lap

This is a 40 micron synthetic sapphire compound for smoothing bar-
rels and actions. It is much smoother cutting than valve grinding com-
pound, which is typically made of silicon carbide crystals. Bore Lap lasts

241
longer and is less aggressive in removing metal. In extreme cases of foul-
ing it can be used to clean the barrel of all lead, copper, plastic, and pow-
der residue, but do not use it as a regular procedure or else the bore will be
lapped to a larger size over time.
Some manufacturers of bore cleaners use a natural aluminum oxide
particle of 40 micron size as their main ingredient, but the flat crystals of
synthetic sapphire that we use in Bore Lap do not cut in all directions, and
are safer to use in a bore. They tend to line up parallel with the bore under
the pressure of the lap, cutting more off the surface than digging into it
like a rough natural crystal does.
The way to use the product is to find a brass bore brush that is either
one caliber smaller than the bore, or else has been worn down so it no
longer fits the bore properly. Then wrap this brush with a cloth patch that
covers the bristles completely with one layer. Use a cotton sheet material,
not a synthetic fiber.
Dip the cloth-wrapped patch in Bore Lap, and squeeze out excess
liquid against the bottle mouth. Make sure the breech mechanism is pro-
tected with cloth or plastic wrap so that excess lap will not run down into
it. Push the patch into the bore, and move it forward two inches, then pull
it back one inch. Repeat this for the full bore length until the patch emerges
from the barrel. Remove the patch, and replace it with a clean patch that
has been lightly oiled. Pull the oiled patch back through the bore. This
will remove rust, fouling, leading, copper streaks, and just about anything
else that projects from the surface of the bore.
Do not repeat this process more than three times: if you have not
solved the bore problem by then, it isn’t solvable this way. Further lap-
ping only increases the bore size, which is not desirable in most cases.
There are barrels which are beyond help! But for the rest of them, Corbin
Bore Lap is available in 4-ounce, pint, and gallon sizes. The catalog num-
bers are CBL-4, CBL-16, and CBL-128.

Five Star Gun Oil

This is the same high grade ISO-15 oil we use for lathe spindle oil and
for lubrication of our presses, a non-gumming, purified oil that handles
low temperature well, Five Star Gun Oil saves you money over the price
of those little 1-3/4 ounce containers, where most of the cost is the con-
tainer. You can use it for firearms or to lubricate our presses and dies for
storage. Corbin Swage Lube also is a rust-inhibiting lubricant for presses
and dies, but it is more of a soft grease than an oil. Five Star Gun Oil is
available only in pint containers. The catalog number is FSO-16.

242
Corbin Core Bond
This product makes bullets that expand and retain their weight far
better than any partitioned design. You have probably used bullets that
were made using Core Bond: nearly every custom bullet maker in the
world uses our process today. Very simply, you melt the lead core in the
bullet jacket, in the presence of the Core Bond, which turns to vapor and
induces the lead to penetrate into the copper, forming an alloy junction
by diffusion, the same general process used in making semiconductors.
All you need is a propane hand torch and a fireproof block to hold the
jackets. We offer a ceramic block kit that gives you two blocks, one to act
as a reflector for the flame and one to drill as a 32-hole support block (the
light ceramic material drills easily with an ordinary wood bit).
Swage a lead core that is a loose fit in the intended jacket. This is
important. If the core fits tightly, it may be blown out when you heat the
lead, often with a loud pop. Also, no bonding will take place where the
lead is jammed tightly against the jacket. An important part of the bond-
ing mechanics is the way that the hot bonding agent flows by capillary
action and surrounds the core, moving it to the center of the jacket when
the liquid expands and turns to vapor.
Clean the jackets and the lead cores in a good solvent or by boiling
them in hot water, detergent, and a little vinegar and salt (be prepared for
jokes by bystanders about bullet soup). Rinse the jackets and cores in
clean, boiling water to remove the detergent, vinegar, salt and any debris,
and spread them out to dry on a rough towel. It is wise not to use the best
guest towel, even if you are the guest.
The material should dry from its own heat in short order. Then, place
a core inside each jacket, and place them in a fireproof holder made either
from a magnesium oxide fire brick with holes drilled in it, or pack the
jackets into a box built from four fireplace bricks pushed up against each
other and placed on top of three or four other bricks to protect whatever is
under them. A block of potter’s clay can be used to hold copper tubing
jackets: the clay will plug that little hole in the base and keep lead from
running out. Or use the previously-mentioned heat treatment block kit
that consists of two ceramic blocks and a drilling template, so you can
make your own high efficiency holder for about 32 jackets at a time.
Now, at this point if not before, you need to have a pair of goggles or
other eye protection suitable for chemical and mechanical protection, and
probably should be wearing gloves that are at least moderately chemical
resistant and heat resistant. One way to get both cheaply is to slip on a
pair of thin plastic gloves, such as the disposable type used for paint or
chemicals or even dishwashing, and then cover those with a pair of thicker

243
flame-resistant woven gloves. If you do not wear gloves, be careful not to
reach over and straighten up a jacket that you just heated! It is easy to
forget and just react automatically. At least with gloves, the smoke you
see rising from your fingers is just charred cotton.
Do not let the Core Bond touch your skin. It is powerful agent and
must not be gotten into your eyes, taken internally, or left where children
could play with it. If any of this should happen, apply plenty of water and
see a doctor immediately. If you get it on your skin, wash it off quickly. I
have gotten it on my skin frequently without any ill effects, but some
people may have more sensitive skin. We use an improved formula now
that does not become very active until it is heated, reducing the risk both
for shipping and handling. Still, the eyes, mouth, ingestion... those would
pose a serious health risk.
Once you have all your jackets secured in a vertical position with a
core placed loosely by hand into each one (NOT swaged into the jacket—
how will the bonding agent get between the core and jacket wall?), place
two good-sized drops of Core Bond in each jacket. Let the liquid run
down around the cores. There must be a slight gap between the jacket
and core to allow this, or bonding won’t take place.
Use a propane torch to apply heat as evenly as you can to the jackets,
moving the flame slowly back and forth so that the lead is heated to the
melting point as quickly as possible. The idea is to melt the lead before all
the flux boils away, so there is hot Core Bond vapor between the molten
lead and the copper jacket wall. This lowers the surface tension of the
lead so much that it can actually penetrate between the copper atoms and
form an alloy junction.
The diffusion junction, similar to the concept of doping silicon crys-
tals to make transistors, is stronger than the lead core, forcing the bullet
to open in the core rather than separating from the jacket. When the jack-
ets have cooled, you should have a hole or depression in the middle of
each core and should see the edges of the lead core rise up along the
jacket wall to a small extent. If you see a domed core with the edges
pointing down, it means that there is a poor or no bond. If the bonding
takes place correctly, a shrink hole will appear in the middle of the core,
because the edges of the hot, expanded core are held fast to the jacket.
When the core cools, the only place for the material to shrink is in the
middle. I like to use a hollow point punch to clean up this shrink hole,
when I seat the core (later).
You can easily test the bond by cutting one of the jackets in half
lengthwise with a fine-tooth saw, then attempting to crush the jacket in a
vise until the core pops out. If you are successful in popping out the core,
you do not have a bonded core. If you can mash the jacket into a square

244
and still the core will not separate, you have a bonded core. If you did it
right, there will be no possibility of removing that core unless you melt it
out.
When you have finished, and the cores have cooled, place them all in
a pot of boiling water and add a tablespoon of baking soda to the water.
Let them boil for a few minutes to neutralize any remaining flux and wash
off the dross. Then add a couple of tablespoons of salt and a half cup of
strong vinegar and boil for a few more minutes to remove discoloration.
This is optional and has no effect on the bond or bullet quality.
Finally, dump the water and boil one last time in plain water to re-
move the salt and vinegar. If you skipped the salt and vinegar, you can
skip the final boiling rinse as well. Spread out the jackets to dry on your
big fluffy old towel. They ought to dry quickly from their own heat.
Now, seat the lead cores in the usual way. Again, I like to use a hollow
point core seating punch because of the shrinkage hole in the middle of
the core. The punch evens up the hole and makes it look like we meant to
do it all along. If you do not want a hollow point, just close the tip down
in the point forming operation and the cavity will be pushed shut or nearly
so.
When you are heating the cores, make sure that none of them is pressed
snugly down into the jacket. Trapped air and liquid will turn to vapor,
building pressure under the core that can blow it out with surprising speed.
One issue that can arise is the snug fit of a core at the bottom of a jacket,
especially a copper tubing jacket that has thickened slightly toward the
base. The normal size core fits fine, but if you try to make the bonded
core it will trap lube under the core and then blow the core out when you
apply heat.
An easy way to avoid having to buy a smaller core swage die is to get
a punch for the core swage, having a conical cavity machined in the end.
This punch will create a core with a conical tip, and usually the length of
this tip will raise the main body of the core above the tight spot, prevent-
ing the undesired seal. Corbin Core Bond comes in 2-ounce, pint, and
gallon sizes, under catalog numbers CCB-2, CCB-16, and CCB-128.

Corbin Cleaning Solvent

This is used to remove oil, grease and lubricant from bullet compo-
nents. It also strips dried oil from the interior working of guns, removes
leftover bore cleaning compound from the barrel, and prepares metal sur-
faces for a fresh film of new oil. If you don’t want to boil bullet jackets in
hot water and detergent to clean them, you can use a little Cleaning Sol-
vent in a can and slosh them around in it, then drain them with a mesh

245
scoop or strainer. This is a “hot” solvent in the chemical sense: it can
cause burning and rashes so wear eye and skin protection. Wash immedi-
ately with plenty of water if you get it on your skin or in your eyes. It is
flammable, so do not use around open flame. Corbin Cleaning Solvent
comes in pints and gallons, as CCS-16 and CCS-128.

Corbin Silver Lube

This is a high temperature lubricant that can withstand the heat of
molten lead, and is used to lubricate the hinges and pistons of core moulds.
A thin film of this silver colored lubricant will protect against seizing,
rusting, and galling. Available in 4-ounce containers, Silver Lube is
Cat.No. SL-4.

Walnut Shell Media

This is not exactly a chemical, but more of a bullet-making aid. It is a
ground walnut shell polishing media for use in vibratory bullet polishers
such as the Corbin BPK-1 Bullet Polisher Kit. One bag comes with the kit.
You can purchase any weight, ten pounds, fifty pounds, or a ton if you
wish. The discount is the number of pounds, from 5 to 50. That makes it
easy to remember. Less than five pounds is standard price, fifty pounds
and over is half the one-pound price per pound. Walnut Shell is pack-
aged in one pound bags, Cat.No. WS-1.

Corbin Hydraulic Fluid

This is used in all Corbin hydraulic presses. It is the equivalent of
Chevron AW46. You do not normally need to add more to a new press,
and the original fluid lasts for years of normal use, but if you should
happen to need more, CHF-128 comes in gallon cans.

Atomized Copper
Fine copper powder with a .25% lithium stearate coating flows and
compacts into a solid, lead-free projectile inside a bulet jacket, or can be
used without a jacket if heat treated (sintered) to fuse the grains together.
Copper powder may be mixed wtih tungsten to increase density. Copper
also binds well with powdered tin. Compressed at 20,000 psi, the copper
forms a solid that can be handled without breaking. However, it requires
sintering to withstand shattering when subjected to pressure without sup-
port of a jacket. When compressed into a jacket, the resulting bullet can
penetrate deeper than a lead core bullet at the same velocity. Weight is

246
about 3/4 that of a lead bullet of the same volume. Available in 8-oz (wt)
in a 2 fluid ounce bottle, 4-lb or 64-oz (wt) in a pint bottle, or 100-lb
canisters. Catalog numbers are CUP-8, CUP-64, and CUP-100.

Jacket Drawing Lube

Jacket drawing lube is the product that works in Corbin JMK-2-H
automatic jacket drawing equipment, for the copper strip lubricator. It
flows through the system and saturates felt roller pads, which transfer a
film of lube to the copper strip on both sides prior to blanking and cup-
ping operations.
This lube could also be used for other kinds of jacket drawing opera-
tions, but it is an oil rather than a thin paste like our regular swaging lube,
and is therefore more messy to use by hand. The regular swaging lube is
water soluble in hot water, and is made of cosmetic grade materials that
most people find good for the skin rather than the contrary. (Some people
may be allergic to lanolin, one of the components of our swage lube, but
it is a rare thing.) The JDL-16 drawing oil is neither water-soluble nor is it
a cosmetic ingredient. But it has the ability to flow easily at room tem-
perature in an automatic lubrication system. And that is the primary rea-
son we offer it here. JDL-16 comes in pints.

SIM-TESTtm Ballistic Test Media

Testing bullets in a media that is stable and simulates animal muscle
tissue is the purpose of this product. It is a flexible gel that melts at about
180 degrees F., pours and re-casts into blocks, and is made using beef
protein with stablizing and anti-bacterial agents for long shelf life without
refrigeration. Available in either 10-lb. blocks or cartons of six blocks,
SIM-TESTtm gives you a realistic simulation of animal muscle tissue with-
out the refrigeration and mixing requirements of ballistic gellatin. ST-1
is a single block, and ST-6 is a carton of approximately 60 lbs.

247
 20. Books and Software

Technical Bulletins, Volume 1

TB-1 is a collection of newsletters or bulletins that was sent to sub-
scribers of the old “Corbin Technical Bulletin” years ago. The chapters
address questions about specific technical issues in bullet making, such as
a comparison of casting and swaging for time and cost of making bullets.
Most of the information is still valid today, though some of the tools and
ideas have been greatly improved and updated.

TB-2-E Technical Bulletins, Volume 2

TB-2-E is a collected set of papers that were published in magazines
over a ten year period, relating to bullet swaging. Specific experiments,
technical articles and monographs, some published only in foreign maga-
zines, are all translated to English and reproduced with permission of the
publishers. These are articles written by Dave Corbin about experimental
work that lead to many commercial products you see offered today by
Corbin clients. Published on CD-ROM.

Technical Bulletins, Volume 3

TB-3 covers the calibers from .14 to .50 BMG with a chapter on each
range of calibers, explaining the things that you can do in that particular
range to make better bullets for different purposes. There is a detailed
study of an experimental long range big bore, notes about the wildcat .22
Flea (a reloadable .22 Magnum built in both a Browning FN 1922 Model
autoloading pistol and a Remington Rolling Block rifle) and other inter-
esting features.

TB-4-E Power Swaging

This e-book has been a guide for other bullet swaging tool makers for
decades. It describes the math and principles used in developing both
dies and presses. Discussion of both mechanical and hydraulic, electric
and pneumatic presses is included. If you wish to build a swaging or
extruding press, read this e-book on CD-ROM.

248
 TB-4-E covers the use and operation of the CHP-1 Hydro-Press, as
well as other information about bullet making, jacket forming and lead
wire extrusion. Inclujdes charts of die strength versus maximum safe
pressures and other technical data.

The Bullet Swage Manual

One of the first swaging books, by Ted Smith, dating from the start of
modern bullet swaging. This book covers the old S.A.S. Dies and early
Corbin swaging tools from the viewpoint of the old master die-maker,
inventor of the first powder trickler and the original Mity Mite swaging
press.

WD-1-E The World Directory of Custom Bullet Makers

This is a collection of several booklets under one CD-ROM. It in-
cludes sources for copper tubing and strip, lead wire and ingots, and infor-
mation on the world’s custom bullet makers, marketing and testing of
bullets, how to design and specify bullets, and how to build jackets by
four different methods. Included in the book is “The Corbin Guide to
Jacket Making” and the names and addresses of hundreds of custom bul-
let makers.

TIII Turning Ideas Into Income

The condensed knowledge of 40 years of marketing and business
management are made available to custom bullet makers, inventors, in-
vestors, or people who deal with them. Subjects such as marketing meth-
ods, partnerships, non-disclosure agreements, patents, consultants and
salespeople, and ways to turn your idea into a stream of income using or
avoiding some of these tools are exposed with a straight-forward honesty
sure to offend some and enlighten others.
This is also a guide to mental preparation for building a secure finan-
cial future and keeping life enjoyable while you balance priorities, apply
proven principles and become wealthy as a direct and inevitable result. It
explains clearly why many people feel they must ignore the very things
that can make them financially secure and provide a happy life. Available
as an e-Book on CD-ROM.

249
HB-9-E
You are reading it now! The condensed how-to info with a little busi-
ness advice, warranty info, product descriptions, and more.

BP-7 Multi-Media Pack

This is a special package of information with all the technical bulle-
tin publications, handbook, swage manual, and a DVD movie showing
the production of jackets and bullets on several Corbin tools, with de-
tailed close up explanation. You get printed books, e-Books, and video, a
collection of seven titles, at a discount price.

Software
Corbin produces software for personal computers that operate on the
Windows system. Included are programs to design bullets, calculate the
parameters for extruding lead wire, determine the breaking point of dies
and the ram thrust and hydraulic pressures of presses

DC-1015
This is a Bullet Engineer’s Design Kit of software. It consists of the
DC-1001, DC-1003, DC-1004 and DC-TWIST software . Self-starting with
automatic installation menu, or can be run from the distribution disk with-
out installation, if desired.

DC-TWIST
Twist rate calculator on CD-ROM, for Windows, goes beyond the
limits of the Greenhill formula. Calculates stable twist rates for bullets
made of any materials, including lead-free designs, in any caliber. In-
cludes density tables, metric/English conversion, printed reports to in-
clude with custom bullets, and calculations that include any kind of plas-
tic or metal tip.

DC-1001
Bullet engineering 101 might be a better name for this powerful soft-
ware package. Select any of the basic nose shapes, enter the ogive length
or curve, bullet weight and caliber, select the desired base design and tip
form, enter the desired jacket parameters (for jacketed bullets), and the
core material. The program then calculates the various parameters such
as twist rate, nose length, boattail length, and ballistic coefficient over a

250
range of velocities. Graphic images illustrate the various shapes. Both
rifle and handgun shapes are included, as well as boattail, rebated boattail,
flat, cup, hollow, heel base, and tangent, secant, spire, elliptical, wadcutter
and semi-wadcutter noses. For Windows, on CD-ROM.

DC-1003
This is the paper patch and multiple materials bullet design software,
which calculates diameters and weights for bullets to fit various bores
with different patch thickness, or parameters for bullets made from up to
four different core materials in the same bullet.

DC-1004
This program plots the real time air resistance (drag) and shows a
number of parameters such as BC and Ingalls coefficient on a chart of
distance travelled versus velocity. It fires any bullet you wish to design
straight up, plots the drag until the bullet reaches zero forward velocity,
then drops the bullet so you can see how much force is generated when it
strikes the ground. Used to calculate lethality of falling bullets fired over
friendly troops, it is a new tool to understand bullet performance. You can
quickly change one parameter and see how the drag functions change in
proportion, with any caliber, weight, or shape.

DC-DIES
Not an obituary, but the catalog number for the die pressure calcula-
tor, a program which figures out safe die pressure and bursting point for
any diameter or caliber of swage die, the ram thrust, the internal die
pressure, and the cylinder or system pressure using various sizes of cylin-
ders. This is useful for the person who wishes to avoid breaking dies or
wants to build their own press. Windows-based software on CD-ROM.
Highly recommended for users of hydraulic presses.

DC-LEAD
This is a lead wire extrusion calculator that figures out the pressure,
volume, and lengths of any diameter wire from any diameter of billet,
with various sizes of hydraulic cylinders. Also calculates the length of
lead wire for any given caliber or diameter of core, of any density alloy,
for a given weight. Windows-based software on CD-ROM. Very conve-
nient for determining the length of wire to cut for any weight of bullet.

251
DC-SALES
Helps custom bullet makers determine their cost, distributor, dealer,
and retail pricing based on packaging, labor, and material costs. Calcu-
lates the price per bullet and for a box of any quantity of bullets from
either material price per pound and bullet weight or from combinations
of price per pound and individual item price (jackets, cores, additional
components). Figures in the cost of boxes, labels, packaging time, con-
struction time, and other factors automatically. For Windows, on CD-
ROM.

DC-WEB
If you want all of our published brochures, operating guides, techni-
cal tips, and the content of the Handbook of Swaging in PDF format with
free Acrobat Reader software, you get that and more on this CD-ROM. It
also contains the entire content of our extensive web site with hot links
that activate when you connect to the internet (log onto the BAFT licens-
ing site or see the latest firearms news stories, among other things... view
road cameras on Oregon roads, get local weather for hunting and fishing,
search for words and phrases on our website, or use the megabytes of
color images and illustrations in your own bullet-making business with
the limited license agreement provided.

DC-JPG-1
Royalty-free bullet images for your advertising or website, on a CD-
ROM. Higher resolution than downloading from our website, always at
your fingertips when you feel creative! In the standard JPEG format.

DC-JPG-2
Royalty-free inages of landscapes, forrests, game animals, dramatic
skys, mountains, waterfalls, and more. Need a picture of a deer looking
right into the camera? A black bear? A great background from Montana
or Oregon mountains or forrests? It’s here, no need for credits or royalty
payments. Release and right to use agreement included.

252
 21. Delivery Information
Corbin Manufacturing is a small, family business. The tools and dies
are hand built in our plant in White City, Oregon. Corbin equipment is
used by nearly every custom bullet making firm in the world, as well as
defense agencies, research and development labs, Olympic champions
and international world championship level competitors, with backlogs
that can run over a year at times, sometimes two or three years even.
Although we try to keep inventory on hand, some items are sold faster
than they can be replaced. To be fair with everyone, we work on the old-
est order first. Clients are served in the sequence that their orders are
entered. There is no way to tell how long some of these orders will take.
They might take a day, or they might take two weeks to finish. Some are
for a simple punch or die that we have made thousands of times before
and can build in a few hours, once we get to it. Other orders are for new
concepts that have never been tried before, and may be tens of thousands
of dollars worth of equipment.
Therefore, it simply isn’t possible to predict when the 200th or 300th
order will be ready. It will be done when the orders that came first are
finished, or perhaps it will be close enough to one of them to “double up”
and make it alongside the earlier one, using the same setup time and thus
saving everyone time in the waiting list.
We can make no promise of delivery by any given date, nor within
any specific time period, for orders built on the normal sequence or queue,
for which the standard prices are published. Once you place the order in
the regular queue, it is understood that delivery will take an unknown
amount of time, and you should make no commitments based on deliv-
ery that could result in any economic loss to yourself or others. Corbin is
not responsible for any such potential loss of income based on any as-
sumptions about delivery.

In short, don’t go out and sell ten thousand bullets and promise you
will deliver them by next month, when you don’t have the equipment to
make them yet. Wait until you have equipment, learn how to use it, and
then knock yourself out with sales, production, promotions, whatever.
Don’t try to browbeat me into saying I might have the equipment ready
next month when I have already said that it is not possible to accurately
predict when a given order will be done. I’d rather not have the order in
the first place, than to have someone calling me every few days to beg,

253
whine, threaten, and cajole. The orders will all be done eventually. The
less time I have to spend saying that over and over again, the sooner they
will be done.

I can easily give you faster delivery by raising the price several times.
This would push the price of equipment beyond the reach of some cli-
ents, leaving more time to make your order. If you don’t mind paying
three or four times as much as the current prices, then that would be a
good option.
Other dies of similar quality to ours do cost from six to eight times
more, and that is another reason why we are constantly buried in work.
But I’ve always felt that bringing the price of thousand dollar swage dies
down to the hundred dollar level was a good goal, and the only way we
could do it and maintain the world-class quality for which we are famous
is to limit ourselves to a small staff of highly motivated and skilled people.
That translates into longer delivery times.
There are three sides to the production triangle: price, quality, and
speed.
If we make products faster, it takes more people and the price sky-
rockets to pay the salaries, taxes, buy more machinery for them to oper-
ate, and cover the benefits and other expenses of having more people
making dies. Price and speed of delivery are locked to each other, if qual-
ity is to remain high. Faster costs more. Slower costs less. These are hand-
made products, and the economy of scale really doesn’t kick in until we
get into much higher volumes of identical items made at the same time.
With presses, accessory items, standard supplies, and even to some
extent on a few standard size and shape dies, we have already achieved an
optimum speed/price point and usually have all these things in stock for
immediate delivery. It is the dies, which are made in over 500 calibers
and millions of possible shape/size combinations, that introduce the un-
certainty in delivery.
This isn’t strictly true for each individual order. If we are making a
258 die set with a 8-S ogive that has been pending for six months, and
there are two more orders just like it that came in yesterday, there isn’t
any harm done by making three sets at once. No one is put behind, be-
cause the biggest amount of time is the preparation, paperwork, setup of
machinery, allocation of people and time, procurement and allocation of
materials... actually making the product is one of the least time consum-
ing stages. The people who have orders that come in the next day are, in
fact, moved ahead that much further since we won’t have to go through
all that setup two more times for the other two similar orders.

254
 So, while I cannot guarantee or even estimate that we might have
your new order done with someone else’s by next week, it could happen.
Even though I may have to say that we have, say, thirty months of work
pending, that does not necessarily mean the orders that come in today
will all take the full time to finish. It just means they might, if no other
similar jobs are in the queue ahead of them.
Why can’t I just look at the list and see if there is something pending
like your new order? I can, but it doesn’t mean by the time we get to that
order, it will still be the same. People call and change their orders, which
wastes a lot of our preparation and planning work, but it happens. I can-
not say with any certainty that the order just like yours that is coming to
the shop floor tomorrow will, in fact, not be changed or cancelled before
it gets there. So I cannot promise you anything about delivery other than
that it will happen with the certainty of the sun rising, even if it isn’t the
sunrise that ushers in tomorrow.

Overtime “rush” orders

However, if you do not mind paying for overtime work, which doubles
the cost of the items which are not in stock and must be built with over-
time labor, we can sometimes schedule a weekend or nighttime job over
several evenings and give you not only fast delivery but a guarantee of
delivery by a certain time.
I do not and cannot guarantee that we will have people available to do
overtime work for any future order, but if a die-maker is willing to give up
his weekend or evenings to finish your work on a tight schedule (for over-
time pay, which with taxes and payroll-linked benefits and shop overhead
brings the labor cost to twice that of regular jobs) then we can promise
delivery on most die sets within 45 days.
Overtime or “rush” jobs do not put anyone else behind. They are
done using time that would not be otherwise worked. If a die-maker, or a
team of die-makers for larger jobs, comes in two weekends in a row and
works 20 or 30 hours on overtime, that has no effect on the orders in the
regular queue, except perhaps to get them out faster because now there is
one less order in front of some of them.
Therefore, if you want to “bump up” your pending order to overtime
status, all it takes is prepayment of the order to get it going for the very
next available weekend. If we know by Wednesday of that week, we can
probably talk someone into giving up their weekend and working on your
dies instead. If you wait until Thursday, it is usually too late, plans have
been made, people are not going to want to tell their wives and kids sorry,
can’t go on that trip after all. There is more to life than just business.

255
 Why prepayment for overtime? Well, for one thing, if you change
your mind after we have put in overtime work to finish the job, or the
credit card is overdrawn when it comes time to ship it that coming Mon-
day, then we have overtime expenses in an order that we can only sell to
someone else at regular price. The die-maker still gets his overtime pay,
and the IRS still gets their cut on top of that.
Without the certainty of payment, we are just too small a business to
take the risk. After surviving nearly four decades, I’d like to be around for
the next one! Besides, overtime indicates the order will be going out
shortly and would have to be paid for anyway, so it should not be a prob-
lem.
You do not have to place the order initially on overtime basis. You can
place it on regular basis, and see if delivery comes fast enough that way.
If you suddenly get a big order potential and want to take advantage of it,
and the income would more than cover the overtime rate, give us a call at
that time and see if we could do the job on overtime. If so, you can bank
on it and make your deal. If not, do not make any commitments based on
a possibility. The word implies its own negation. If something might pos-
sibly happen, it also might possibly not happen.
But, you know, people do this all the time to their ultimate regret.
That is why I am hammering away about it. If you had seen as many
upset, crushed, despondent, suicidal clients as I have, all because they
wished something to be true so hard that they could only hear what they
wanted to hear, you’d join the chorus and help spread the gospel. Wait
until you have the means of production in your hands and have learned
how to use them before you make any deals. Unforeseen events can
happen. And they do. Your order is only accepted with the condition that
you understand and agree to the uncertainty of delivery time. Overtime
rush jobs are the one exception since, for the space of at least a weekend,
your order is the only order in the queue.

The conversation I have with clients who engage in wishful thinking

goes something like this:
“When will my dies be ready?”
“I don’t know. We have an average backlog of six months right now.
Probably sometime within the next six months.”
“Well, will they be ready in a month?
“I don’t know. We have about 550 orders in the works right now and
yours is one of them. It could be much sooner, or it could be that some of
these will take much longer than estimated and our six month estimate
may be too short.”
“Will they be reading in two months, or six months?”

256
 “I don’t know. All I can say is that they will be ready when their turn
comes up, and my best guess is about six months worth of work is pend-
ing, and the oldest order is about a year old at this moment. You placed
your order today, so in theory it could even be a year. But more likely it
will be in the next six months.”
“You mean it will take six months to get anything?”
“No, we have lots of things on the shelf that could go out today. But
one of the dies on your order is not on the shelf, so we have to build it. If
you want the other items, we can ship them today. And it may not take
six months for your die. I just can’t tell. It depends on how fast we can
develop new tools for the custom orders ahead of yours, and how fast we
can make all the other standard tools that we don’t have on the shelf but
for which there are prior orders pending.”
“Well, I need to be making bullet before hunting season.”
“Then, place your order on rush overtime basis. Those items we do
not have available will be done on the next available weekend, guaran-
teed within 45 days, and those will be priced at 2 times standard rate.
Everything else that is in stock is still at standard price, of course. May I
have your bank card now so we can get started?”
“What! Twice the price! No way!”
“It is your choice to minimize delivery time or price. Check around
and you’ll find that our overtime price is still a lot cheaper than other
comparable quality dies... and if the dies are any good, they’ll take just
about as long as ours to make anyway. If this were not so, we wouldn’t
have backlogs with people willing to wait.”

This conversation could drag on and on, with the client trying to pin
me down to a guaranteed delivery date that I have already stated I have
no way of knowing. Instead of spending money on the phone to have this
conversation, clients so inclined can just read it here at their convenience,
and we can use the time to work on dies (every call just slows us down
that much).
If someone really will suffer terribly without the dies before this hunt-
ing season, then overtime rush is a good solution. All they have to do is
say, “Well, do it on overtime, then. Here’s my bank card to use...”.
Lest some unkind person accuse me of excess greed for offering over-
time work, let me be quick to point out that this would be true if I charged
three times or four times the regular price, for then we would be actually
getting additional pay ourselves. But to charge twice the regular price
only pays the actual costs incurred. The die-maker isn’t even being greedy
when he gives up his weekend for you, because the Federal Wage and
Hour Laws and the Oregon Department of Business and Industry (or

257
whatever department name gets attached to the agency currently admin-
istering the so-called “Labor Relations” laws) insist that any hours over
40 shall be paid at time and a half.
Then the various payroll tax agencies, of which there are an amazing
number with more joining the party every year, take their additional slice
on top of that new and improved payroll. And of course the normal ben-
efits that are a percentage of payroll, such as unemployment insurance
and workers compensation insurance and.... well, you get the picture...
are all made larger as a result of the overtime. So, when you add up all the
petty and not so petty additional costs, overtime is much more like two
times regular labor cost.
It is the work of the die-maker that turns a few dollars worth of mate-
rial into a tool worth many times its raw material cost. In addition, you
have the use of heat treating compounds, furnace power, the various
tools and reamers which can only make a certain number of dies before
they have to be thrown out, and a tiny portion of the huge investment in
land, building, and machinery that gives the die-maker a place to work
and tools to do the work. You rent hundreds of thousands of dollars worth
of assets for a few dollars. But of all these factors, direct labor for a skilled
die-maker is by far the largest.
My point is, it really doesn’t make any difference to the business bot-
tom line whether you get the die on regular time, or overtime. Either
way, you are paying what it costs to build that tool. The margin built into
the price is the same. Speed, cost, quality: pick any two, but leave the
quality high! When you put your order on overtime rush basis, it helps
the people who ordered later, since your order is moved out of their way,
so to speak. The time that would have been spent during the regular work
week is now available for the next person on the list. So it is with those
ahead of your order, who decide to go to the overtime rush basis. Your
order moves up the list for every person who does that.
It seems the most fair, honest, and equitable way to take care of
people’s needs. If you do not need the speed, you can take a 50% discount
in effect from the overtime rate, and the trade-off is a nonspecific deliv-
ery time. If you need guaranteed delivery by a certain time, then the
trade-off is a higher price that pays for the labor to do it. No one is being
“pushed aside” or delayed to make room for someone with more available
money. Quite the contrary: those who elect to spend more for speedy
delivery actually move out of the way of those who don’t, and inadvert-
ently give them a little boost in speed of delivery as a side benefit.

258
 Everyone wins. And it is all the same to us, other than the particular
die-maker who trades the possibility of a grumpy spouse for a little higher
paycheck that week. If you need speed, it is available. If you prefer lower
cost, that is also available. Time is the proof of ideas. This has been
working for decades.

259
 22. Warranty
Corbin equipment is warranted against defects in material and work-
manship. If you receive a defective product, do not try to remedy it your-
self. Call, write, or fax for a Return Material Authorization number. In-
clude a legible return address inside the package, along with a brief de-
scription of the problem or defect and the RMA number. Corbin will re-
place or repair such defects without charge other than shipping and insur-
ance. (Normal wear or abuse is not a defect.)
The number to call is 541-826-5211, Monday to Thursday from 9:00
AM to 6:00 PM Pacific Time. The fax number is 541-826-8669. The
mailing address is CORBIN, PO Box 2659, White City, Oregon 97503
USA. For UPS delivery, ship to CORBIN, 600 Industrial Circle, White
City, OR 9503.
Items which you ordered by mistake or about which you changed
your mind may be returned within 30 days in unused condition. A 15%
checking, cleanup, and repackaging fee (also called a restocking fee) may
be deducted from the refund to cover the cost of the extra work.
Be certain that when you order, you specify the diameter rather than
just the caliber. A .45 caliber bullet could be .452 for the .45 ACP, .454 for
the .45 Long Colt, or .458 for a .45-70 rifle. Or, it could be .448 for a
paper-patched .45-70 rifle bullet. When you order a die or punch, specify
the family type (-R, -M, -S, or -H).
When you order a punch, state which kind of die it fits (such as CSW-
1, CS-1, LSWC-1, or PF-1) and whether you want the internal or external
punch. If you ask for a diameter that later turns out to be incorrect for
your application, it may not be returnable if it is a size that is not com-
monly built, or may incur a restocking fee if returnable.

Airgun pellets are notoriously the “wrong” size on arrival, though they
were the “right” size when ordered, built and shipped. If you order a .221
diameter pellet and it turns out that your gun actually works much better
with a .218 pellet, we can help you sell the .221 die by offering a free ad
on our web site. Of course, if someone else just called and ordered a .221
pellet die, we would be more than glad to make an exchange, but other-
wise not. If you ordered a .218 and we sent you a .220 or a .217, that is a
warranty situation, and our responsibility.
If you order the wrong item by misusing the terminology or catalog
number, this would not be a warranty problem and a restocking fee may
apply. Please call the items by their proper names. A die is a die, and a
punch is not a die, rod, stick, shaft, or anything other than a punch. If you

260
order a die and really want a punch, or order a punch and want a die, then
we may or may not be able to exchange it, depending on whether it can
be sold in unused condition as a stock item.
Tools or dies broken from excessive pressure, bent or cracked from
improper use are not covered by warranty. Any die can be broken by the
application of excessive pressure, regardless of the hardness or softness
of the material put into it. You can put a piece of steel in a swage die, and
if you do not apply a force that would burst the die, the die will not burst.
Likewise, you can put a ball of cotton in a swage die, and if you apply
enough force to it, you will break the die. Dies break because they are
operated beyond their pressure limit. Improper operation is not a war-
ranty situation.
In no event will Corbin Manufacturing or its associates, officers or
representatives be responsible for any damages including but not limited
to lost profits or other incidental or consequential damages arising from
the use of or inability to use any Corbin product. It is expressly stated and
made a condition of sale that delivery cannot be guaranteed for any spe-
cific date or before any specific period of time. Corbin makes no represen-
tation whatever as to the performance of any bullet made by a client in
our dies. Accuracy, penetration, performance on game, and similar issues
of performance are subject to outside influences beyond the control of
the die-maker, and are not a proper subject for warranty.
Corbin tools and dies are held to our customary close tolerances. The
bullets produced are warrantied to be of a given diameter and shape within
the bounds of these tolerances when used with the materials recommended
and used to test them, and operated in the approved manner. Improper
operation or the use of materials other than those specifically used in
testing and development of the tooling may cause out of tolerance di-
mensions on the finished bullet or component, and are beyond the scope
of warranty.
Any dimension, angle, or tolerance not specified by the client in writ-
ing to Corbin prior to the production and delivery of the tooling shall be
deemed acceptable at the dimension, angle, and tolerance Corbin pro-
vides. Standard shapes and diameters for stock calibers of dies and punches
are subject to minor change over time, depending on changing market
acceptance and manufacturing improvements. Dimensioned drawings with
tolerance range must be provided when ordering custom shapes and cali-
bers, or the dimensions provided by Corbin in lieu of such written speci-
fications shall be deemed acceptable.

261
 Any shape or dimension ordered to client specifications is a custom
part, and subject to custom production fees. A non-custom, standard, or
stock item is one which can be taken off the shelf at random and shipped,
subject to the customary and usual tolerances and dimensions for Corbin’s
standard production runs, and is deemed to be acceptable if it meets the
general description of the item as published in our handbook and price
list, subject to changes from time to time which may supercede older
published information.
Standard shapes and definitions of named styles or dimensions are
provided on Corbin’s web site. If there is any doubt about what you are
ordering, ask for a picture or drawing before placing the order. Often there
are photos or drawings of standard shapes, on the web site, that will do
what you want without the cost of custom tooling.
In most cases, Corbin makes the even-numbered spitzer ogives, such
as 2-S, 4-S, 6-S, 8-S, and 10-S radius rather than the odd-numbered radius
lengths. The difference between a 6-S and a 7-S, or between a 7-S and an
8-S, is so slight that it would have no practical effect on flight or accuracy.
The even sizes are usually “stock” in the sense that the reamers and laps
to make those cavities are more likely to be build and ready to use. That
means we don’t have to charge the tooling fee for the custom shape, and
the odds of faster delivery are higher as well.
A warranty replacement of a standard shape, as defined on our web
site, is also faster than a custom shape since the custom shape may re-
quire re-making the tooling. Tooling for standard shapes, which are used
frequently for a large number of orders, is more costly because it is built
to last longer for more production, compared to a one-off custom shape.
The tooling to make a special or non-standard shape is usually built
to make one or two dies before wearing out, because that reduces the
custom tooling cost. This is why it is not true that if we’ve ever made a
certain custom shape in the past, we’ll forever afterward have that tooling
available to make another die. The custom, one-off tooling doesn’t last
very long in actual use.
The standard tooling is built to last, and costs more but the cost is
spread over a larger number of dies. The custom fee does not cover the
entire cost of making special tooling, since we sometimes can make a
second die. In summary, the costs are averaged over typical production
life, and are not subject to negotiation on a case by case basis. They are
as fair and as low as we can make them and still offer the service of
custom tooling. The alternative is simply to not offer a service that costs
more than it is worth to provide.

262
 23. Nondisclosure Agreements
(This information is covered in detail in the book “Turning Ideas Into
Income”. But I will discuss it here since you may not have that book yet.)

Sometimes we are approached by a person who has what he believes

is a potential wealth-creating new idea for a bullet design or application,
and the first thing he wants is to have us sign a nondisclosure agreement
so he can see what we think of it and have us produce some prototypes to
show investors. I have to decline for these reasons, some to protect us,
some to protect him:
We do not know if we may have already worked with this idea until
we see it, and if we cannot see it until we sign a nondisclosure agreement,
we are saying we won’t do something that we may already have done! In
fact, if the idea is actually practical, we probably have produced some-
thing like it before.
After all these years, thousands of inventors and ideas, and hundreds
of successful businesses arising from them with our help, it is highly likely
none of us can even remember if we saw the idea before or not. I can
hardly remember whether I saw my wife’s note to bring home a carton of
milk or not (at least the handwriting still looks familiar...). After all these
years of helping thousands of people with their projects and never steal-
ing any of them, I can only say that if our reputation for honesty isn’t
enough assurance, then our signature on that paper would be equally
worthless.
A person looking for investors (which is nearly always the motivation
behind the nondisclosure paperwork, the patent filings, and so forth) is
attempting to sell an idea in a mature (you could say “ancient”) market
which has achieved a high level of success with the ideas that have al-
ready evolved over the past 200 years of firearms history.
What we would rather do is help someone turn one of those ideas into
a product, and sell the product themselves, proving the idea has an actual
market and is profitable in production. Then, if he is inclined to find in-
vestors, he has a much more attractive set of options, including selling a
business opportunity rather than just a design concept. A going business
is far more marketable than an idea for a bullet, no matter how good the
idea may be.
Everyone has an idea for a better bullet. The only profitable ideas are
those that get produced. Very few custom bullets are unprofitable when
marketed in a reasonable way, whereas very few bullet ideas—as ideas

263
only—are marketable at all. For us to encourage the whole “intellectual
property” marketability concept by participating in the trappings, such as
nondisclosures and so forth, is a bit of a sham and I’d rather not do it.
We specialize in the custom bullet market and have so many clients
who need our help that we cannot afford to waste resources in the field of
mass marketing. Firearms is a very conservative, slow-moving field at
the mass market level, where the technical merits of a new bullet can be
far down the list of desirable features. At the top would be low-cost high-
volume production, which means not making significant changes to the
tooling or the marketing system.
Mass producers have already spent over 200 years, in some cases,
building a product line, distribution system, and brand image. It works
fine, so why buy outside ideas? (Products, maybe: you may sell a mass
producer 100,000 special bullets a year for a niche market, since it might
be just the ticket compared to them developing the idea and producing it
themselves in such low quantities.)
Again, getting involved in legal paperwork that is primarily of benefit
and concern in regard to the mass market, when our specialty and reason
for existence is something else, would just complicate our lives unneces-
sarily and imply support or participation in an area where we really have
no expertise to offer.
If you think it is likely this idea is original with you, and we’ve never
seen it before, and if we did see it you would need some kind of legal
protection to keep us from disclosing it to others, then please don’t even
bother to bring it around. Take it to a mass producer straight away and let
them sign. If they steal it, you can have all the fun of suing them, and
your lawyer can have all the fun of billing you by the hour... for years to
come!
We don’t make bullets for a living: we help others do it, and most
likely we have seen anything that is likely to work many times before. We
have yet to steal any of them and get rich and retire in the Grand Cay-
mans beyond the reach of the local attorney who drew up the nondisclo-
sure paperwork. If that had happened, would I be writing this now? Here’s
a flash: people who make custom bullets seldom get rich. They can make
a nice living, maybe even better than average. But get rich?
The incentive to steal your idea is nonexistent. See that file cabinet,
over behind the reception desk? Yes, that five-foot tall beige one with four
drawers. Well, it is full of ideas of our own that have no risk of belonging
to a client. I don’t have time to work on more than a tiny fraction of them
each year.

264
 What do we need with more ideas? Give me more die-makers; those
are worth stealing away from you if you happen to bring one along! But
ideas? Please, we’re overstocked. We give them to clients, free. Here, take
a bag full! Then disclose as much of it to as many people as you desire...the
only thing that makes money is selling the bullets, not thinking up more
designs.
I can’t even count the number of people who have sat across the desk
from me with fevered eyes and breathlessly whispered their secret, get-
rich schemes based on an idea will never make them a dime, but will help
pay for various lawyers’ next vacations, and help enrich patent attorneys,
providers of non-disclosure boilerplate, contract printers, and business
plan developers.
All of it will come to nothing for the poor fellow bubbling over with
excitement at the greatness of his idea. Meanwhile, someone else who
actually gets some equipment, makes some bullets, and markets them,
will be doing just fine. Not getting rich, mind you: just making a nice
living doing something he or she enjoys. This is the person I can actually
help.
And there is no need for a patent, nor contracts. You just need a will-
ingness to be patient, keep plugging away, and eventually build a nice
market for the product that the idea produces. And yes, perhaps someone
with far more money may buy the business out later. Meanwhile, it is
established beyond a doubt that the idea works, and you will have made
money instead of just spending it, even while waiting for the deep pocket
buyer who may or may not ever show up. The bullet maker is a winner
either way. This is our kind of customer. Together, we manufacture suc-
cess.

The End

265